summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'binutils-2.24/binutils/doc')
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/Makefile.am201
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/Makefile.in888
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/addr2line.1299
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/ar.1461
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/binutils.info4898
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/binutils.texi4894
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/cxxfilt.man336
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/dlltool.1529
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/elfedit.1233
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/fdl.texi506
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/nlmconv.1242
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/nm.1530
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/objcopy.11012
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/objdump.1842
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/ranlib.1218
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/readelf.1448
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/size.1266
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/strings.1255
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/strip.1427
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/windmc.1351
-rw-r--r--binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/windres.1359
21 files changed, 0 insertions, 18195 deletions
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/Makefile.am b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/Makefile.am
deleted file mode 100644
index 51fa0a01..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/Makefile.am
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,201 +0,0 @@
-## Process this file with automake to generate Makefile.in
-#
-# Copyright 2012 Free Software Foundation
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
-# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-#
-
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = cygnus
-
-# What version of the manual you want; "all" includes everything
-CONFIG=all
-
-# Options to extract the man page from as.texinfo
-MANCONF = -Dman
-
-TEXI2POD = perl $(top_srcdir)/../etc/texi2pod.pl $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS)
-
-POD2MAN = pod2man --center="GNU Development Tools" \
- --release="binutils-$(VERSION)" --section=1
-
-# List of man pages generated from binutils.texi
-man_MANS = \
- addr2line.1 \
- ar.1 \
- dlltool.1 \
- nlmconv.1 \
- nm.1 \
- objcopy.1 \
- objdump.1 \
- ranlib.1 \
- readelf.1 \
- size.1 \
- strings.1 \
- strip.1 \
- elfedit.1 \
- windres.1 \
- windmc.1 \
- $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1
-
-info_TEXINFOS = binutils.texi
-binutils_TEXI = $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
-
-AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS = -I "$(srcdir)" -I "$(top_srcdir)/../libiberty" \
- -I "$(top_srcdir)/../bfd/doc" -I ../../bfd/doc
-TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi -I "$(srcdir)" -I "$(top_srcdir)/../libiberty" \
- -I "$(top_srcdir)/../bfd/doc" -I ../../bfd/doc
-
-# Man page generation from texinfo
-addr2line.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Daddr2line < $(binutils_TEXI) > addr2line.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) addr2line.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f addr2line.pod
-
-ar.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dar < $(binutils_TEXI) > ar.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) ar.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f ar.pod
-
-dlltool.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Ddlltool < $(binutils_TEXI) > dlltool.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) dlltool.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f dlltool.pod
-
-nlmconv.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dnlmconv < $(binutils_TEXI) > nlmconv.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) nlmconv.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f nlmconv.pod
-
-nm.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dnm < $(binutils_TEXI) > nm.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) nm.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f nm.pod
-
-objcopy.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dobjcopy < $(binutils_TEXI) > objcopy.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) objcopy.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f objcopy.pod
-
-objdump.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dobjdump < $(binutils_TEXI) > objdump.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) objdump.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f objdump.pod
-
-ranlib.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dranlib < $(binutils_TEXI) > ranlib.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) ranlib.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f ranlib.pod
-
-readelf.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dreadelf < $(binutils_TEXI) > readelf.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) readelf.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f readelf.pod
-
-size.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dsize < $(binutils_TEXI) > size.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) size.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f size.pod
-
-strings.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dstrings < $(binutils_TEXI) > strings.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) strings.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f strings.pod
-
-strip.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dstrip < $(binutils_TEXI) > strip.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) strip.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f strip.pod
-
-elfedit.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Delfedit < $(binutils_TEXI) > elfedit.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) elfedit.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f elfedit.pod
-
-windres.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dwindres < $(binutils_TEXI) > windres.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) windres.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f windres.pod
-
-windmc.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dwindmc < $(binutils_TEXI) > windmc.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) windmc.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f windmc.pod
-
-cxxfilt.man: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dcxxfilt < $(binutils_TEXI) > $(DEMANGLER_NAME).pod
- -($(POD2MAN) $(DEMANGLER_NAME).pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f $(DEMANGLER_NAME).pod
-
-MOSTLYCLEANFILES = $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1
-
-$(DEMANGLER_NAME).1: cxxfilt.man Makefile
- if test -f cxxfilt.man; then \
- man=cxxfilt.man; \
- else \
- man=$(srcdir)/cxxfilt.man; \
- fi; \
- sed -e 's/@PROGRAM@/$(DEMANGLER_NAME)/' \
- -e 's/cxxfilt/$(DEMANGLER_NAME)/' < $$man \
- > $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1
-
-# We want install to imply install-info as per GNU standards, despite the
-# cygnus option.
-install-data-local: install-info
-
-MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = binutils.info
-
-# Automake 1.9 will only build info files in the objdir if they are
-# mentioned in DISTCLEANFILES. It doesn't have to be unconditional,
-# though, so we use a bogus condition.
-if GENINSRC_NEVER
-DISTCLEANFILES = binutils.info
-endif
-
-# Maintenance
-
-# We need it for the taz target in ../../Makefile.in.
-info-local: $(MANS)
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/Makefile.in b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/Makefile.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 596dbda3..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/Makefile.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,888 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile.in generated by automake 1.11.1 from Makefile.am.
-# @configure_input@
-
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
-# 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009 Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc.
-# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
-# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law; without
-# even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
-# PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-#
-# Copyright 2012 Free Software Foundation
-#
-# This file is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
-# (at your option) any later version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
-# <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-#
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibexecdir = $(libexecdir)/@PACKAGE@
-am__cd = CDPATH="$${ZSH_VERSION+.}$(PATH_SEPARATOR)" && cd
-install_sh_DATA = $(install_sh) -c -m 644
-install_sh_PROGRAM = $(install_sh) -c
-install_sh_SCRIPT = $(install_sh) -c
-INSTALL_HEADER = $(INSTALL_DATA)
-transform = $(program_transform_name)
-NORMAL_INSTALL = :
-PRE_INSTALL = :
-POST_INSTALL = :
-NORMAL_UNINSTALL = :
-PRE_UNINSTALL = :
-POST_UNINSTALL = :
-build_triplet = @build@
-host_triplet = @host@
-target_triplet = @target@
-subdir = doc
-DIST_COMMON = $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(srcdir)/Makefile.am
-ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-am__aclocal_m4_deps = $(top_srcdir)/../bfd/acinclude.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/zlib.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../bfd/warning.m4 $(top_srcdir)/../config/acx.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/depstand.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/gettext-sister.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/iconv.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/largefile.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/lcmessage.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/lead-dot.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/lib-ld.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/lib-link.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/lib-prefix.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/nls.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/override.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/plugins.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/po.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../config/progtest.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../libtool.m4 $(top_srcdir)/../ltoptions.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../ltsugar.m4 $(top_srcdir)/../ltversion.m4 \
- $(top_srcdir)/../lt~obsolete.m4 $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
-am__configure_deps = $(am__aclocal_m4_deps) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES) \
- $(ACLOCAL_M4)
-mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/../mkinstalldirs
-CONFIG_HEADER = $(top_builddir)/config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES =
-CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES =
-depcomp =
-am__depfiles_maybe =
-SOURCES =
-INFO_DEPS = binutils.info
-TEXINFO_TEX = $(top_srcdir)/../texinfo/texinfo.tex
-am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR = $(top_srcdir)/../texinfo
-DVIS = binutils.dvi
-PDFS = binutils.pdf
-PSS = binutils.ps
-HTMLS = binutils.html
-TEXINFOS = binutils.texi
-TEXI2PDF = $(TEXI2DVI) --pdf --batch
-MAKEINFOHTML = $(MAKEINFO) --html
-AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS = $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS)
-DVIPS = dvips
-am__vpath_adj_setup = srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`;
-am__vpath_adj = case $$p in \
- $(srcdir)/*) f=`echo "$$p" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
- *) f=$$p;; \
- esac;
-am__strip_dir = f=`echo $$p | sed -e 's|^.*/||'`;
-am__install_max = 40
-am__nobase_strip_setup = \
- srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's/[].[^$$\\*|]/\\\\&/g'`
-am__nobase_strip = \
- for p in $$list; do echo "$$p"; done | sed -e "s|$$srcdirstrip/||"
-am__nobase_list = $(am__nobase_strip_setup); \
- for p in $$list; do echo "$$p $$p"; done | \
- sed "s| $$srcdirstrip/| |;"' / .*\//!s/ .*/ ./; s,\( .*\)/[^/]*$$,\1,' | \
- $(AWK) 'BEGIN { files["."] = "" } { files[$$2] = files[$$2] " " $$1; \
- if (++n[$$2] == $(am__install_max)) \
- { print $$2, files[$$2]; n[$$2] = 0; files[$$2] = "" } } \
- END { for (dir in files) print dir, files[dir] }'
-am__base_list = \
- sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g' | \
- sed '$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;$$!N;s/\n/ /g'
-man1dir = $(mandir)/man1
-am__installdirs = "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"
-NROFF = nroff
-MANS = $(man_MANS)
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-ALLOCA = @ALLOCA@
-AMTAR = @AMTAR@
-AR = @AR@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-AWK = @AWK@
-BUILD_DLLTOOL = @BUILD_DLLTOOL@
-BUILD_DLLWRAP = @BUILD_DLLWRAP@
-BUILD_INSTALL_MISC = @BUILD_INSTALL_MISC@
-BUILD_MISC = @BUILD_MISC@
-BUILD_NLMCONV = @BUILD_NLMCONV@
-BUILD_SRCONV = @BUILD_SRCONV@
-BUILD_WINDMC = @BUILD_WINDMC@
-BUILD_WINDRES = @BUILD_WINDRES@
-CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
-CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
-CC = @CC@
-CCDEPMODE = @CCDEPMODE@
-CC_FOR_BUILD = @CC_FOR_BUILD@
-CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@
-CPP = @CPP@
-CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
-CYGPATH_W = @CYGPATH_W@
-DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
-DEFS = @DEFS@
-DEMANGLER_NAME = @DEMANGLER_NAME@
-DEPDIR = @DEPDIR@
-DLLTOOL_DEFS = @DLLTOOL_DEFS@
-DSYMUTIL = @DSYMUTIL@
-DUMPBIN = @DUMPBIN@
-ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
-ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
-ECHO_T = @ECHO_T@
-EGREP = @EGREP@
-EMULATION = @EMULATION@
-EMULATION_VECTOR = @EMULATION_VECTOR@
-EXEEXT = @EXEEXT@
-EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD = @EXEEXT_FOR_BUILD@
-FGREP = @FGREP@
-GENCAT = @GENCAT@
-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
-GREP = @GREP@
-HDEFINES = @HDEFINES@
-INCINTL = @INCINTL@
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM@
-INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
-LD = @LD@
-LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@
-LEX = @LEX@
-LEXLIB = @LEXLIB@
-LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT = @LEX_OUTPUT_ROOT@
-LIBICONV = @LIBICONV@
-LIBINTL = @LIBINTL@
-LIBINTL_DEP = @LIBINTL_DEP@
-LIBOBJS = @LIBOBJS@
-LIBS = @LIBS@
-LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
-LIPO = @LIPO@
-LN_S = @LN_S@
-LTLIBICONV = @LTLIBICONV@
-LTLIBOBJS = @LTLIBOBJS@
-MAINT = @MAINT@
-MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
-MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
-MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
-MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
-MSGMERGE = @MSGMERGE@
-NLMCONV_DEFS = @NLMCONV_DEFS@
-NM = @NM@
-NMEDIT = @NMEDIT@
-NO_WERROR = @NO_WERROR@
-OBJDUMP = @OBJDUMP@
-OBJDUMP_DEFS = @OBJDUMP_DEFS@
-OBJDUMP_PRIVATE_OFILES = @OBJDUMP_PRIVATE_OFILES@
-OBJEXT = @OBJEXT@
-OTOOL = @OTOOL@
-OTOOL64 = @OTOOL64@
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-PACKAGE_BUGREPORT = @PACKAGE_BUGREPORT@
-PACKAGE_NAME = @PACKAGE_NAME@
-PACKAGE_STRING = @PACKAGE_STRING@
-PACKAGE_TARNAME = @PACKAGE_TARNAME@
-PACKAGE_URL = @PACKAGE_URL@
-PACKAGE_VERSION = @PACKAGE_VERSION@
-PATH_SEPARATOR = @PATH_SEPARATOR@
-POSUB = @POSUB@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-SED = @SED@
-SET_MAKE = @SET_MAKE@
-SHELL = @SHELL@
-STRIP = @STRIP@
-USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-WARN_CFLAGS = @WARN_CFLAGS@
-XGETTEXT = @XGETTEXT@
-YACC = @YACC@
-YFLAGS = @YFLAGS@
-abs_builddir = @abs_builddir@
-abs_srcdir = @abs_srcdir@
-abs_top_builddir = @abs_top_builddir@
-abs_top_srcdir = @abs_top_srcdir@
-ac_ct_CC = @ac_ct_CC@
-ac_ct_DUMPBIN = @ac_ct_DUMPBIN@
-am__include = @am__include@
-am__leading_dot = @am__leading_dot@
-am__quote = @am__quote@
-am__tar = @am__tar@
-am__untar = @am__untar@
-bindir = @bindir@
-build = @build@
-build_alias = @build_alias@
-build_cpu = @build_cpu@
-build_os = @build_os@
-build_vendor = @build_vendor@
-builddir = @builddir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-datarootdir = @datarootdir@
-docdir = @docdir@
-dvidir = @dvidir@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-host = @host@
-host_alias = @host_alias@
-host_cpu = @host_cpu@
-host_os = @host_os@
-host_vendor = @host_vendor@
-htmldir = @htmldir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-infodir = @infodir@
-install_sh = @install_sh@
-libdir = @libdir@
-libexecdir = @libexecdir@
-localedir = @localedir@
-localstatedir = @localstatedir@
-mandir = @mandir@
-mkdir_p = @mkdir_p@
-oldincludedir = @oldincludedir@
-pdfdir = @pdfdir@
-prefix = @prefix@
-program_transform_name = @program_transform_name@
-psdir = @psdir@
-sbindir = @sbindir@
-sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-target = @target@
-target_alias = @target_alias@
-target_cpu = @target_cpu@
-target_os = @target_os@
-target_vendor = @target_vendor@
-top_build_prefix = @top_build_prefix@
-top_builddir = @top_builddir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = cygnus
-
-# What version of the manual you want; "all" includes everything
-CONFIG = all
-
-# Options to extract the man page from as.texinfo
-MANCONF = -Dman
-TEXI2POD = perl $(top_srcdir)/../etc/texi2pod.pl $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS)
-POD2MAN = pod2man --center="GNU Development Tools" \
- --release="binutils-$(VERSION)" --section=1
-
-
-# List of man pages generated from binutils.texi
-man_MANS = \
- addr2line.1 \
- ar.1 \
- dlltool.1 \
- nlmconv.1 \
- nm.1 \
- objcopy.1 \
- objdump.1 \
- ranlib.1 \
- readelf.1 \
- size.1 \
- strings.1 \
- strip.1 \
- elfedit.1 \
- windres.1 \
- windmc.1 \
- $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1
-
-info_TEXINFOS = binutils.texi
-binutils_TEXI = $(srcdir)/binutils.texi
-AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS = -I "$(srcdir)" -I "$(top_srcdir)/../libiberty" \
- -I "$(top_srcdir)/../bfd/doc" -I ../../bfd/doc
-
-TEXI2DVI = texi2dvi -I "$(srcdir)" -I "$(top_srcdir)/../libiberty" \
- -I "$(top_srcdir)/../bfd/doc" -I ../../bfd/doc
-
-MOSTLYCLEANFILES = $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1
-MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = binutils.info
-
-# Automake 1.9 will only build info files in the objdir if they are
-# mentioned in DISTCLEANFILES. It doesn't have to be unconditional,
-# though, so we use a bogus condition.
-@GENINSRC_NEVER_TRUE@DISTCLEANFILES = binutils.info
-all: all-am
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .dvi .ps
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(srcdir)/Makefile.am $(am__configure_deps)
- @for dep in $?; do \
- case '$(am__configure_deps)' in \
- *$$dep*) \
- ( cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh ) \
- && { if test -f $@; then exit 0; else break; fi; }; \
- exit 1;; \
- esac; \
- done; \
- echo ' cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign doc/Makefile'; \
- $(am__cd) $(top_srcdir) && \
- $(AUTOMAKE) --foreign doc/Makefile
-.PRECIOUS: Makefile
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
- @case '$?' in \
- *config.status*) \
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh;; \
- *) \
- echo ' cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe)'; \
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@ $(am__depfiles_maybe);; \
- esac;
-
-$(top_builddir)/config.status: $(top_srcdir)/configure $(CONFIG_STATUS_DEPENDENCIES)
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-
-$(top_srcdir)/configure: @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__configure_deps)
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(ACLOCAL_M4): @MAINTAINER_MODE_TRUE@ $(am__aclocal_m4_deps)
- cd $(top_builddir) && $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) am--refresh
-$(am__aclocal_m4_deps):
-
-mostlyclean-libtool:
- -rm -f *.lo
-
-clean-libtool:
- -rm -rf .libs _libs
-
-binutils.info: binutils.texi
- restore=: && backupdir="$(am__leading_dot)am$$$$" && \
- rm -rf $$backupdir && mkdir $$backupdir && \
- if ($(MAKEINFO) --version) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
- for f in $@ $@-[0-9] $@-[0-9][0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9] $(@:.info=).i[0-9][0-9]; do \
- if test -f $$f; then mv $$f $$backupdir; restore=mv; else :; fi; \
- done; \
- else :; fi && \
- if $(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
- -o $@ `test -f 'binutils.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`binutils.texi; \
- then \
- rc=0; \
- else \
- rc=$$?; \
- $$restore $$backupdir/* `echo "./$@" | sed 's|[^/]*$$||'`; \
- fi; \
- rm -rf $$backupdir; exit $$rc
-
-binutils.dvi: binutils.texi
- TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
- MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
- $(TEXI2DVI) -o $@ `test -f 'binutils.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`binutils.texi
-
-binutils.pdf: binutils.texi
- TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
- MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
- $(TEXI2PDF) -o $@ `test -f 'binutils.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`binutils.texi
-
-binutils.html: binutils.texi
- rm -rf $(@:.html=.htp)
- if $(MAKEINFOHTML) $(AM_MAKEINFOHTMLFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) \
- -o $(@:.html=.htp) `test -f 'binutils.texi' || echo '$(srcdir)/'`binutils.texi; \
- then \
- rm -rf $@; \
- if test ! -d $(@:.html=.htp) && test -d $(@:.html=); then \
- mv $(@:.html=) $@; else mv $(@:.html=.htp) $@; fi; \
- else \
- if test ! -d $(@:.html=.htp) && test -d $(@:.html=); then \
- rm -rf $(@:.html=); else rm -Rf $(@:.html=.htp) $@; fi; \
- exit 1; \
- fi
-.dvi.ps:
- TEXINPUTS="$(am__TEXINFO_TEX_DIR)$(PATH_SEPARATOR)$$TEXINPUTS" \
- $(DVIPS) -o $@ $<
-
-uninstall-dvi-am:
- @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
- @list='$(DVIS)'; test -n "$(dvidir)" || list=; \
- for p in $$list; do \
- $(am__strip_dir) \
- echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f'"; \
- rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)/$$f"; \
- done
-
-uninstall-html-am:
- @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
- @list='$(HTMLS)'; test -n "$(htmldir)" || list=; \
- for p in $$list; do \
- $(am__strip_dir) \
- echo " rm -rf '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \
- rm -rf "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f"; \
- done
-
-uninstall-info-am:
- @$(PRE_UNINSTALL)
- @if test -d '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && \
- (install-info --version && \
- install-info --version 2>&1 | sed 1q | grep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
- list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
- for file in $$list; do \
- relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
- echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' --remove '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'"; \
- if install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" --remove "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile"; \
- then :; else test ! -f "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || exit 1; fi; \
- done; \
- else :; fi
- @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
- @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
- for file in $$list; do \
- relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
- relfile_i=`echo "$$relfile" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
- (if test -d "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" && cd "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"; then \
- echo " cd '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' && rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]"; \
- rm -f $$relfile $$relfile-[0-9] $$relfile-[0-9][0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9] $$relfile_i[0-9][0-9]; \
- else :; fi); \
- done
-
-uninstall-pdf-am:
- @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
- @list='$(PDFS)'; test -n "$(pdfdir)" || list=; \
- for p in $$list; do \
- $(am__strip_dir) \
- echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f'"; \
- rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)/$$f"; \
- done
-
-uninstall-ps-am:
- @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
- @list='$(PSS)'; test -n "$(psdir)" || list=; \
- for p in $$list; do \
- $(am__strip_dir) \
- echo " rm -f '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f'"; \
- rm -f "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)/$$f"; \
- done
-
-dist-info: $(INFO_DEPS)
- @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
- list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; \
- for base in $$list; do \
- case $$base in \
- $(srcdir)/*) base=`echo "$$base" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
- esac; \
- if test -f $$base; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
- base_i=`echo "$$base" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
- for file in $$d/$$base $$d/$$base-[0-9] $$d/$$base-[0-9][0-9] $$d/$$base_i[0-9] $$d/$$base_i[0-9][0-9]; do \
- if test -f $$file; then \
- relfile=`expr "$$file" : "$$d/\(.*\)"`; \
- test -f "$(distdir)/$$relfile" || \
- cp -p $$file "$(distdir)/$$relfile"; \
- else :; fi; \
- done; \
- done
-
-mostlyclean-aminfo:
- -rm -rf binutils.aux binutils.cp binutils.cps binutils.fn binutils.fns \
- binutils.ky binutils.log binutils.pg binutils.pgs \
- binutils.tmp binutils.toc binutils.tp binutils.tps \
- binutils.vr binutils.vrs
-
-clean-aminfo:
- -test -z "binutils.dvi binutils.pdf binutils.ps binutils.html" \
- || rm -rf binutils.dvi binutils.pdf binutils.ps binutils.html
-
-maintainer-clean-aminfo:
- @list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; for i in $$list; do \
- i_i=`echo "$$i" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
- echo " rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]"; \
- rm -f $$i $$i-[0-9] $$i-[0-9][0-9] $$i_i[0-9] $$i_i[0-9][0-9]; \
- done
-
-clean-info: mostlyclean-aminfo clean-aminfo
-install-man1: $(man_MANS)
- @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
- test -z "$(man1dir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"
- @list=''; test -n "$(man1dir)" || exit 0; \
- { for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
- l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
- sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \
- } | while read p; do \
- if test -f $$p; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
- echo "$$d$$p"; echo "$$p"; \
- done | \
- sed -e 'n;s,.*/,,;p;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \
- -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,' | \
- sed 'N;N;s,\n, ,g' | { \
- list=; while read file base inst; do \
- if test "$$base" = "$$inst"; then list="$$list $$file"; else \
- echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$file' '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst'"; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$file" "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)/$$inst" || exit $$?; \
- fi; \
- done; \
- for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done | $(am__base_list) | \
- while read files; do \
- test -z "$$files" || { \
- echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)'"; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" || exit $$?; }; \
- done; }
-
-uninstall-man1:
- @$(NORMAL_UNINSTALL)
- @list=''; test -n "$(man1dir)" || exit 0; \
- files=`{ for i in $$list; do echo "$$i"; done; \
- l2='$(man_MANS)'; for i in $$l2; do echo "$$i"; done | \
- sed -n '/\.1[a-z]*$$/p'; \
- } | sed -e 's,.*/,,;h;s,.*\.,,;s,^[^1][0-9a-z]*$$,1,;x' \
- -e 's,\.[0-9a-z]*$$,,;$(transform);G;s,\n,.,'`; \
- test -z "$$files" || { \
- echo " ( cd '$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)' && rm -f" $$files ")"; \
- cd "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)" && rm -f $$files; }
-tags: TAGS
-TAGS:
-
-ctags: CTAGS
-CTAGS:
-
-check-am:
-check: check-am
-all-am: Makefile $(MANS)
-installdirs:
- for dir in "$(DESTDIR)$(man1dir)"; do \
- test -z "$$dir" || $(MKDIR_P) "$$dir"; \
- done
-install: install-am
-install-exec: install-exec-am
-install-data: install-data-am
-uninstall: uninstall-am
-
-install-am: all-am
- @$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) install-exec-am install-data-am
-
-installcheck: installcheck-am
-install-strip:
- $(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) INSTALL_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" \
- install_sh_PROGRAM="$(INSTALL_STRIP_PROGRAM)" INSTALL_STRIP_FLAG=-s \
- `test -z '$(STRIP)' || \
- echo "INSTALL_PROGRAM_ENV=STRIPPROG='$(STRIP)'"` install
-mostlyclean-generic:
- -test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
-
-clean-generic:
-
-distclean-generic:
- -test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
- -test . = "$(srcdir)" || test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_VPATH_FILES)
- -test -z "$(DISTCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-
-maintainer-clean-generic:
- @echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use"
- @echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
- -test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
-clean: clean-am
-
-clean-am: clean-aminfo clean-generic clean-libtool mostlyclean-am
-
-distclean: distclean-am
- -rm -f Makefile
-distclean-am: clean-am distclean-generic
-
-dvi: dvi-am
-
-dvi-am: $(DVIS)
-
-html: html-am
-
-html-am: $(HTMLS)
-
-info: info-am
-
-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS) info-local
-
-install-data-am: install-data-local install-man
-
-install-dvi: install-dvi-am
-
-install-dvi-am: $(DVIS)
- @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
- test -z "$(dvidir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)"
- @list='$(DVIS)'; test -n "$(dvidir)" || list=; \
- for p in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
- echo "$$d$$p"; \
- done | $(am__base_list) | \
- while read files; do \
- echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)'"; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(dvidir)" || exit $$?; \
- done
-install-exec-am:
-
-install-html: install-html-am
-
-install-html-am: $(HTMLS)
- @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
- test -z "$(htmldir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)"
- @list='$(HTMLS)'; list2=; test -n "$(htmldir)" || list=; \
- for p in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$p" || test -d "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
- $(am__strip_dir) \
- if test -d "$$d$$p"; then \
- echo " $(MKDIR_P) '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \
- $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit 1; \
- echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) '$$d$$p'/* '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f'"; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) "$$d$$p"/* "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)/$$f" || exit $$?; \
- else \
- list2="$$list2 $$d$$p"; \
- fi; \
- done; \
- test -z "$$list2" || { echo "$$list2" | $(am__base_list) | \
- while read files; do \
- echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)'"; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(htmldir)" || exit $$?; \
- done; }
-install-info: install-info-am
-
-install-info-am: $(INFO_DEPS)
- @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
- test -z "$(infodir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)"
- @srcdirstrip=`echo "$(srcdir)" | sed 's|.|.|g'`; \
- list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; test -n "$(infodir)" || list=; \
- for file in $$list; do \
- case $$file in \
- $(srcdir)/*) file=`echo "$$file" | sed "s|^$$srcdirstrip/||"`;; \
- esac; \
- if test -f $$file; then d=.; else d=$(srcdir); fi; \
- file_i=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|\.info$$||;s|$$|.i|'`; \
- for ifile in $$d/$$file $$d/$$file-[0-9] $$d/$$file-[0-9][0-9] \
- $$d/$$file_i[0-9] $$d/$$file_i[0-9][0-9] ; do \
- if test -f $$ifile; then \
- echo "$$ifile"; \
- else : ; fi; \
- done; \
- done | $(am__base_list) | \
- while read files; do \
- echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)'"; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" || exit $$?; done
- @$(POST_INSTALL)
- @if (install-info --version && \
- install-info --version 2>&1 | sed 1q | grep -i -v debian) >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
- list='$(INFO_DEPS)'; test -n "$(infodir)" || list=; \
- for file in $$list; do \
- relfile=`echo "$$file" | sed 's|^.*/||'`; \
- echo " install-info --info-dir='$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)' '$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile'";\
- install-info --info-dir="$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)" "$(DESTDIR)$(infodir)/$$relfile" || :;\
- done; \
- else : ; fi
-install-man: install-man1
-
-install-pdf: install-pdf-am
-
-install-pdf-am: $(PDFS)
- @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
- test -z "$(pdfdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)"
- @list='$(PDFS)'; test -n "$(pdfdir)" || list=; \
- for p in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
- echo "$$d$$p"; \
- done | $(am__base_list) | \
- while read files; do \
- echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)'"; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(pdfdir)" || exit $$?; done
-install-ps: install-ps-am
-
-install-ps-am: $(PSS)
- @$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
- test -z "$(psdir)" || $(MKDIR_P) "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)"
- @list='$(PSS)'; test -n "$(psdir)" || list=; \
- for p in $$list; do \
- if test -f "$$p"; then d=; else d="$(srcdir)/"; fi; \
- echo "$$d$$p"; \
- done | $(am__base_list) | \
- while read files; do \
- echo " $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files '$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)'"; \
- $(INSTALL_DATA) $$files "$(DESTDIR)$(psdir)" || exit $$?; done
-installcheck-am:
-
-maintainer-clean: maintainer-clean-am
- -rm -f Makefile
-maintainer-clean-am: distclean-am maintainer-clean-aminfo \
- maintainer-clean-generic
-
-mostlyclean: mostlyclean-am
-
-mostlyclean-am: mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic \
- mostlyclean-libtool
-
-pdf: pdf-am
-
-pdf-am: $(PDFS)
-
-ps: ps-am
-
-ps-am: $(PSS)
-
-uninstall-am: uninstall-dvi-am uninstall-html-am uninstall-info-am \
- uninstall-man uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am
-
-uninstall-man: uninstall-man1
-
-.MAKE: install-am install-strip
-
-.PHONY: all all-am check check-am clean clean-aminfo clean-generic \
- clean-info clean-libtool dist-info distclean distclean-generic \
- distclean-libtool dvi dvi-am html html-am info info-am \
- info-local install install-am install-data install-data-am \
- install-data-local install-dvi install-dvi-am install-exec \
- install-exec-am install-html install-html-am install-info \
- install-info-am install-man install-man1 install-pdf \
- install-pdf-am install-ps install-ps-am install-strip \
- installcheck installcheck-am installdirs maintainer-clean \
- maintainer-clean-aminfo maintainer-clean-generic mostlyclean \
- mostlyclean-aminfo mostlyclean-generic mostlyclean-libtool pdf \
- pdf-am ps ps-am uninstall uninstall-am uninstall-dvi-am \
- uninstall-html-am uninstall-info-am uninstall-man \
- uninstall-man1 uninstall-pdf-am uninstall-ps-am
-
-
-# Man page generation from texinfo
-addr2line.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Daddr2line < $(binutils_TEXI) > addr2line.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) addr2line.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f addr2line.pod
-
-ar.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dar < $(binutils_TEXI) > ar.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) ar.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f ar.pod
-
-dlltool.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Ddlltool < $(binutils_TEXI) > dlltool.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) dlltool.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f dlltool.pod
-
-nlmconv.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dnlmconv < $(binutils_TEXI) > nlmconv.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) nlmconv.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f nlmconv.pod
-
-nm.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dnm < $(binutils_TEXI) > nm.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) nm.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f nm.pod
-
-objcopy.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dobjcopy < $(binutils_TEXI) > objcopy.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) objcopy.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f objcopy.pod
-
-objdump.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dobjdump < $(binutils_TEXI) > objdump.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) objdump.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f objdump.pod
-
-ranlib.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dranlib < $(binutils_TEXI) > ranlib.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) ranlib.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f ranlib.pod
-
-readelf.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dreadelf < $(binutils_TEXI) > readelf.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) readelf.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f readelf.pod
-
-size.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dsize < $(binutils_TEXI) > size.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) size.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f size.pod
-
-strings.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dstrings < $(binutils_TEXI) > strings.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) strings.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f strings.pod
-
-strip.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dstrip < $(binutils_TEXI) > strip.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) strip.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f strip.pod
-
-elfedit.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Delfedit < $(binutils_TEXI) > elfedit.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) elfedit.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f elfedit.pod
-
-windres.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dwindres < $(binutils_TEXI) > windres.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) windres.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f windres.pod
-
-windmc.1: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dwindmc < $(binutils_TEXI) > windmc.pod
- -($(POD2MAN) windmc.pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f windmc.pod
-
-cxxfilt.man: $(binutils_TEXI) $(binutils_TEXINFOS)
- touch $@
- -$(TEXI2POD) $(MANCONF) -Dcxxfilt < $(binutils_TEXI) > $(DEMANGLER_NAME).pod
- -($(POD2MAN) $(DEMANGLER_NAME).pod | sed -e '/^.if n .na/d' > $@.T$$$$ && \
- mv -f $@.T$$$$ $@) || (rm -f $@.T$$$$ && exit 1)
- rm -f $(DEMANGLER_NAME).pod
-
-$(DEMANGLER_NAME).1: cxxfilt.man Makefile
- if test -f cxxfilt.man; then \
- man=cxxfilt.man; \
- else \
- man=$(srcdir)/cxxfilt.man; \
- fi; \
- sed -e 's/@PROGRAM@/$(DEMANGLER_NAME)/' \
- -e 's/cxxfilt/$(DEMANGLER_NAME)/' < $$man \
- > $(DEMANGLER_NAME).1
-
-# We want install to imply install-info as per GNU standards, despite the
-# cygnus option.
-install-data-local: install-info
-
-# Maintenance
-
-# We need it for the taz target in ../../Makefile.in.
-info-local: $(MANS)
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/addr2line.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/addr2line.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d60c7e0..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/addr2line.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,299 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "ADDR2LINE 1"
-.TH ADDR2LINE 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-addr2line \- convert addresses into file names and line numbers.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-addr2line [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-addresses\fR]
- [\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
- [\fB\-C\fR|\fB\-\-demangle\fR[=\fIstyle\fR]]
- [\fB\-e\fR \fIfilename\fR|\fB\-\-exe=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
- [\fB\-f\fR|\fB\-\-functions\fR] [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-basename\fR]
- [\fB\-i\fR|\fB\-\-inlines\fR]
- [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-pretty\-print\fR]
- [\fB\-j\fR|\fB\-\-section=\fR\fIname\fR]
- [\fB\-H\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
- [addr addr ...]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBaddr2line\fR translates addresses into file names and line numbers.
-Given an address in an executable or an offset in a section of a relocatable
-object, it uses the debugging information to figure out which file name and
-line number are associated with it.
-.PP
-The executable or relocatable object to use is specified with the \fB\-e\fR
-option. The default is the file \fIa.out\fR. The section in the relocatable
-object to use is specified with the \fB\-j\fR option.
-.PP
-\&\fBaddr2line\fR has two modes of operation.
-.PP
-In the first, hexadecimal addresses are specified on the command line,
-and \fBaddr2line\fR displays the file name and line number for each
-address.
-.PP
-In the second, \fBaddr2line\fR reads hexadecimal addresses from
-standard input, and prints the file name and line number for each
-address on standard output. In this mode, \fBaddr2line\fR may be used
-in a pipe to convert dynamically chosen addresses.
-.PP
-The format of the output is \fB\s-1FILENAME:LINENO\s0\fR. The file name and
-line number for each input address is printed on separate lines.
-.PP
-If the \fB\-f\fR option is used, then each \fB\s-1FILENAME:LINENO\s0\fR
-line is preceded by \fB\s-1FUNCTIONNAME\s0\fR which is the name of the
-function containing the address.
-.PP
-If the \fB\-i\fR option is used and the code at the given address is
-present there because of inlining by the compiler then the
-\&\fB{\s-1FUNCTIONNAME\s0} \s-1FILENAME:LINENO\s0\fR information for the inlining
-function will be displayed afterwards. This continues recursively
-until there is no more inlining to report.
-.PP
-If the \fB\-a\fR option is used then the output is prefixed by the
-input address.
-.PP
-If the \fB\-p\fR option is used then the output for each input
-address is displayed on one, possibly quite long, line. If
-\&\fB\-p\fR is not used then the output is broken up into multiple
-lines, based on the paragraphs above.
-.PP
-If the file name or function name can not be determined,
-\&\fBaddr2line\fR will print two question marks in their place. If the
-line number can not be determined, \fBaddr2line\fR will print 0.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent.
-.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-a"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-addresses\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--addresses"
-.PD
-Display the address before the function name, file and line number
-information. The address is printed with a \fB0x\fR prefix to easily
-identify it.
-.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-b bfdname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
-.PD
-Specify that the object-code format for the object files is
-\&\fIbfdname\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-C"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--demangle[=style]"
-.PD
-Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
-Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
-makes \*(C+ function names readable. Different compilers have different
-mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to
-choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler.
-.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-e filename"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-exe=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--exe=filename"
-.PD
-Specify the name of the executable for which addresses should be
-translated. The default file is \fIa.out\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-f"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-functions\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--functions"
-.PD
-Display function names as well as file and line number information.
-.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-s"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-basenames\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--basenames"
-.PD
-Display only the base of each file name.
-.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-i"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-inlines\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--inlines"
-.PD
-If the address belongs to a function that was inlined, the source
-information for all enclosing scopes back to the first non-inlined
-function will also be printed. For example, if \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR inlines
-\&\f(CW\*(C`callee1\*(C'\fR which inlines \f(CW\*(C`callee2\*(C'\fR, and address is from
-\&\f(CW\*(C`callee2\*(C'\fR, the source information for \f(CW\*(C`callee1\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`main\*(C'\fR
-will also be printed.
-.IP "\fB\-j\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-j"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-section\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--section"
-.PD
-Read offsets relative to the specified section instead of absolute addresses.
-.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-p"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-pretty\-print\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--pretty-print"
-.PD
-Make the output more human friendly: each location are printed on one line.
-If option \fB\-i\fR is specified, lines for all enclosing scopes are
-prefixed with \fB(inlined by)\fR.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/ar.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/ar.1
deleted file mode 100644
index f3d02f82..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/ar.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,461 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "AR 1"
-.TH AR 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-ar \- create, modify, and extract from archives
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-ar [\fB\-\-plugin\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-X32_64\fR] [\fB\-\fR]\fIp\fR[\fImod\fR [\fIrelpos\fR] [\fIcount\fR]] [\fB\-\-target\fR \fIbfdname\fR] \fIarchive\fR [\fImember\fR...]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR program creates, modifies, and extracts from
-archives. An \fIarchive\fR is a single file holding a collection of
-other files in a structure that makes it possible to retrieve
-the original individual files (called \fImembers\fR of the archive).
-.PP
-The original files' contents, mode (permissions), timestamp, owner, and
-group are preserved in the archive, and can be restored on
-extraction.
-.PP
-\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR can maintain archives whose members have names of any
-length; however, depending on how \fBar\fR is configured on your
-system, a limit on member-name length may be imposed for compatibility
-with archive formats maintained with other tools. If it exists, the
-limit is often 15 characters (typical of formats related to a.out) or 16
-characters (typical of formats related to coff).
-.PP
-\&\fBar\fR is considered a binary utility because archives of this sort
-are most often used as \fIlibraries\fR holding commonly needed
-subroutines.
-.PP
-\&\fBar\fR creates an index to the symbols defined in relocatable
-object modules in the archive when you specify the modifier \fBs\fR.
-Once created, this index is updated in the archive whenever \fBar\fR
-makes a change to its contents (save for the \fBq\fR update operation).
-An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library, and
-allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to
-their placement in the archive.
-.PP
-You may use \fBnm \-s\fR or \fBnm \-\-print\-armap\fR to list this index
-table. If an archive lacks the table, another form of \fBar\fR called
-\&\fBranlib\fR can be used to add just the table.
-.PP
-\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR can optionally create a \fIthin\fR archive,
-which contains a symbol index and references to the original copies
-of the member files of the archive. This is useful for building
-libraries for use within a local build tree, where the relocatable
-objects are expected to remain available, and copying the contents of
-each object would only waste time and space.
-.PP
-An archive can either be \fIthin\fR or it can be normal. It cannot
-be both at the same time. Once an archive is created its format
-cannot be changed without first deleting it and then creating a new
-archive in its place.
-.PP
-Thin archives are also \fIflattened\fR, so that adding one thin
-archive to another thin archive does not nest it, as would happen with
-a normal archive. Instead the elements of the first archive are added
-individually to the second archive.
-.PP
-The paths to the elements of the archive are stored relative to the
-archive itself.
-.PP
-\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR is designed to be compatible with two different
-facilities. You can control its activity using command-line options,
-like the different varieties of \fBar\fR on Unix systems; or, if you
-specify the single command-line option \fB\-M\fR, you can control it
-with a script supplied via standard input, like the \s-1MRI\s0 \*(L"librarian\*(R"
-program.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR allows you to mix the operation code \fIp\fR and modifier
-flags \fImod\fR in any order, within the first command-line argument.
-.PP
-If you wish, you may begin the first command-line argument with a
-dash.
-.PP
-The \fIp\fR keyletter specifies what operation to execute; it may be
-any of the following, but you must specify only one of them:
-.IP "\fBd\fR" 4
-.IX Item "d"
-\&\fIDelete\fR modules from the archive. Specify the names of modules to
-be deleted as \fImember\fR...; the archive is untouched if you
-specify no files to delete.
-.Sp
-If you specify the \fBv\fR modifier, \fBar\fR lists each module
-as it is deleted.
-.IP "\fBm\fR" 4
-.IX Item "m"
-Use this operation to \fImove\fR members in an archive.
-.Sp
-The ordering of members in an archive can make a difference in how
-programs are linked using the library, if a symbol is defined in more
-than one member.
-.Sp
-If no modifiers are used with \f(CW\*(C`m\*(C'\fR, any members you name in the
-\&\fImember\fR arguments are moved to the \fIend\fR of the archive;
-you can use the \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, or \fBi\fR modifiers to move them to a
-specified place instead.
-.IP "\fBp\fR" 4
-.IX Item "p"
-\&\fIPrint\fR the specified members of the archive, to the standard
-output file. If the \fBv\fR modifier is specified, show the member
-name before copying its contents to standard output.
-.Sp
-If you specify no \fImember\fR arguments, all the files in the archive are
-printed.
-.IP "\fBq\fR" 4
-.IX Item "q"
-\&\fIQuick append\fR; Historically, add the files \fImember\fR... to the end of
-\&\fIarchive\fR, without checking for replacement.
-.Sp
-The modifiers \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, and \fBi\fR do \fInot\fR affect this
-operation; new members are always placed at the end of the archive.
-.Sp
-The modifier \fBv\fR makes \fBar\fR list each file as it is appended.
-.Sp
-Since the point of this operation is speed, implementations of
-\&\fBar\fR have the option of not updating the archive's symbol
-table if one exists. Too many different systems however assume that
-symbol tables are always up-to-date, so \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR will
-rebuild the table even with a quick append.
-.Sp
-Note \- \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR treats the command \fBqs\fR as a
-synonym for \fBr\fR \- replacing already existing files in the
-archive and appending new ones at the end.
-.IP "\fBr\fR" 4
-.IX Item "r"
-Insert the files \fImember\fR... into \fIarchive\fR (with
-\&\fIreplacement\fR). This operation differs from \fBq\fR in that any
-previously existing members are deleted if their names match those being
-added.
-.Sp
-If one of the files named in \fImember\fR... does not exist, \fBar\fR
-displays an error message, and leaves undisturbed any existing members
-of the archive matching that name.
-.Sp
-By default, new members are added at the end of the file; but you may
-use one of the modifiers \fBa\fR, \fBb\fR, or \fBi\fR to request
-placement relative to some existing member.
-.Sp
-The modifier \fBv\fR used with this operation elicits a line of
-output for each file inserted, along with one of the letters \fBa\fR or
-\&\fBr\fR to indicate whether the file was appended (no old member
-deleted) or replaced.
-.IP "\fBs\fR" 4
-.IX Item "s"
-Add an index to the archive, or update it if it already exists. Note
-this command is an exception to the rule that there can only be one
-command letter, as it is possible to use it as either a command or a
-modifier. In either case it does the same thing.
-.IP "\fBt\fR" 4
-.IX Item "t"
-Display a \fItable\fR listing the contents of \fIarchive\fR, or those
-of the files listed in \fImember\fR... that are present in the
-archive. Normally only the member name is shown; if you also want to
-see the modes (permissions), timestamp, owner, group, and size, you can
-request that by also specifying the \fBv\fR modifier.
-.Sp
-If you do not specify a \fImember\fR, all files in the archive
-are listed.
-.Sp
-If there is more than one file with the same name (say, \fBfie\fR) in
-an archive (say \fBb.a\fR), \fBar t b.a fie\fR lists only the
-first instance; to see them all, you must ask for a complete
-listing\-\-\-in our example, \fBar t b.a\fR.
-.IP "\fBx\fR" 4
-.IX Item "x"
-\&\fIExtract\fR members (named \fImember\fR) from the archive. You can
-use the \fBv\fR modifier with this operation, to request that
-\&\fBar\fR list each name as it extracts it.
-.Sp
-If you do not specify a \fImember\fR, all files in the archive
-are extracted.
-.Sp
-Files cannot be extracted from a thin archive.
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-Displays the list of command line options supported by \fBar\fR
-and then exits.
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-Displays the version information of \fBar\fR and then exits.
-.PP
-A number of modifiers (\fImod\fR) may immediately follow the \fIp\fR
-keyletter, to specify variations on an operation's behavior:
-.IP "\fBa\fR" 4
-.IX Item "a"
-Add new files \fIafter\fR an existing member of the
-archive. If you use the modifier \fBa\fR, the name of an existing archive
-member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the
-\&\fIarchive\fR specification.
-.IP "\fBb\fR" 4
-.IX Item "b"
-Add new files \fIbefore\fR an existing member of the
-archive. If you use the modifier \fBb\fR, the name of an existing archive
-member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the
-\&\fIarchive\fR specification. (same as \fBi\fR).
-.IP "\fBc\fR" 4
-.IX Item "c"
-\&\fICreate\fR the archive. The specified \fIarchive\fR is always
-created if it did not exist, when you request an update. But a warning is
-issued unless you specify in advance that you expect to create it, by
-using this modifier.
-.IP "\fBD\fR" 4
-.IX Item "D"
-Operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. When adding files and the archive
-index use zero for UIDs, GIDs, timestamps, and use consistent file modes
-for all files. When this option is used, if \fBar\fR is used with
-identical options and identical input files, multiple runs will create
-identical output files regardless of the input files' owners, groups,
-file modes, or modification times.
-.Sp
-If \fIbinutils\fR was configured with
-\&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR, then this mode is on by default.
-It can be disabled with the \fBU\fR modifier, below.
-.IP "\fBf\fR" 4
-.IX Item "f"
-Truncate names in the archive. \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR will normally permit file
-names of any length. This will cause it to create archives which are
-not compatible with the native \fBar\fR program on some systems. If
-this is a concern, the \fBf\fR modifier may be used to truncate file
-names when putting them in the archive.
-.IP "\fBi\fR" 4
-.IX Item "i"
-Insert new files \fIbefore\fR an existing member of the
-archive. If you use the modifier \fBi\fR, the name of an existing archive
-member must be present as the \fIrelpos\fR argument, before the
-\&\fIarchive\fR specification. (same as \fBb\fR).
-.IP "\fBl\fR" 4
-.IX Item "l"
-This modifier is accepted but not used.
-.IP "\fBN\fR" 4
-.IX Item "N"
-Uses the \fIcount\fR parameter. This is used if there are multiple
-entries in the archive with the same name. Extract or delete instance
-\&\fIcount\fR of the given name from the archive.
-.IP "\fBo\fR" 4
-.IX Item "o"
-Preserve the \fIoriginal\fR dates of members when extracting them. If
-you do not specify this modifier, files extracted from the archive
-are stamped with the time of extraction.
-.IP "\fBP\fR" 4
-.IX Item "P"
-Use the full path name when matching names in the archive. \s-1GNU\s0
-\&\fBar\fR can not create an archive with a full path name (such archives
-are not \s-1POSIX\s0 complaint), but other archive creators can. This option
-will cause \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR to match file names using a complete path
-name, which can be convenient when extracting a single file from an
-archive created by another tool.
-.IP "\fBs\fR" 4
-.IX Item "s"
-Write an object-file index into the archive, or update an existing one,
-even if no other change is made to the archive. You may use this modifier
-flag either with any operation, or alone. Running \fBar s\fR on an
-archive is equivalent to running \fBranlib\fR on it.
-.IP "\fBS\fR" 4
-.IX Item "S"
-Do not generate an archive symbol table. This can speed up building a
-large library in several steps. The resulting archive can not be used
-with the linker. In order to build a symbol table, you must omit the
-\&\fBS\fR modifier on the last execution of \fBar\fR, or you must run
-\&\fBranlib\fR on the archive.
-.IP "\fBT\fR" 4
-.IX Item "T"
-Make the specified \fIarchive\fR a \fIthin\fR archive. If it already
-exists and is a regular archive, the existing members must be present
-in the same directory as \fIarchive\fR.
-.IP "\fBu\fR" 4
-.IX Item "u"
-Normally, \fBar r\fR... inserts all files
-listed into the archive. If you would like to insert \fIonly\fR those
-of the files you list that are newer than existing members of the same
-names, use this modifier. The \fBu\fR modifier is allowed only for the
-operation \fBr\fR (replace). In particular, the combination \fBqu\fR is
-not allowed, since checking the timestamps would lose any speed
-advantage from the operation \fBq\fR.
-.IP "\fBU\fR" 4
-.IX Item "U"
-Do \fInot\fR operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. This is the inverse
-of the \fBD\fR modifier, above: added files and the archive index will
-get their actual \s-1UID\s0, \s-1GID\s0, timestamp, and file mode values.
-.Sp
-This is the default unless \fIbinutils\fR was configured with
-\&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR.
-.IP "\fBv\fR" 4
-.IX Item "v"
-This modifier requests the \fIverbose\fR version of an operation. Many
-operations display additional information, such as filenames processed,
-when the modifier \fBv\fR is appended.
-.IP "\fBV\fR" 4
-.IX Item "V"
-This modifier shows the version number of \fBar\fR.
-.PP
-\&\fBar\fR ignores an initial option spelt \fB\-X32_64\fR, for
-compatibility with \s-1AIX\s0. The behaviour produced by this option is the
-default for \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR. \fBar\fR does not support any of the other
-\&\fB\-X\fR options; in particular, it does not support \fB\-X32\fR
-which is the default for \s-1AIX\s0 \fBar\fR.
-.PP
-The optional command line switch \fB\-\-plugin\fR \fIname\fR causes
-\&\fBar\fR to load the plugin called \fIname\fR which adds support
-for more file formats. This option is only available if the toolchain
-has been built with plugin support enabled.
-.PP
-The optional command line switch \fB\-\-target\fR \fIbfdname\fR
-specifies that the archive members are in an object code format
-different from your system's default format. See
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fInm\fR\|(1), \fIranlib\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/binutils.info b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/binutils.info
deleted file mode 100644
index f7d09766..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/binutils.info
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4898 +0,0 @@
-This is binutils.info, produced by makeinfo version 4.8 from
-binutils.texi.
-
- Copyright (C) 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
-any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
-Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
-Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled "GNU
-Free Documentation License".
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION Software development
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Binutils: (binutils). The GNU binary utilities.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
-INFO-DIR-SECTION Individual utilities
-START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* addr2line: (binutils)addr2line. Convert addresses to file and line.
-* ar: (binutils)ar. Create, modify, and extract from archives.
-* c++filt: (binutils)c++filt. Filter to demangle encoded C++ symbols.
-* cxxfilt: (binutils)c++filt. MS-DOS name for c++filt.
-* dlltool: (binutils)dlltool. Create files needed to build and use DLLs.
-* nlmconv: (binutils)nlmconv. Converts object code into an NLM.
-* nm: (binutils)nm. List symbols from object files.
-* objcopy: (binutils)objcopy. Copy and translate object files.
-* objdump: (binutils)objdump. Display information from object files.
-* ranlib: (binutils)ranlib. Generate index to archive contents.
-* readelf: (binutils)readelf. Display the contents of ELF format files.
-* size: (binutils)size. List section sizes and total size.
-* strings: (binutils)strings. List printable strings from files.
-* strip: (binutils)strip. Discard symbols.
-* elfedit: (binutils)elfedit. Update the ELF header of ELF files.
-* windmc: (binutils)windmc. Generator for Windows message resources.
-* windres: (binutils)windres. Manipulate Windows resources.
-END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: Top, Next: ar, Up: (dir)
-
-Introduction
-************
-
-This brief manual contains documentation for the GNU binary utilities
-(GNU Binutils) version 2.23.91:
-
- This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
-Documentation License version 1.3. A copy of the license is included
-in the section entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
-
-* Menu:
-
-* ar:: Create, modify, and extract from archives
-* nm:: List symbols from object files
-* objcopy:: Copy and translate object files
-* objdump:: Display information from object files
-* ranlib:: Generate index to archive contents
-* size:: List section sizes and total size
-* strings:: List printable strings from files
-* strip:: Discard symbols
-* c++filt:: Filter to demangle encoded C++ symbols
-* cxxfilt: c++filt. MS-DOS name for c++filt
-* addr2line:: Convert addresses to file and line
-* nlmconv:: Converts object code into an NLM
-* windmc:: Generator for Windows message resources
-* windres:: Manipulate Windows resources
-* dlltool:: Create files needed to build and use DLLs
-* readelf:: Display the contents of ELF format files
-* elfedit:: Update the ELF header of ELF files
-* Common Options:: Command-line options for all utilities
-* Selecting the Target System:: How these utilities determine the target
-* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
-* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
-* Binutils Index:: Binutils Index
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: ar, Next: nm, Prev: Top, Up: Top
-
-1 ar
-****
-
- ar [`--plugin' NAME] [-]P[MOD [RELPOS] [COUNT]] [`--target' BFDNAME] ARCHIVE [MEMBER...]
- ar -M [ <mri-script ]
-
- The GNU `ar' program creates, modifies, and extracts from archives.
-An "archive" is a single file holding a collection of other files in a
-structure that makes it possible to retrieve the original individual
-files (called "members" of the archive).
-
- The original files' contents, mode (permissions), timestamp, owner,
-and group are preserved in the archive, and can be restored on
-extraction.
-
- GNU `ar' can maintain archives whose members have names of any
-length; however, depending on how `ar' is configured on your system, a
-limit on member-name length may be imposed for compatibility with
-archive formats maintained with other tools. If it exists, the limit
-is often 15 characters (typical of formats related to a.out) or 16
-characters (typical of formats related to coff).
-
- `ar' is considered a binary utility because archives of this sort
-are most often used as "libraries" holding commonly needed subroutines.
-
- `ar' creates an index to the symbols defined in relocatable object
-modules in the archive when you specify the modifier `s'. Once
-created, this index is updated in the archive whenever `ar' makes a
-change to its contents (save for the `q' update operation). An archive
-with such an index speeds up linking to the library, and allows
-routines in the library to call each other without regard to their
-placement in the archive.
-
- You may use `nm -s' or `nm --print-armap' to list this index table.
-If an archive lacks the table, another form of `ar' called `ranlib' can
-be used to add just the table.
-
- GNU `ar' can optionally create a _thin_ archive, which contains a
-symbol index and references to the original copies of the member files
-of the archive. This is useful for building libraries for use within a
-local build tree, where the relocatable objects are expected to remain
-available, and copying the contents of each object would only waste
-time and space.
-
- An archive can either be _thin_ or it can be normal. It cannot be
-both at the same time. Once an archive is created its format cannot be
-changed without first deleting it and then creating a new archive in
-its place.
-
- Thin archives are also _flattened_, so that adding one thin archive
-to another thin archive does not nest it, as would happen with a normal
-archive. Instead the elements of the first archive are added
-individually to the second archive.
-
- The paths to the elements of the archive are stored relative to the
-archive itself.
-
- GNU `ar' is designed to be compatible with two different facilities.
-You can control its activity using command-line options, like the
-different varieties of `ar' on Unix systems; or, if you specify the
-single command-line option `-M', you can control it with a script
-supplied via standard input, like the MRI "librarian" program.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* ar cmdline:: Controlling `ar' on the command line
-* ar scripts:: Controlling `ar' with a script
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: ar cmdline, Next: ar scripts, Up: ar
-
-1.1 Controlling `ar' on the Command Line
-========================================
-
- ar [`--plugin' NAME] [`-X32_64'] [`-']P[MOD [RELPOS] [COUNT]] [`--target' BFDNAME] ARCHIVE [MEMBER...]
-
- When you use `ar' in the Unix style, `ar' insists on at least two
-arguments to execute: one keyletter specifying the _operation_
-(optionally accompanied by other keyletters specifying _modifiers_),
-and the archive name to act on.
-
- Most operations can also accept further MEMBER arguments, specifying
-particular files to operate on.
-
- GNU `ar' allows you to mix the operation code P and modifier flags
-MOD in any order, within the first command-line argument.
-
- If you wish, you may begin the first command-line argument with a
-dash.
-
- The P keyletter specifies what operation to execute; it may be any
-of the following, but you must specify only one of them:
-
-`d'
- _Delete_ modules from the archive. Specify the names of modules to
- be deleted as MEMBER...; the archive is untouched if you specify
- no files to delete.
-
- If you specify the `v' modifier, `ar' lists each module as it is
- deleted.
-
-`m'
- Use this operation to _move_ members in an archive.
-
- The ordering of members in an archive can make a difference in how
- programs are linked using the library, if a symbol is defined in
- more than one member.
-
- If no modifiers are used with `m', any members you name in the
- MEMBER arguments are moved to the _end_ of the archive; you can
- use the `a', `b', or `i' modifiers to move them to a specified
- place instead.
-
-`p'
- _Print_ the specified members of the archive, to the standard
- output file. If the `v' modifier is specified, show the member
- name before copying its contents to standard output.
-
- If you specify no MEMBER arguments, all the files in the archive
- are printed.
-
-`q'
- _Quick append_; Historically, add the files MEMBER... to the end of
- ARCHIVE, without checking for replacement.
-
- The modifiers `a', `b', and `i' do _not_ affect this operation;
- new members are always placed at the end of the archive.
-
- The modifier `v' makes `ar' list each file as it is appended.
-
- Since the point of this operation is speed, implementations of
- `ar' have the option of not updating the archive's symbol table if
- one exists. Too many different systems however assume that symbol
- tables are always up-to-date, so GNU `ar' will rebuild the table
- even with a quick append.
-
- Note - GNU `ar' treats the command `qs' as a synonym for `r' -
- replacing already existing files in the archive and appending new
- ones at the end.
-
-`r'
- Insert the files MEMBER... into ARCHIVE (with _replacement_). This
- operation differs from `q' in that any previously existing members
- are deleted if their names match those being added.
-
- If one of the files named in MEMBER... does not exist, `ar'
- displays an error message, and leaves undisturbed any existing
- members of the archive matching that name.
-
- By default, new members are added at the end of the file; but you
- may use one of the modifiers `a', `b', or `i' to request placement
- relative to some existing member.
-
- The modifier `v' used with this operation elicits a line of output
- for each file inserted, along with one of the letters `a' or `r'
- to indicate whether the file was appended (no old member deleted)
- or replaced.
-
-`s'
- Add an index to the archive, or update it if it already exists.
- Note this command is an exception to the rule that there can only
- be one command letter, as it is possible to use it as either a
- command or a modifier. In either case it does the same thing.
-
-`t'
- Display a _table_ listing the contents of ARCHIVE, or those of the
- files listed in MEMBER... that are present in the archive.
- Normally only the member name is shown; if you also want to see
- the modes (permissions), timestamp, owner, group, and size, you can
- request that by also specifying the `v' modifier.
-
- If you do not specify a MEMBER, all files in the archive are
- listed.
-
- If there is more than one file with the same name (say, `fie') in
- an archive (say `b.a'), `ar t b.a fie' lists only the first
- instance; to see them all, you must ask for a complete listing--in
- our example, `ar t b.a'.
-
-`x'
- _Extract_ members (named MEMBER) from the archive. You can use
- the `v' modifier with this operation, to request that `ar' list
- each name as it extracts it.
-
- If you do not specify a MEMBER, all files in the archive are
- extracted.
-
- Files cannot be extracted from a thin archive.
-
-`--help'
- Displays the list of command line options supported by `ar' and
- then exits.
-
-`--version'
- Displays the version information of `ar' and then exits.
-
-
- A number of modifiers (MOD) may immediately follow the P keyletter,
-to specify variations on an operation's behavior:
-
-`a'
- Add new files _after_ an existing member of the archive. If you
- use the modifier `a', the name of an existing archive member must
- be present as the RELPOS argument, before the ARCHIVE
- specification.
-
-`b'
- Add new files _before_ an existing member of the archive. If you
- use the modifier `b', the name of an existing archive member must
- be present as the RELPOS argument, before the ARCHIVE
- specification. (same as `i').
-
-`c'
- _Create_ the archive. The specified ARCHIVE is always created if
- it did not exist, when you request an update. But a warning is
- issued unless you specify in advance that you expect to create it,
- by using this modifier.
-
-`D'
- Operate in _deterministic_ mode. When adding files and the archive
- index use zero for UIDs, GIDs, timestamps, and use consistent file
- modes for all files. When this option is used, if `ar' is used
- with identical options and identical input files, multiple runs
- will create identical output files regardless of the input files'
- owners, groups, file modes, or modification times.
-
- If `binutils' was configured with
- `--enable-deterministic-archives', then this mode is on by default.
- It can be disabled with the `U' modifier, below.
-
-`f'
- Truncate names in the archive. GNU `ar' will normally permit file
- names of any length. This will cause it to create archives which
- are not compatible with the native `ar' program on some systems.
- If this is a concern, the `f' modifier may be used to truncate file
- names when putting them in the archive.
-
-`i'
- Insert new files _before_ an existing member of the archive. If
- you use the modifier `i', the name of an existing archive member
- must be present as the RELPOS argument, before the ARCHIVE
- specification. (same as `b').
-
-`l'
- This modifier is accepted but not used.
-
-`N'
- Uses the COUNT parameter. This is used if there are multiple
- entries in the archive with the same name. Extract or delete
- instance COUNT of the given name from the archive.
-
-`o'
- Preserve the _original_ dates of members when extracting them. If
- you do not specify this modifier, files extracted from the archive
- are stamped with the time of extraction.
-
-`P'
- Use the full path name when matching names in the archive. GNU
- `ar' can not create an archive with a full path name (such archives
- are not POSIX complaint), but other archive creators can. This
- option will cause GNU `ar' to match file names using a complete
- path name, which can be convenient when extracting a single file
- from an archive created by another tool.
-
-`s'
- Write an object-file index into the archive, or update an existing
- one, even if no other change is made to the archive. You may use
- this modifier flag either with any operation, or alone. Running
- `ar s' on an archive is equivalent to running `ranlib' on it.
-
-`S'
- Do not generate an archive symbol table. This can speed up
- building a large library in several steps. The resulting archive
- can not be used with the linker. In order to build a symbol
- table, you must omit the `S' modifier on the last execution of
- `ar', or you must run `ranlib' on the archive.
-
-`T'
- Make the specified ARCHIVE a _thin_ archive. If it already exists
- and is a regular archive, the existing members must be present in
- the same directory as ARCHIVE.
-
-`u'
- Normally, `ar r'... inserts all files listed into the archive. If
- you would like to insert _only_ those of the files you list that
- are newer than existing members of the same names, use this
- modifier. The `u' modifier is allowed only for the operation `r'
- (replace). In particular, the combination `qu' is not allowed,
- since checking the timestamps would lose any speed advantage from
- the operation `q'.
-
-`U'
- Do _not_ operate in _deterministic_ mode. This is the inverse of
- the `D' modifier, above: added files and the archive index will
- get their actual UID, GID, timestamp, and file mode values.
-
- This is the default unless `binutils' was configured with
- `--enable-deterministic-archives'.
-
-`v'
- This modifier requests the _verbose_ version of an operation. Many
- operations display additional information, such as filenames
- processed, when the modifier `v' is appended.
-
-`V'
- This modifier shows the version number of `ar'.
-
- `ar' ignores an initial option spelt `-X32_64', for compatibility
-with AIX. The behaviour produced by this option is the default for GNU
-`ar'. `ar' does not support any of the other `-X' options; in
-particular, it does not support `-X32' which is the default for AIX
-`ar'.
-
- The optional command line switch `--plugin' NAME causes `ar' to load
-the plugin called NAME which adds support for more file formats. This
-option is only available if the toolchain has been built with plugin
-support enabled.
-
- The optional command line switch `--target' BFDNAME specifies that
-the archive members are in an object code format different from your
-system's default format. See *Note Target Selection::, for more
-information.
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: ar scripts, Prev: ar cmdline, Up: ar
-
-1.2 Controlling `ar' with a Script
-==================================
-
- ar -M [ <SCRIPT ]
-
- If you use the single command-line option `-M' with `ar', you can
-control its operation with a rudimentary command language. This form
-of `ar' operates interactively if standard input is coming directly
-from a terminal. During interactive use, `ar' prompts for input (the
-prompt is `AR >'), and continues executing even after errors. If you
-redirect standard input to a script file, no prompts are issued, and
-`ar' abandons execution (with a nonzero exit code) on any error.
-
- The `ar' command language is _not_ designed to be equivalent to the
-command-line options; in fact, it provides somewhat less control over
-archives. The only purpose of the command language is to ease the
-transition to GNU `ar' for developers who already have scripts written
-for the MRI "librarian" program.
-
- The syntax for the `ar' command language is straightforward:
- * commands are recognized in upper or lower case; for example, `LIST'
- is the same as `list'. In the following descriptions, commands are
- shown in upper case for clarity.
-
- * a single command may appear on each line; it is the first word on
- the line.
-
- * empty lines are allowed, and have no effect.
-
- * comments are allowed; text after either of the characters `*' or
- `;' is ignored.
-
- * Whenever you use a list of names as part of the argument to an `ar'
- command, you can separate the individual names with either commas
- or blanks. Commas are shown in the explanations below, for
- clarity.
-
- * `+' is used as a line continuation character; if `+' appears at
- the end of a line, the text on the following line is considered
- part of the current command.
-
- Here are the commands you can use in `ar' scripts, or when using
-`ar' interactively. Three of them have special significance:
-
- `OPEN' or `CREATE' specify a "current archive", which is a temporary
-file required for most of the other commands.
-
- `SAVE' commits the changes so far specified by the script. Prior to
-`SAVE', commands affect only the temporary copy of the current archive.
-
-`ADDLIB ARCHIVE'
-`ADDLIB ARCHIVE (MODULE, MODULE, ... MODULE)'
- Add all the contents of ARCHIVE (or, if specified, each named
- MODULE from ARCHIVE) to the current archive.
-
- Requires prior use of `OPEN' or `CREATE'.
-
-`ADDMOD MEMBER, MEMBER, ... MEMBER'
- Add each named MEMBER as a module in the current archive.
-
- Requires prior use of `OPEN' or `CREATE'.
-
-`CLEAR'
- Discard the contents of the current archive, canceling the effect
- of any operations since the last `SAVE'. May be executed (with no
- effect) even if no current archive is specified.
-
-`CREATE ARCHIVE'
- Creates an archive, and makes it the current archive (required for
- many other commands). The new archive is created with a temporary
- name; it is not actually saved as ARCHIVE until you use `SAVE'.
- You can overwrite existing archives; similarly, the contents of any
- existing file named ARCHIVE will not be destroyed until `SAVE'.
-
-`DELETE MODULE, MODULE, ... MODULE'
- Delete each listed MODULE from the current archive; equivalent to
- `ar -d ARCHIVE MODULE ... MODULE'.
-
- Requires prior use of `OPEN' or `CREATE'.
-
-`DIRECTORY ARCHIVE (MODULE, ... MODULE)'
-`DIRECTORY ARCHIVE (MODULE, ... MODULE) OUTPUTFILE'
- List each named MODULE present in ARCHIVE. The separate command
- `VERBOSE' specifies the form of the output: when verbose output is
- off, output is like that of `ar -t ARCHIVE MODULE...'. When
- verbose output is on, the listing is like `ar -tv ARCHIVE
- MODULE...'.
-
- Output normally goes to the standard output stream; however, if you
- specify OUTPUTFILE as a final argument, `ar' directs the output to
- that file.
-
-`END'
- Exit from `ar', with a `0' exit code to indicate successful
- completion. This command does not save the output file; if you
- have changed the current archive since the last `SAVE' command,
- those changes are lost.
-
-`EXTRACT MODULE, MODULE, ... MODULE'
- Extract each named MODULE from the current archive, writing them
- into the current directory as separate files. Equivalent to `ar -x
- ARCHIVE MODULE...'.
-
- Requires prior use of `OPEN' or `CREATE'.
-
-`LIST'
- Display full contents of the current archive, in "verbose" style
- regardless of the state of `VERBOSE'. The effect is like `ar tv
- ARCHIVE'. (This single command is a GNU `ar' enhancement, rather
- than present for MRI compatibility.)
-
- Requires prior use of `OPEN' or `CREATE'.
-
-`OPEN ARCHIVE'
- Opens an existing archive for use as the current archive (required
- for many other commands). Any changes as the result of subsequent
- commands will not actually affect ARCHIVE until you next use
- `SAVE'.
-
-`REPLACE MODULE, MODULE, ... MODULE'
- In the current archive, replace each existing MODULE (named in the
- `REPLACE' arguments) from files in the current working directory.
- To execute this command without errors, both the file, and the
- module in the current archive, must exist.
-
- Requires prior use of `OPEN' or `CREATE'.
-
-`VERBOSE'
- Toggle an internal flag governing the output from `DIRECTORY'.
- When the flag is on, `DIRECTORY' output matches output from `ar
- -tv '....
-
-`SAVE'
- Commit your changes to the current archive, and actually save it
- as a file with the name specified in the last `CREATE' or `OPEN'
- command.
-
- Requires prior use of `OPEN' or `CREATE'.
-
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: nm, Next: objcopy, Prev: ar, Up: Top
-
-2 nm
-****
-
- nm [`-A'|`-o'|`--print-file-name'] [`-a'|`--debug-syms']
- [`-B'|`--format=bsd'] [`-C'|`--demangle'[=STYLE]]
- [`-D'|`--dynamic'] [`-f'FORMAT|`--format='FORMAT]
- [`-g'|`--extern-only'] [`-h'|`--help']
- [`-l'|`--line-numbers'] [`-n'|`-v'|`--numeric-sort']
- [`-P'|`--portability'] [`-p'|`--no-sort']
- [`-r'|`--reverse-sort'] [`-S'|`--print-size']
- [`-s'|`--print-armap'] [`-t' RADIX|`--radix='RADIX]
- [`-u'|`--undefined-only'] [`-V'|`--version']
- [`-X 32_64'] [`--defined-only'] [`--no-demangle']
- [`--plugin' NAME] [`--size-sort'] [`--special-syms']
- [`--synthetic'] [`--target='BFDNAME]
- [OBJFILE...]
-
- GNU `nm' lists the symbols from object files OBJFILE.... If no
-object files are listed as arguments, `nm' assumes the file `a.out'.
-
- For each symbol, `nm' shows:
-
- * The symbol value, in the radix selected by options (see below), or
- hexadecimal by default.
-
- * The symbol type. At least the following types are used; others
- are, as well, depending on the object file format. If lowercase,
- the symbol is usually local; if uppercase, the symbol is global
- (external). There are however a few lowercase symbols that are
- shown for special global symbols (`u', `v' and `w').
-
- `A'
- The symbol's value is absolute, and will not be changed by
- further linking.
-
- `B'
- `b'
- The symbol is in the uninitialized data section (known as
- BSS).
-
- `C'
- The symbol is common. Common symbols are uninitialized data.
- When linking, multiple common symbols may appear with the
- same name. If the symbol is defined anywhere, the common
- symbols are treated as undefined references. For more
- details on common symbols, see the discussion of -warn-common
- in *Note Linker options: (ld.info)Options.
-
- `D'
- `d'
- The symbol is in the initialized data section.
-
- `G'
- `g'
- The symbol is in an initialized data section for small
- objects. Some object file formats permit more efficient
- access to small data objects, such as a global int variable
- as opposed to a large global array.
-
- `i'
- For PE format files this indicates that the symbol is in a
- section specific to the implementation of DLLs. For ELF
- format files this indicates that the symbol is an indirect
- function. This is a GNU extension to the standard set of ELF
- symbol types. It indicates a symbol which if referenced by a
- relocation does not evaluate to its address, but instead must
- be invoked at runtime. The runtime execution will then
- return the value to be used in the relocation.
-
- `I'
- The symbol is an indirect reference to another symbol.
-
- `N'
- The symbol is a debugging symbol.
-
- `p'
- The symbols is in a stack unwind section.
-
- `R'
- `r'
- The symbol is in a read only data section.
-
- `S'
- `s'
- The symbol is in an uninitialized data section for small
- objects.
-
- `T'
- `t'
- The symbol is in the text (code) section.
-
- `U'
- The symbol is undefined.
-
- `u'
- The symbol is a unique global symbol. This is a GNU
- extension to the standard set of ELF symbol bindings. For
- such a symbol the dynamic linker will make sure that in the
- entire process there is just one symbol with this name and
- type in use.
-
- `V'
- `v'
- The symbol is a weak object. When a weak defined symbol is
- linked with a normal defined symbol, the normal defined
- symbol is used with no error. When a weak undefined symbol
- is linked and the symbol is not defined, the value of the
- weak symbol becomes zero with no error. On some systems,
- uppercase indicates that a default value has been specified.
-
- `W'
- `w'
- The symbol is a weak symbol that has not been specifically
- tagged as a weak object symbol. When a weak defined symbol
- is linked with a normal defined symbol, the normal defined
- symbol is used with no error. When a weak undefined symbol
- is linked and the symbol is not defined, the value of the
- symbol is determined in a system-specific manner without
- error. On some systems, uppercase indicates that a default
- value has been specified.
-
- `-'
- The symbol is a stabs symbol in an a.out object file. In
- this case, the next values printed are the stabs other field,
- the stabs desc field, and the stab type. Stabs symbols are
- used to hold debugging information.
-
- `?'
- The symbol type is unknown, or object file format specific.
-
- * The symbol name.
-
- The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent.
-
-`-A'
-`-o'
-`--print-file-name'
- Precede each symbol by the name of the input file (or archive
- member) in which it was found, rather than identifying the input
- file once only, before all of its symbols.
-
-`-a'
-`--debug-syms'
- Display all symbols, even debugger-only symbols; normally these
- are not listed.
-
-`-B'
- The same as `--format=bsd' (for compatibility with the MIPS `nm').
-
-`-C'
-`--demangle[=STYLE]'
- Decode ("demangle") low-level symbol names into user-level names.
- Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system,
- this makes C++ function names readable. Different compilers have
- different mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument
- can be used to choose an appropriate demangling style for your
- compiler. *Note c++filt::, for more information on demangling.
-
-`--no-demangle'
- Do not demangle low-level symbol names. This is the default.
-
-`-D'
-`--dynamic'
- Display the dynamic symbols rather than the normal symbols. This
- is only meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of
- shared libraries.
-
-`-f FORMAT'
-`--format=FORMAT'
- Use the output format FORMAT, which can be `bsd', `sysv', or
- `posix'. The default is `bsd'. Only the first character of
- FORMAT is significant; it can be either upper or lower case.
-
-`-g'
-`--extern-only'
- Display only external symbols.
-
-`-h'
-`--help'
- Show a summary of the options to `nm' and exit.
-
-`-l'
-`--line-numbers'
- For each symbol, use debugging information to try to find a
- filename and line number. For a defined symbol, look for the line
- number of the address of the symbol. For an undefined symbol,
- look for the line number of a relocation entry which refers to the
- symbol. If line number information can be found, print it after
- the other symbol information.
-
-`-n'
-`-v'
-`--numeric-sort'
- Sort symbols numerically by their addresses, rather than
- alphabetically by their names.
-
-`-p'
-`--no-sort'
- Do not bother to sort the symbols in any order; print them in the
- order encountered.
-
-`-P'
-`--portability'
- Use the POSIX.2 standard output format instead of the default
- format. Equivalent to `-f posix'.
-
-`-r'
-`--reverse-sort'
- Reverse the order of the sort (whether numeric or alphabetic); let
- the last come first.
-
-`-S'
-`--print-size'
- Print both value and size of defined symbols for the `bsd' output
- style. This option has no effect for object formats that do not
- record symbol sizes, unless `--size-sort' is also used in which
- case a calculated size is displayed.
-
-`-s'
-`--print-armap'
- When listing symbols from archive members, include the index: a
- mapping (stored in the archive by `ar' or `ranlib') of which
- modules contain definitions for which names.
-
-`-t RADIX'
-`--radix=RADIX'
- Use RADIX as the radix for printing the symbol values. It must be
- `d' for decimal, `o' for octal, or `x' for hexadecimal.
-
-`-u'
-`--undefined-only'
- Display only undefined symbols (those external to each object
- file).
-
-`-V'
-`--version'
- Show the version number of `nm' and exit.
-
-`-X'
- This option is ignored for compatibility with the AIX version of
- `nm'. It takes one parameter which must be the string `32_64'.
- The default mode of AIX `nm' corresponds to `-X 32', which is not
- supported by GNU `nm'.
-
-`--defined-only'
- Display only defined symbols for each object file.
-
-`--plugin NAME'
- Load the plugin called NAME to add support for extra target types.
- This option is only available if the toolchain has been built
- with plugin support enabled.
-
-`--size-sort'
- Sort symbols by size. The size is computed as the difference
- between the value of the symbol and the value of the symbol with
- the next higher value. If the `bsd' output format is used the
- size of the symbol is printed, rather than the value, and `-S'
- must be used in order both size and value to be printed.
-
-`--special-syms'
- Display symbols which have a target-specific special meaning.
- These symbols are usually used by the target for some special
- processing and are not normally helpful when included in the
- normal symbol lists. For example for ARM targets this option
- would skip the mapping symbols used to mark transitions between
- ARM code, THUMB code and data.
-
-`--synthetic'
- Include synthetic symbols in the output. These are special symbols
- created by the linker for various purposes. They are not shown by
- default since they are not part of the binary's original source
- code.
-
-`--target=BFDNAME'
- Specify an object code format other than your system's default
- format. *Note Target Selection::, for more information.
-
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: objcopy, Next: objdump, Prev: nm, Up: Top
-
-3 objcopy
-*********
-
- objcopy [`-F' BFDNAME|`--target='BFDNAME]
- [`-I' BFDNAME|`--input-target='BFDNAME]
- [`-O' BFDNAME|`--output-target='BFDNAME]
- [`-B' BFDARCH|`--binary-architecture='BFDARCH]
- [`-S'|`--strip-all']
- [`-g'|`--strip-debug']
- [`-K' SYMBOLNAME|`--keep-symbol='SYMBOLNAME]
- [`-N' SYMBOLNAME|`--strip-symbol='SYMBOLNAME]
- [`--strip-unneeded-symbol='SYMBOLNAME]
- [`-G' SYMBOLNAME|`--keep-global-symbol='SYMBOLNAME]
- [`--localize-hidden']
- [`-L' SYMBOLNAME|`--localize-symbol='SYMBOLNAME]
- [`--globalize-symbol='SYMBOLNAME]
- [`-W' SYMBOLNAME|`--weaken-symbol='SYMBOLNAME]
- [`-w'|`--wildcard']
- [`-x'|`--discard-all']
- [`-X'|`--discard-locals']
- [`-b' BYTE|`--byte='BYTE]
- [`-i' [BREADTH]|`--interleave'[=BREADTH]]
- [`--interleave-width='WIDTH]
- [`-j' SECTIONPATTERN|`--only-section='SECTIONPATTERN]
- [`-R' SECTIONPATTERN|`--remove-section='SECTIONPATTERN]
- [`-p'|`--preserve-dates']
- [`-D'|`--enable-deterministic-archives']
- [`-U'|`--disable-deterministic-archives']
- [`--debugging']
- [`--gap-fill='VAL]
- [`--pad-to='ADDRESS]
- [`--set-start='VAL]
- [`--adjust-start='INCR]
- [`--change-addresses='INCR]
- [`--change-section-address' SECTIONPATTERN{=,+,-}VAL]
- [`--change-section-lma' SECTIONPATTERN{=,+,-}VAL]
- [`--change-section-vma' SECTIONPATTERN{=,+,-}VAL]
- [`--change-warnings'] [`--no-change-warnings']
- [`--set-section-flags' SECTIONPATTERN=FLAGS]
- [`--add-section' SECTIONNAME=FILENAME]
- [`--rename-section' OLDNAME=NEWNAME[,FLAGS]]
- [`--long-section-names' {enable,disable,keep}]
- [`--change-leading-char'] [`--remove-leading-char']
- [`--reverse-bytes='NUM]
- [`--srec-len='IVAL] [`--srec-forceS3']
- [`--redefine-sym' OLD=NEW]
- [`--redefine-syms='FILENAME]
- [`--weaken']
- [`--keep-symbols='FILENAME]
- [`--strip-symbols='FILENAME]
- [`--strip-unneeded-symbols='FILENAME]
- [`--keep-global-symbols='FILENAME]
- [`--localize-symbols='FILENAME]
- [`--globalize-symbols='FILENAME]
- [`--weaken-symbols='FILENAME]
- [`--alt-machine-code='INDEX]
- [`--prefix-symbols='STRING]
- [`--prefix-sections='STRING]
- [`--prefix-alloc-sections='STRING]
- [`--add-gnu-debuglink='PATH-TO-FILE]
- [`--keep-file-symbols']
- [`--only-keep-debug']
- [`--strip-dwo']
- [`--extract-dwo']
- [`--extract-symbol']
- [`--writable-text']
- [`--readonly-text']
- [`--pure']
- [`--impure']
- [`--file-alignment='NUM]
- [`--heap='SIZE]
- [`--image-base='ADDRESS]
- [`--section-alignment='NUM]
- [`--stack='SIZE]
- [`--subsystem='WHICH:MAJOR.MINOR]
- [`--compress-debug-sections']
- [`--decompress-debug-sections']
- [`--dwarf-depth=N']
- [`--dwarf-start=N']
- [`-v'|`--verbose']
- [`-V'|`--version']
- [`--help'] [`--info']
- INFILE [OUTFILE]
-
- The GNU `objcopy' utility copies the contents of an object file to
-another. `objcopy' uses the GNU BFD Library to read and write the
-object files. It can write the destination object file in a format
-different from that of the source object file. The exact behavior of
-`objcopy' is controlled by command-line options. Note that `objcopy'
-should be able to copy a fully linked file between any two formats.
-However, copying a relocatable object file between any two formats may
-not work as expected.
-
- `objcopy' creates temporary files to do its translations and deletes
-them afterward. `objcopy' uses BFD to do all its translation work; it
-has access to all the formats described in BFD and thus is able to
-recognize most formats without being told explicitly. *Note BFD:
-(ld.info)BFD.
-
- `objcopy' can be used to generate S-records by using an output
-target of `srec' (e.g., use `-O srec').
-
- `objcopy' can be used to generate a raw binary file by using an
-output target of `binary' (e.g., use `-O binary'). When `objcopy'
-generates a raw binary file, it will essentially produce a memory dump
-of the contents of the input object file. All symbols and relocation
-information will be discarded. The memory dump will start at the load
-address of the lowest section copied into the output file.
-
- When generating an S-record or a raw binary file, it may be helpful
-to use `-S' to remove sections containing debugging information. In
-some cases `-R' will be useful to remove sections which contain
-information that is not needed by the binary file.
-
- Note--`objcopy' is not able to change the endianness of its input
-files. If the input format has an endianness (some formats do not),
-`objcopy' can only copy the inputs into file formats that have the same
-endianness or which have no endianness (e.g., `srec'). (However, see
-the `--reverse-bytes' option.)
-
-`INFILE'
-`OUTFILE'
- The input and output files, respectively. If you do not specify
- OUTFILE, `objcopy' creates a temporary file and destructively
- renames the result with the name of INFILE.
-
-`-I BFDNAME'
-`--input-target=BFDNAME'
- Consider the source file's object format to be BFDNAME, rather than
- attempting to deduce it. *Note Target Selection::, for more
- information.
-
-`-O BFDNAME'
-`--output-target=BFDNAME'
- Write the output file using the object format BFDNAME. *Note
- Target Selection::, for more information.
-
-`-F BFDNAME'
-`--target=BFDNAME'
- Use BFDNAME as the object format for both the input and the output
- file; i.e., simply transfer data from source to destination with no
- translation. *Note Target Selection::, for more information.
-
-`-B BFDARCH'
-`--binary-architecture=BFDARCH'
- Useful when transforming a architecture-less input file into an
- object file. In this case the output architecture can be set to
- BFDARCH. This option will be ignored if the input file has a
- known BFDARCH. You can access this binary data inside a program
- by referencing the special symbols that are created by the
- conversion process. These symbols are called
- _binary_OBJFILE_start, _binary_OBJFILE_end and
- _binary_OBJFILE_size. e.g. you can transform a picture file into
- an object file and then access it in your code using these symbols.
-
-`-j SECTIONPATTERN'
-`--only-section=SECTIONPATTERN'
- Copy only the indicated sections from the input file to the output
- file. This option may be given more than once. Note that using
- this option inappropriately may make the output file unusable.
- Wildcard characters are accepted in SECTIONPATTERN.
-
-`-R SECTIONPATTERN'
-`--remove-section=SECTIONPATTERN'
- Remove any section matching SECTIONPATTERN from the output file.
- This option may be given more than once. Note that using this
- option inappropriately may make the output file unusable. Wildcard
- characters are accepted in SECTIONPATTERN. Using both the `-j'
- and `-R' options together results in undefined behaviour.
-
-`-S'
-`--strip-all'
- Do not copy relocation and symbol information from the source file.
-
-`-g'
-`--strip-debug'
- Do not copy debugging symbols or sections from the source file.
-
-`--strip-unneeded'
- Strip all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
-
-`-K SYMBOLNAME'
-`--keep-symbol=SYMBOLNAME'
- When stripping symbols, keep symbol SYMBOLNAME even if it would
- normally be stripped. This option may be given more than once.
-
-`-N SYMBOLNAME'
-`--strip-symbol=SYMBOLNAME'
- Do not copy symbol SYMBOLNAME from the source file. This option
- may be given more than once.
-
-`--strip-unneeded-symbol=SYMBOLNAME'
- Do not copy symbol SYMBOLNAME from the source file unless it is
- needed by a relocation. This option may be given more than once.
-
-`-G SYMBOLNAME'
-`--keep-global-symbol=SYMBOLNAME'
- Keep only symbol SYMBOLNAME global. Make all other symbols local
- to the file, so that they are not visible externally. This option
- may be given more than once.
-
-`--localize-hidden'
- In an ELF object, mark all symbols that have hidden or internal
- visibility as local. This option applies on top of
- symbol-specific localization options such as `-L'.
-
-`-L SYMBOLNAME'
-`--localize-symbol=SYMBOLNAME'
- Make symbol SYMBOLNAME local to the file, so that it is not
- visible externally. This option may be given more than once.
-
-`-W SYMBOLNAME'
-`--weaken-symbol=SYMBOLNAME'
- Make symbol SYMBOLNAME weak. This option may be given more than
- once.
-
-`--globalize-symbol=SYMBOLNAME'
- Give symbol SYMBOLNAME global scoping so that it is visible
- outside of the file in which it is defined. This option may be
- given more than once.
-
-`-w'
-`--wildcard'
- Permit regular expressions in SYMBOLNAMEs used in other command
- line options. The question mark (?), asterisk (*), backslash (\)
- and square brackets ([]) operators can be used anywhere in the
- symbol name. If the first character of the symbol name is the
- exclamation point (!) then the sense of the switch is reversed for
- that symbol. For example:
-
- -w -W !foo -W fo*
-
- would cause objcopy to weaken all symbols that start with "fo"
- except for the symbol "foo".
-
-`-x'
-`--discard-all'
- Do not copy non-global symbols from the source file.
-
-`-X'
-`--discard-locals'
- Do not copy compiler-generated local symbols. (These usually
- start with `L' or `.'.)
-
-`-b BYTE'
-`--byte=BYTE'
- If interleaving has been enabled via the `--interleave' option
- then start the range of bytes to keep at the BYTEth byte. BYTE
- can be in the range from 0 to BREADTH-1, where BREADTH is the
- value given by the `--interleave' option.
-
-`-i [BREADTH]'
-`--interleave[=BREADTH]'
- Only copy a range out of every BREADTH bytes. (Header data is not
- affected). Select which byte in the range begins the copy with
- the `--byte' option. Select the width of the range with the
- `--interleave-width' option.
-
- This option is useful for creating files to program ROM. It is
- typically used with an `srec' output target. Note that `objcopy'
- will complain if you do not specify the `--byte' option as well.
-
- The default interleave breadth is 4, so with `--byte' set to 0,
- `objcopy' would copy the first byte out of every four bytes from
- the input to the output.
-
-`--interleave-width=WIDTH'
- When used with the `--interleave' option, copy WIDTH bytes at a
- time. The start of the range of bytes to be copied is set by the
- `--byte' option, and the extent of the range is set with the
- `--interleave' option.
-
- The default value for this option is 1. The value of WIDTH plus
- the BYTE value set by the `--byte' option must not exceed the
- interleave breadth set by the `--interleave' option.
-
- This option can be used to create images for two 16-bit flashes
- interleaved in a 32-bit bus by passing `-b 0 -i 4
- --interleave-width=2' and `-b 2 -i 4 --interleave-width=2' to two
- `objcopy' commands. If the input was '12345678' then the outputs
- would be '1256' and '3478' respectively.
-
-`-p'
-`--preserve-dates'
- Set the access and modification dates of the output file to be the
- same as those of the input file.
-
-`-D'
-`--enable-deterministic-archives'
- Operate in _deterministic_ mode. When copying archive members and
- writing the archive index, use zero for UIDs, GIDs, timestamps,
- and use consistent file modes for all files.
-
- If `binutils' was configured with
- `--enable-deterministic-archives', then this mode is on by default.
- It can be disabled with the `-U' option, below.
-
-`-U'
-`--disable-deterministic-archives'
- Do _not_ operate in _deterministic_ mode. This is the inverse of
- the `-D' option, above: when copying archive members and writing
- the archive index, use their actual UID, GID, timestamp, and file
- mode values.
-
- This is the default unless `binutils' was configured with
- `--enable-deterministic-archives'.
-
-`--debugging'
- Convert debugging information, if possible. This is not the
- default because only certain debugging formats are supported, and
- the conversion process can be time consuming.
-
-`--gap-fill VAL'
- Fill gaps between sections with VAL. This operation applies to
- the _load address_ (LMA) of the sections. It is done by increasing
- the size of the section with the lower address, and filling in the
- extra space created with VAL.
-
-`--pad-to ADDRESS'
- Pad the output file up to the load address ADDRESS. This is done
- by increasing the size of the last section. The extra space is
- filled in with the value specified by `--gap-fill' (default zero).
-
-`--set-start VAL'
- Set the start address of the new file to VAL. Not all object file
- formats support setting the start address.
-
-`--change-start INCR'
-`--adjust-start INCR'
- Change the start address by adding INCR. Not all object file
- formats support setting the start address.
-
-`--change-addresses INCR'
-`--adjust-vma INCR'
- Change the VMA and LMA addresses of all sections, as well as the
- start address, by adding INCR. Some object file formats do not
- permit section addresses to be changed arbitrarily. Note that
- this does not relocate the sections; if the program expects
- sections to be loaded at a certain address, and this option is
- used to change the sections such that they are loaded at a
- different address, the program may fail.
-
-`--change-section-address SECTIONPATTERN{=,+,-}VAL'
-`--adjust-section-vma SECTIONPATTERN{=,+,-}VAL'
- Set or change both the VMA address and the LMA address of any
- section matching SECTIONPATTERN. If `=' is used, the section
- address is set to VAL. Otherwise, VAL is added to or subtracted
- from the section address. See the comments under
- `--change-addresses', above. If SECTIONPATTERN does not match any
- sections in the input file, a warning will be issued, unless
- `--no-change-warnings' is used.
-
-`--change-section-lma SECTIONPATTERN{=,+,-}VAL'
- Set or change the LMA address of any sections matching
- SECTIONPATTERN. The LMA address is the address where the section
- will be loaded into memory at program load time. Normally this is
- the same as the VMA address, which is the address of the section
- at program run time, but on some systems, especially those where a
- program is held in ROM, the two can be different. If `=' is used,
- the section address is set to VAL. Otherwise, VAL is added to or
- subtracted from the section address. See the comments under
- `--change-addresses', above. If SECTIONPATTERN does not match any
- sections in the input file, a warning will be issued, unless
- `--no-change-warnings' is used.
-
-`--change-section-vma SECTIONPATTERN{=,+,-}VAL'
- Set or change the VMA address of any section matching
- SECTIONPATTERN. The VMA address is the address where the section
- will be located once the program has started executing. Normally
- this is the same as the LMA address, which is the address where
- the section will be loaded into memory, but on some systems,
- especially those where a program is held in ROM, the two can be
- different. If `=' is used, the section address is set to VAL.
- Otherwise, VAL is added to or subtracted from the section address.
- See the comments under `--change-addresses', above. If
- SECTIONPATTERN does not match any sections in the input file, a
- warning will be issued, unless `--no-change-warnings' is used.
-
-`--change-warnings'
-`--adjust-warnings'
- If `--change-section-address' or `--change-section-lma' or
- `--change-section-vma' is used, and the section pattern does not
- match any sections, issue a warning. This is the default.
-
-`--no-change-warnings'
-`--no-adjust-warnings'
- Do not issue a warning if `--change-section-address' or
- `--adjust-section-lma' or `--adjust-section-vma' is used, even if
- the section pattern does not match any sections.
-
-`--set-section-flags SECTIONPATTERN=FLAGS'
- Set the flags for any sections matching SECTIONPATTERN. The FLAGS
- argument is a comma separated string of flag names. The
- recognized names are `alloc', `contents', `load', `noload',
- `readonly', `code', `data', `rom', `share', and `debug'. You can
- set the `contents' flag for a section which does not have
- contents, but it is not meaningful to clear the `contents' flag of
- a section which does have contents-just remove the section
- instead. Not all flags are meaningful for all object file formats.
-
-`--add-section SECTIONNAME=FILENAME'
- Add a new section named SECTIONNAME while copying the file. The
- contents of the new section are taken from the file FILENAME. The
- size of the section will be the size of the file. This option only
- works on file formats which can support sections with arbitrary
- names.
-
-`--rename-section OLDNAME=NEWNAME[,FLAGS]'
- Rename a section from OLDNAME to NEWNAME, optionally changing the
- section's flags to FLAGS in the process. This has the advantage
- over usng a linker script to perform the rename in that the output
- stays as an object file and does not become a linked executable.
-
- This option is particularly helpful when the input format is
- binary, since this will always create a section called .data. If
- for example, you wanted instead to create a section called .rodata
- containing binary data you could use the following command line to
- achieve it:
-
- objcopy -I binary -O <output_format> -B <architecture> \
- --rename-section .data=.rodata,alloc,load,readonly,data,contents \
- <input_binary_file> <output_object_file>
-
-`--long-section-names {enable,disable,keep}'
- Controls the handling of long section names when processing `COFF'
- and `PE-COFF' object formats. The default behaviour, `keep', is
- to preserve long section names if any are present in the input
- file. The `enable' and `disable' options forcibly enable or
- disable the use of long section names in the output object; when
- `disable' is in effect, any long section names in the input object
- will be truncated. The `enable' option will only emit long
- section names if any are present in the inputs; this is mostly the
- same as `keep', but it is left undefined whether the `enable'
- option might force the creation of an empty string table in the
- output file.
-
-`--change-leading-char'
- Some object file formats use special characters at the start of
- symbols. The most common such character is underscore, which
- compilers often add before every symbol. This option tells
- `objcopy' to change the leading character of every symbol when it
- converts between object file formats. If the object file formats
- use the same leading character, this option has no effect.
- Otherwise, it will add a character, or remove a character, or
- change a character, as appropriate.
-
-`--remove-leading-char'
- If the first character of a global symbol is a special symbol
- leading character used by the object file format, remove the
- character. The most common symbol leading character is
- underscore. This option will remove a leading underscore from all
- global symbols. This can be useful if you want to link together
- objects of different file formats with different conventions for
- symbol names. This is different from `--change-leading-char'
- because it always changes the symbol name when appropriate,
- regardless of the object file format of the output file.
-
-`--reverse-bytes=NUM'
- Reverse the bytes in a section with output contents. A section
- length must be evenly divisible by the value given in order for
- the swap to be able to take place. Reversing takes place before
- the interleaving is performed.
-
- This option is used typically in generating ROM images for
- problematic target systems. For example, on some target boards,
- the 32-bit words fetched from 8-bit ROMs are re-assembled in
- little-endian byte order regardless of the CPU byte order.
- Depending on the programming model, the endianness of the ROM may
- need to be modified.
-
- Consider a simple file with a section containing the following
- eight bytes: `12345678'.
-
- Using `--reverse-bytes=2' for the above example, the bytes in the
- output file would be ordered `21436587'.
-
- Using `--reverse-bytes=4' for the above example, the bytes in the
- output file would be ordered `43218765'.
-
- By using `--reverse-bytes=2' for the above example, followed by
- `--reverse-bytes=4' on the output file, the bytes in the second
- output file would be ordered `34127856'.
-
-`--srec-len=IVAL'
- Meaningful only for srec output. Set the maximum length of the
- Srecords being produced to IVAL. This length covers both address,
- data and crc fields.
-
-`--srec-forceS3'
- Meaningful only for srec output. Avoid generation of S1/S2
- records, creating S3-only record format.
-
-`--redefine-sym OLD=NEW'
- Change the name of a symbol OLD, to NEW. This can be useful when
- one is trying link two things together for which you have no
- source, and there are name collisions.
-
-`--redefine-syms=FILENAME'
- Apply `--redefine-sym' to each symbol pair "OLD NEW" listed in the
- file FILENAME. FILENAME is simply a flat file, with one symbol
- pair per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash
- character. This option may be given more than once.
-
-`--weaken'
- Change all global symbols in the file to be weak. This can be
- useful when building an object which will be linked against other
- objects using the `-R' option to the linker. This option is only
- effective when using an object file format which supports weak
- symbols.
-
-`--keep-symbols=FILENAME'
- Apply `--keep-symbol' option to each symbol listed in the file
- FILENAME. FILENAME is simply a flat file, with one symbol name
- per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
- This option may be given more than once.
-
-`--strip-symbols=FILENAME'
- Apply `--strip-symbol' option to each symbol listed in the file
- FILENAME. FILENAME is simply a flat file, with one symbol name
- per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
- This option may be given more than once.
-
-`--strip-unneeded-symbols=FILENAME'
- Apply `--strip-unneeded-symbol' option to each symbol listed in
- the file FILENAME. FILENAME is simply a flat file, with one
- symbol name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash
- character. This option may be given more than once.
-
-`--keep-global-symbols=FILENAME'
- Apply `--keep-global-symbol' option to each symbol listed in the
- file FILENAME. FILENAME is simply a flat file, with one symbol
- name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash
- character. This option may be given more than once.
-
-`--localize-symbols=FILENAME'
- Apply `--localize-symbol' option to each symbol listed in the file
- FILENAME. FILENAME is simply a flat file, with one symbol name
- per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
- This option may be given more than once.
-
-`--globalize-symbols=FILENAME'
- Apply `--globalize-symbol' option to each symbol listed in the file
- FILENAME. FILENAME is simply a flat file, with one symbol name
- per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
- This option may be given more than once.
-
-`--weaken-symbols=FILENAME'
- Apply `--weaken-symbol' option to each symbol listed in the file
- FILENAME. FILENAME is simply a flat file, with one symbol name
- per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
- This option may be given more than once.
-
-`--alt-machine-code=INDEX'
- If the output architecture has alternate machine codes, use the
- INDEXth code instead of the default one. This is useful in case a
- machine is assigned an official code and the tool-chain adopts the
- new code, but other applications still depend on the original code
- being used. For ELF based architectures if the INDEX alternative
- does not exist then the value is treated as an absolute number to
- be stored in the e_machine field of the ELF header.
-
-`--writable-text'
- Mark the output text as writable. This option isn't meaningful
- for all object file formats.
-
-`--readonly-text'
- Make the output text write protected. This option isn't
- meaningful for all object file formats.
-
-`--pure'
- Mark the output file as demand paged. This option isn't
- meaningful for all object file formats.
-
-`--impure'
- Mark the output file as impure. This option isn't meaningful for
- all object file formats.
-
-`--prefix-symbols=STRING'
- Prefix all symbols in the output file with STRING.
-
-`--prefix-sections=STRING'
- Prefix all section names in the output file with STRING.
-
-`--prefix-alloc-sections=STRING'
- Prefix all the names of all allocated sections in the output file
- with STRING.
-
-`--add-gnu-debuglink=PATH-TO-FILE'
- Creates a .gnu_debuglink section which contains a reference to
- PATH-TO-FILE and adds it to the output file.
-
-`--keep-file-symbols'
- When stripping a file, perhaps with `--strip-debug' or
- `--strip-unneeded', retain any symbols specifying source file
- names, which would otherwise get stripped.
-
-`--only-keep-debug'
- Strip a file, removing contents of any sections that would not be
- stripped by `--strip-debug' and leaving the debugging sections
- intact. In ELF files, this preserves all note sections in the
- output.
-
- The intention is that this option will be used in conjunction with
- `--add-gnu-debuglink' to create a two part executable. One a
- stripped binary which will occupy less space in RAM and in a
- distribution and the second a debugging information file which is
- only needed if debugging abilities are required. The suggested
- procedure to create these files is as follows:
-
- 1. Link the executable as normal. Assuming that is is called
- `foo' then...
-
- 2. Run `objcopy --only-keep-debug foo foo.dbg' to create a file
- containing the debugging info.
-
- 3. Run `objcopy --strip-debug foo' to create a stripped
- executable.
-
- 4. Run `objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.dbg foo' to add a link
- to the debugging info into the stripped executable.
-
- Note--the choice of `.dbg' as an extension for the debug info file
- is arbitrary. Also the `--only-keep-debug' step is optional. You
- could instead do this:
-
- 1. Link the executable as normal.
-
- 2. Copy `foo' to `foo.full'
-
- 3. Run `objcopy --strip-debug foo'
-
- 4. Run `objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.full foo'
-
- i.e., the file pointed to by the `--add-gnu-debuglink' can be the
- full executable. It does not have to be a file created by the
- `--only-keep-debug' switch.
-
- Note--this switch is only intended for use on fully linked files.
- It does not make sense to use it on object files where the
- debugging information may be incomplete. Besides the
- gnu_debuglink feature currently only supports the presence of one
- filename containing debugging information, not multiple filenames
- on a one-per-object-file basis.
-
-`--strip-dwo'
- Remove the contents of all DWARF .dwo sections, leaving the
- remaining debugging sections and all symbols intact. This option
- is intended for use by the compiler as part of the `-gsplit-dwarf'
- option, which splits debug information between the .o file and a
- separate .dwo file. The compiler generates all debug information
- in the same file, then uses the `--extract-dwo' option to copy the
- .dwo sections to the .dwo file, then the `--strip-dwo' option to
- remove those sections from the original .o file.
-
-`--extract-dwo'
- Extract the contents of all DWARF .dwo sections. See the
- `--strip-dwo' option for more information.
-
-`--file-alignment NUM'
- Specify the file alignment. Sections in the file will always
- begin at file offsets which are multiples of this number. This
- defaults to 512. [This option is specific to PE targets.]
-
-`--heap RESERVE'
-`--heap RESERVE,COMMIT'
- Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally
- commit) to be used as heap for this program. [This option is
- specific to PE targets.]
-
-`--image-base VALUE'
- Use VALUE as the base address of your program or dll. This is the
- lowest memory location that will be used when your program or dll
- is loaded. To reduce the need to relocate and improve performance
- of your dlls, each should have a unique base address and not
- overlap any other dlls. The default is 0x400000 for executables,
- and 0x10000000 for dlls. [This option is specific to PE targets.]
-
-`--section-alignment NUM'
- Sets the section alignment. Sections in memory will always begin
- at addresses which are a multiple of this number. Defaults to
- 0x1000. [This option is specific to PE targets.]
-
-`--stack RESERVE'
-`--stack RESERVE,COMMIT'
- Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally
- commit) to be used as stack for this program. [This option is
- specific to PE targets.]
-
-`--subsystem WHICH'
-`--subsystem WHICH:MAJOR'
-`--subsystem WHICH:MAJOR.MINOR'
- Specifies the subsystem under which your program will execute. The
- legal values for WHICH are `native', `windows', `console',
- `posix', `efi-app', `efi-bsd', `efi-rtd', `sal-rtd', and `xbox'.
- You may optionally set the subsystem version also. Numeric values
- are also accepted for WHICH. [This option is specific to PE
- targets.]
-
-`--extract-symbol'
- Keep the file's section flags and symbols but remove all section
- data. Specifically, the option:
-
- * removes the contents of all sections;
-
- * sets the size of every section to zero; and
-
- * sets the file's start address to zero.
-
- This option is used to build a `.sym' file for a VxWorks kernel.
- It can also be a useful way of reducing the size of a
- `--just-symbols' linker input file.
-
-`--compress-debug-sections'
- Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib.
-
-`--decompress-debug-sections'
- Decompress DWARF debug sections using zlib.
-
-`-V'
-`--version'
- Show the version number of `objcopy'.
-
-`-v'
-`--verbose'
- Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of
- archives, `objcopy -V' lists all members of the archive.
-
-`--help'
- Show a summary of the options to `objcopy'.
-
-`--info'
- Display a list showing all architectures and object formats
- available.
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: objdump, Next: ranlib, Prev: objcopy, Up: Top
-
-4 objdump
-*********
-
- objdump [`-a'|`--archive-headers']
- [`-b' BFDNAME|`--target=BFDNAME']
- [`-C'|`--demangle'[=STYLE] ]
- [`-d'|`--disassemble']
- [`-D'|`--disassemble-all']
- [`-z'|`--disassemble-zeroes']
- [`-EB'|`-EL'|`--endian='{big | little }]
- [`-f'|`--file-headers']
- [`-F'|`--file-offsets']
- [`--file-start-context']
- [`-g'|`--debugging']
- [`-e'|`--debugging-tags']
- [`-h'|`--section-headers'|`--headers']
- [`-i'|`--info']
- [`-j' SECTION|`--section='SECTION]
- [`-l'|`--line-numbers']
- [`-S'|`--source']
- [`-m' MACHINE|`--architecture='MACHINE]
- [`-M' OPTIONS|`--disassembler-options='OPTIONS]
- [`-p'|`--private-headers']
- [`-P' OPTIONS|`--private='OPTIONS]
- [`-r'|`--reloc']
- [`-R'|`--dynamic-reloc']
- [`-s'|`--full-contents']
- [`-W[lLiaprmfFsoRt]'|
- `--dwarf'[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index]]
- [`-G'|`--stabs']
- [`-t'|`--syms']
- [`-T'|`--dynamic-syms']
- [`-x'|`--all-headers']
- [`-w'|`--wide']
- [`--start-address='ADDRESS]
- [`--stop-address='ADDRESS]
- [`--prefix-addresses']
- [`--[no-]show-raw-insn']
- [`--adjust-vma='OFFSET]
- [`--special-syms']
- [`--prefix='PREFIX]
- [`--prefix-strip='LEVEL]
- [`--insn-width='WIDTH]
- [`-V'|`--version']
- [`-H'|`--help']
- OBJFILE...
-
- `objdump' displays information about one or more object files. The
-options control what particular information to display. This
-information is mostly useful to programmers who are working on the
-compilation tools, as opposed to programmers who just want their
-program to compile and work.
-
- OBJFILE... are the object files to be examined. When you specify
-archives, `objdump' shows information on each of the member object
-files.
-
- The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent. At least one option from the list
-`-a,-d,-D,-e,-f,-g,-G,-h,-H,-p,-P,-r,-R,-s,-S,-t,-T,-V,-x' must be
-given.
-
-`-a'
-`--archive-header'
- If any of the OBJFILE files are archives, display the archive
- header information (in a format similar to `ls -l'). Besides the
- information you could list with `ar tv', `objdump -a' shows the
- object file format of each archive member.
-
-`--adjust-vma=OFFSET'
- When dumping information, first add OFFSET to all the section
- addresses. This is useful if the section addresses do not
- correspond to the symbol table, which can happen when putting
- sections at particular addresses when using a format which can not
- represent section addresses, such as a.out.
-
-`-b BFDNAME'
-`--target=BFDNAME'
- Specify that the object-code format for the object files is
- BFDNAME. This option may not be necessary; OBJDUMP can
- automatically recognize many formats.
-
- For example,
- objdump -b oasys -m vax -h fu.o
- displays summary information from the section headers (`-h') of
- `fu.o', which is explicitly identified (`-m') as a VAX object file
- in the format produced by Oasys compilers. You can list the
- formats available with the `-i' option. *Note Target Selection::,
- for more information.
-
-`-C'
-`--demangle[=STYLE]'
- Decode ("demangle") low-level symbol names into user-level names.
- Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system,
- this makes C++ function names readable. Different compilers have
- different mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument
- can be used to choose an appropriate demangling style for your
- compiler. *Note c++filt::, for more information on demangling.
-
-`-g'
-`--debugging'
- Display debugging information. This attempts to parse STABS and
- IEEE debugging format information stored in the file and print it
- out using a C like syntax. If neither of these formats are found
- this option falls back on the `-W' option to print any DWARF
- information in the file.
-
-`-e'
-`--debugging-tags'
- Like `-g', but the information is generated in a format compatible
- with ctags tool.
-
-`-d'
-`--disassemble'
- Display the assembler mnemonics for the machine instructions from
- OBJFILE. This option only disassembles those sections which are
- expected to contain instructions.
-
-`-D'
-`--disassemble-all'
- Like `-d', but disassemble the contents of all sections, not just
- those expected to contain instructions.
-
- If the target is an ARM architecture this switch also has the
- effect of forcing the disassembler to decode pieces of data found
- in code sections as if they were instructions.
-
-`--prefix-addresses'
- When disassembling, print the complete address on each line. This
- is the older disassembly format.
-
-`-EB'
-`-EL'
-`--endian={big|little}'
- Specify the endianness of the object files. This only affects
- disassembly. This can be useful when disassembling a file format
- which does not describe endianness information, such as S-records.
-
-`-f'
-`--file-headers'
- Display summary information from the overall header of each of the
- OBJFILE files.
-
-`-F'
-`--file-offsets'
- When disassembling sections, whenever a symbol is displayed, also
- display the file offset of the region of data that is about to be
- dumped. If zeroes are being skipped, then when disassembly
- resumes, tell the user how many zeroes were skipped and the file
- offset of the location from where the disassembly resumes. When
- dumping sections, display the file offset of the location from
- where the dump starts.
-
-`--file-start-context'
- Specify that when displaying interlisted source code/disassembly
- (assumes `-S') from a file that has not yet been displayed, extend
- the context to the start of the file.
-
-`-h'
-`--section-headers'
-`--headers'
- Display summary information from the section headers of the object
- file.
-
- File segments may be relocated to nonstandard addresses, for
- example by using the `-Ttext', `-Tdata', or `-Tbss' options to
- `ld'. However, some object file formats, such as a.out, do not
- store the starting address of the file segments. In those
- situations, although `ld' relocates the sections correctly, using
- `objdump -h' to list the file section headers cannot show the
- correct addresses. Instead, it shows the usual addresses, which
- are implicit for the target.
-
-`-H'
-`--help'
- Print a summary of the options to `objdump' and exit.
-
-`-i'
-`--info'
- Display a list showing all architectures and object formats
- available for specification with `-b' or `-m'.
-
-`-j NAME'
-`--section=NAME'
- Display information only for section NAME.
-
-`-l'
-`--line-numbers'
- Label the display (using debugging information) with the filename
- and source line numbers corresponding to the object code or relocs
- shown. Only useful with `-d', `-D', or `-r'.
-
-`-m MACHINE'
-`--architecture=MACHINE'
- Specify the architecture to use when disassembling object files.
- This can be useful when disassembling object files which do not
- describe architecture information, such as S-records. You can
- list the available architectures with the `-i' option.
-
- If the target is an ARM architecture then this switch has an
- additional effect. It restricts the disassembly to only those
- instructions supported by the architecture specified by MACHINE.
- If it is necessary to use this switch because the input file does
- not contain any architecture information, but it is also desired to
- disassemble all the instructions use `-marm'.
-
-`-M OPTIONS'
-`--disassembler-options=OPTIONS'
- Pass target specific information to the disassembler. Only
- supported on some targets. If it is necessary to specify more
- than one disassembler option then multiple `-M' options can be
- used or can be placed together into a comma separated list.
-
- If the target is an ARM architecture then this switch can be used
- to select which register name set is used during disassembler.
- Specifying `-M reg-names-std' (the default) will select the
- register names as used in ARM's instruction set documentation, but
- with register 13 called 'sp', register 14 called 'lr' and register
- 15 called 'pc'. Specifying `-M reg-names-apcs' will select the
- name set used by the ARM Procedure Call Standard, whilst
- specifying `-M reg-names-raw' will just use `r' followed by the
- register number.
-
- There are also two variants on the APCS register naming scheme
- enabled by `-M reg-names-atpcs' and `-M reg-names-special-atpcs'
- which use the ARM/Thumb Procedure Call Standard naming
- conventions. (Either with the normal register names or the
- special register names).
-
- This option can also be used for ARM architectures to force the
- disassembler to interpret all instructions as Thumb instructions by
- using the switch `--disassembler-options=force-thumb'. This can be
- useful when attempting to disassemble thumb code produced by other
- compilers.
-
- For the x86, some of the options duplicate functions of the `-m'
- switch, but allow finer grained control. Multiple selections from
- the following may be specified as a comma separated string.
- `x86-64', `i386' and `i8086' select disassembly for the given
- architecture. `intel' and `att' select between intel syntax mode
- and AT&T syntax mode. `intel-mnemonic' and `att-mnemonic' select
- between intel mnemonic mode and AT&T mnemonic mode.
- `intel-mnemonic' implies `intel' and `att-mnemonic' implies `att'.
- `addr64', `addr32', `addr16', `data32' and `data16' specify the
- default address size and operand size. These four options will be
- overridden if `x86-64', `i386' or `i8086' appear later in the
- option string. Lastly, `suffix', when in AT&T mode, instructs the
- disassembler to print a mnemonic suffix even when the suffix could
- be inferred by the operands.
-
- For PowerPC, `booke' controls the disassembly of BookE
- instructions. `32' and `64' select PowerPC and PowerPC64
- disassembly, respectively. `e300' selects disassembly for the
- e300 family. `440' selects disassembly for the PowerPC 440.
- `ppcps' selects disassembly for the paired single instructions of
- the PPC750CL.
-
- For MIPS, this option controls the printing of instruction mnemonic
- names and register names in disassembled instructions. Multiple
- selections from the following may be specified as a comma separated
- string, and invalid options are ignored:
-
- `no-aliases'
- Print the 'raw' instruction mnemonic instead of some pseudo
- instruction mnemonic. I.e., print 'daddu' or 'or' instead of
- 'move', 'sll' instead of 'nop', etc.
-
- `virt'
- Disassemble the virtualization ASE instructions.
-
- `gpr-names=ABI'
- Print GPR (general-purpose register) names as appropriate for
- the specified ABI. By default, GPR names are selected
- according to the ABI of the binary being disassembled.
-
- `fpr-names=ABI'
- Print FPR (floating-point register) names as appropriate for
- the specified ABI. By default, FPR numbers are printed
- rather than names.
-
- `cp0-names=ARCH'
- Print CP0 (system control coprocessor; coprocessor 0)
- register names as appropriate for the CPU or architecture
- specified by ARCH. By default, CP0 register names are
- selected according to the architecture and CPU of the binary
- being disassembled.
-
- `hwr-names=ARCH'
- Print HWR (hardware register, used by the `rdhwr'
- instruction) names as appropriate for the CPU or architecture
- specified by ARCH. By default, HWR names are selected
- according to the architecture and CPU of the binary being
- disassembled.
-
- `reg-names=ABI'
- Print GPR and FPR names as appropriate for the selected ABI.
-
- `reg-names=ARCH'
- Print CPU-specific register names (CP0 register and HWR names)
- as appropriate for the selected CPU or architecture.
-
- For any of the options listed above, ABI or ARCH may be specified
- as `numeric' to have numbers printed rather than names, for the
- selected types of registers. You can list the available values of
- ABI and ARCH using the `--help' option.
-
- For VAX, you can specify function entry addresses with `-M
- entry:0xf00ba'. You can use this multiple times to properly
- disassemble VAX binary files that don't contain symbol tables (like
- ROM dumps). In these cases, the function entry mask would
- otherwise be decoded as VAX instructions, which would probably
- lead the rest of the function being wrongly disassembled.
-
-`-p'
-`--private-headers'
- Print information that is specific to the object file format. The
- exact information printed depends upon the object file format.
- For some object file formats, no additional information is printed.
-
-`-P OPTIONS'
-`--private=OPTIONS'
- Print information that is specific to the object file format. The
- argument OPTIONS is a comma separated list that depends on the
- format (the lists of options is displayed with the help).
-
- For XCOFF, the available options are: `header', `aout',
- `sections', `syms', `relocs', `lineno', `loader', `except',
- `typchk', `traceback', `toc' and `ldinfo'.
-
-`-r'
-`--reloc'
- Print the relocation entries of the file. If used with `-d' or
- `-D', the relocations are printed interspersed with the
- disassembly.
-
-`-R'
-`--dynamic-reloc'
- Print the dynamic relocation entries of the file. This is only
- meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
- libraries. As for `-r', if used with `-d' or `-D', the
- relocations are printed interspersed with the disassembly.
-
-`-s'
-`--full-contents'
- Display the full contents of any sections requested. By default
- all non-empty sections are displayed.
-
-`-S'
-`--source'
- Display source code intermixed with disassembly, if possible.
- Implies `-d'.
-
-`--prefix=PREFIX'
- Specify PREFIX to add to the absolute paths when used with `-S'.
-
-`--prefix-strip=LEVEL'
- Indicate how many initial directory names to strip off the
- hardwired absolute paths. It has no effect without
- `--prefix='PREFIX.
-
-`--show-raw-insn'
- When disassembling instructions, print the instruction in hex as
- well as in symbolic form. This is the default except when
- `--prefix-addresses' is used.
-
-`--no-show-raw-insn'
- When disassembling instructions, do not print the instruction
- bytes. This is the default when `--prefix-addresses' is used.
-
-`--insn-width=WIDTH'
- Display WIDTH bytes on a single line when disassembling
- instructions.
-
-`-W[lLiaprmfFsoRt]'
-`--dwarf[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index]'
- Displays the contents of the debug sections in the file, if any are
- present. If one of the optional letters or words follows the
- switch then only data found in those specific sections will be
- dumped.
-
- Note that there is no single letter option to display the content
- of trace sections or .gdb_index.
-
- Note: the output from the `=info' option can also be affected by
- the options `--dwarf-depth', the `--dwarf-start' and the
- `--dwarf-check'.
-
-`--dwarf-depth=N'
- Limit the dump of the `.debug_info' section to N children. This
- is only useful with `--dwarf=info'. The default is to print all
- DIEs; the special value 0 for N will also have this effect.
-
- With a non-zero value for N, DIEs at or deeper than N levels will
- not be printed. The range for N is zero-based.
-
-`--dwarf-start=N'
- Print only DIEs beginning with the DIE numbered N. This is only
- useful with `--dwarf=info'.
-
- If specified, this option will suppress printing of any header
- information and all DIEs before the DIE numbered N. Only siblings
- and children of the specified DIE will be printed.
-
- This can be used in conjunction with `--dwarf-depth'.
-
-`--dwarf-check'
- Enable additional checks for consistency of Dwarf information.
-
-`-G'
-`--stabs'
- Display the full contents of any sections requested. Display the
- contents of the .stab and .stab.index and .stab.excl sections from
- an ELF file. This is only useful on systems (such as Solaris 2.0)
- in which `.stab' debugging symbol-table entries are carried in an
- ELF section. In most other file formats, debugging symbol-table
- entries are interleaved with linkage symbols, and are visible in
- the `--syms' output.
-
-`--start-address=ADDRESS'
- Start displaying data at the specified address. This affects the
- output of the `-d', `-r' and `-s' options.
-
-`--stop-address=ADDRESS'
- Stop displaying data at the specified address. This affects the
- output of the `-d', `-r' and `-s' options.
-
-`-t'
-`--syms'
- Print the symbol table entries of the file. This is similar to
- the information provided by the `nm' program, although the display
- format is different. The format of the output depends upon the
- format of the file being dumped, but there are two main types.
- One looks like this:
-
- [ 4](sec 3)(fl 0x00)(ty 0)(scl 3) (nx 1) 0x00000000 .bss
- [ 6](sec 1)(fl 0x00)(ty 0)(scl 2) (nx 0) 0x00000000 fred
-
- where the number inside the square brackets is the number of the
- entry in the symbol table, the SEC number is the section number,
- the FL value are the symbol's flag bits, the TY number is the
- symbol's type, the SCL number is the symbol's storage class and
- the NX value is the number of auxilary entries associated with the
- symbol. The last two fields are the symbol's value and its name.
-
- The other common output format, usually seen with ELF based files,
- looks like this:
-
- 00000000 l d .bss 00000000 .bss
- 00000000 g .text 00000000 fred
-
- Here the first number is the symbol's value (sometimes refered to
- as its address). The next field is actually a set of characters
- and spaces indicating the flag bits that are set on the symbol.
- These characters are described below. Next is the section with
- which the symbol is associated or _*ABS*_ if the section is
- absolute (ie not connected with any section), or _*UND*_ if the
- section is referenced in the file being dumped, but not defined
- there.
-
- After the section name comes another field, a number, which for
- common symbols is the alignment and for other symbol is the size.
- Finally the symbol's name is displayed.
-
- The flag characters are divided into 7 groups as follows:
- `l'
- `g'
- `u'
- `!'
- The symbol is a local (l), global (g), unique global (u),
- neither global nor local (a space) or both global and local
- (!). A symbol can be neither local or global for a variety
- of reasons, e.g., because it is used for debugging, but it is
- probably an indication of a bug if it is ever both local and
- global. Unique global symbols are a GNU extension to the
- standard set of ELF symbol bindings. For such a symbol the
- dynamic linker will make sure that in the entire process
- there is just one symbol with this name and type in use.
-
- `w'
- The symbol is weak (w) or strong (a space).
-
- `C'
- The symbol denotes a constructor (C) or an ordinary symbol (a
- space).
-
- `W'
- The symbol is a warning (W) or a normal symbol (a space). A
- warning symbol's name is a message to be displayed if the
- symbol following the warning symbol is ever referenced.
-
- `I'
-
- `i'
- The symbol is an indirect reference to another symbol (I), a
- function to be evaluated during reloc processing (i) or a
- normal symbol (a space).
-
- `d'
- `D'
- The symbol is a debugging symbol (d) or a dynamic symbol (D)
- or a normal symbol (a space).
-
- `F'
-
- `f'
-
- `O'
- The symbol is the name of a function (F) or a file (f) or an
- object (O) or just a normal symbol (a space).
-
-`-T'
-`--dynamic-syms'
- Print the dynamic symbol table entries of the file. This is only
- meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
- libraries. This is similar to the information provided by the `nm'
- program when given the `-D' (`--dynamic') option.
-
-`--special-syms'
- When displaying symbols include those which the target considers
- to be special in some way and which would not normally be of
- interest to the user.
-
-`-V'
-`--version'
- Print the version number of `objdump' and exit.
-
-`-x'
-`--all-headers'
- Display all available header information, including the symbol
- table and relocation entries. Using `-x' is equivalent to
- specifying all of `-a -f -h -p -r -t'.
-
-`-w'
-`--wide'
- Format some lines for output devices that have more than 80
- columns. Also do not truncate symbol names when they are
- displayed.
-
-`-z'
-`--disassemble-zeroes'
- Normally the disassembly output will skip blocks of zeroes. This
- option directs the disassembler to disassemble those blocks, just
- like any other data.
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: ranlib, Next: size, Prev: objdump, Up: Top
-
-5 ranlib
-********
-
- ranlib [`--plugin' NAME] [`-DhHvVt'] ARCHIVE
-
- `ranlib' generates an index to the contents of an archive and stores
-it in the archive. The index lists each symbol defined by a member of
-an archive that is a relocatable object file.
-
- You may use `nm -s' or `nm --print-armap' to list this index.
-
- An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library and
-allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to
-their placement in the archive.
-
- The GNU `ranlib' program is another form of GNU `ar'; running
-`ranlib' is completely equivalent to executing `ar -s'. *Note ar::.
-
-`-h'
-`-H'
-`--help'
- Show usage information for `ranlib'.
-
-`-v'
-`-V'
-`--version'
- Show the version number of `ranlib'.
-
-`-D'
- Operate in _deterministic_ mode. The symbol map archive member's
- header will show zero for the UID, GID, and timestamp. When this
- option is used, multiple runs will produce identical output files.
-
- If `binutils' was configured with
- `--enable-deterministic-archives', then this mode is on by
- default. It can be disabled with the `-U' option, described below.
-
-`-t'
- Update the timestamp of the symbol map of an archive.
-
-`-U'
- Do _not_ operate in _deterministic_ mode. This is the inverse of
- the `-D' option, above: the archive index will get actual UID,
- GID, timestamp, and file mode values.
-
- If `binutils' was configured _without_
- `--enable-deterministic-archives', then this mode is on by default.
-
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: size, Next: strings, Prev: ranlib, Up: Top
-
-6 size
-******
-
- size [`-A'|`-B'|`--format='COMPATIBILITY]
- [`--help']
- [`-d'|`-o'|`-x'|`--radix='NUMBER]
- [`--common']
- [`-t'|`--totals']
- [`--target='BFDNAME] [`-V'|`--version']
- [OBJFILE...]
-
- The GNU `size' utility lists the section sizes--and the total
-size--for each of the object or archive files OBJFILE in its argument
-list. By default, one line of output is generated for each object file
-or each module in an archive.
-
- OBJFILE... are the object files to be examined. If none are
-specified, the file `a.out' will be used.
-
- The command line options have the following meanings:
-
-`-A'
-`-B'
-`--format=COMPATIBILITY'
- Using one of these options, you can choose whether the output from
- GNU `size' resembles output from System V `size' (using `-A', or
- `--format=sysv'), or Berkeley `size' (using `-B', or
- `--format=berkeley'). The default is the one-line format similar
- to Berkeley's.
-
- Here is an example of the Berkeley (default) format of output from
- `size':
- $ size --format=Berkeley ranlib size
- text data bss dec hex filename
- 294880 81920 11592 388392 5ed28 ranlib
- 294880 81920 11888 388688 5ee50 size
-
- This is the same data, but displayed closer to System V
- conventions:
-
- $ size --format=SysV ranlib size
- ranlib :
- section size addr
- .text 294880 8192
- .data 81920 303104
- .bss 11592 385024
- Total 388392
-
-
- size :
- section size addr
- .text 294880 8192
- .data 81920 303104
- .bss 11888 385024
- Total 388688
-
-`--help'
- Show a summary of acceptable arguments and options.
-
-`-d'
-`-o'
-`-x'
-`--radix=NUMBER'
- Using one of these options, you can control whether the size of
- each section is given in decimal (`-d', or `--radix=10'); octal
- (`-o', or `--radix=8'); or hexadecimal (`-x', or `--radix=16').
- In `--radix=NUMBER', only the three values (8, 10, 16) are
- supported. The total size is always given in two radices; decimal
- and hexadecimal for `-d' or `-x' output, or octal and hexadecimal
- if you're using `-o'.
-
-`--common'
- Print total size of common symbols in each file. When using
- Berkeley format these are included in the bss size.
-
-`-t'
-`--totals'
- Show totals of all objects listed (Berkeley format listing mode
- only).
-
-`--target=BFDNAME'
- Specify that the object-code format for OBJFILE is BFDNAME. This
- option may not be necessary; `size' can automatically recognize
- many formats. *Note Target Selection::, for more information.
-
-`-V'
-`--version'
- Display the version number of `size'.
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: strings, Next: strip, Prev: size, Up: Top
-
-7 strings
-*********
-
- strings [`-afovV'] [`-'MIN-LEN]
- [`-n' MIN-LEN] [`--bytes='MIN-LEN]
- [`-t' RADIX] [`--radix='RADIX]
- [`-e' ENCODING] [`--encoding='ENCODING]
- [`-'] [`--all'] [`--print-file-name']
- [`-T' BFDNAME] [`--target='BFDNAME]
- [`--help'] [`--version'] FILE...
-
- For each FILE given, GNU `strings' prints the printable character
-sequences that are at least 4 characters long (or the number given with
-the options below) and are followed by an unprintable character. By
-default, it only prints the strings from the initialized and loaded
-sections of object files; for other types of files, it prints the
-strings from the whole file.
-
- `strings' is mainly useful for determining the contents of non-text
-files.
-
-`-a'
-`--all'
-`-'
- Do not scan only the initialized and loaded sections of object
- files; scan the whole files.
-
-`-f'
-`--print-file-name'
- Print the name of the file before each string.
-
-`--help'
- Print a summary of the program usage on the standard output and
- exit.
-
-`-MIN-LEN'
-`-n MIN-LEN'
-`--bytes=MIN-LEN'
- Print sequences of characters that are at least MIN-LEN characters
- long, instead of the default 4.
-
-`-o'
- Like `-t o'. Some other versions of `strings' have `-o' act like
- `-t d' instead. Since we can not be compatible with both ways, we
- simply chose one.
-
-`-t RADIX'
-`--radix=RADIX'
- Print the offset within the file before each string. The single
- character argument specifies the radix of the offset--`o' for
- octal, `x' for hexadecimal, or `d' for decimal.
-
-`-e ENCODING'
-`--encoding=ENCODING'
- Select the character encoding of the strings that are to be found.
- Possible values for ENCODING are: `s' = single-7-bit-byte
- characters (ASCII, ISO 8859, etc., default), `S' =
- single-8-bit-byte characters, `b' = 16-bit bigendian, `l' = 16-bit
- littleendian, `B' = 32-bit bigendian, `L' = 32-bit littleendian.
- Useful for finding wide character strings. (`l' and `b' apply to,
- for example, Unicode UTF-16/UCS-2 encodings).
-
-`-T BFDNAME'
-`--target=BFDNAME'
- Specify an object code format other than your system's default
- format. *Note Target Selection::, for more information.
-
-`-v'
-`-V'
-`--version'
- Print the program version number on the standard output and exit.
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: strip, Next: c++filt, Prev: strings, Up: Top
-
-8 strip
-*******
-
- strip [`-F' BFDNAME |`--target='BFDNAME]
- [`-I' BFDNAME |`--input-target='BFDNAME]
- [`-O' BFDNAME |`--output-target='BFDNAME]
- [`-s'|`--strip-all']
- [`-S'|`-g'|`-d'|`--strip-debug']
- [`--strip-dwo']
- [`-K' SYMBOLNAME |`--keep-symbol='SYMBOLNAME]
- [`-N' SYMBOLNAME |`--strip-symbol='SYMBOLNAME]
- [`-w'|`--wildcard']
- [`-x'|`--discard-all'] [`-X' |`--discard-locals']
- [`-R' SECTIONNAME |`--remove-section='SECTIONNAME]
- [`-o' FILE] [`-p'|`--preserve-dates']
- [`-D'|`--enable-deterministic-archives']
- [`-U'|`--disable-deterministic-archives']
- [`--keep-file-symbols']
- [`--only-keep-debug']
- [`-v' |`--verbose'] [`-V'|`--version']
- [`--help'] [`--info']
- OBJFILE...
-
- GNU `strip' discards all symbols from object files OBJFILE. The
-list of object files may include archives. At least one object file
-must be given.
-
- `strip' modifies the files named in its argument, rather than
-writing modified copies under different names.
-
-`-F BFDNAME'
-`--target=BFDNAME'
- Treat the original OBJFILE as a file with the object code format
- BFDNAME, and rewrite it in the same format. *Note Target
- Selection::, for more information.
-
-`--help'
- Show a summary of the options to `strip' and exit.
-
-`--info'
- Display a list showing all architectures and object formats
- available.
-
-`-I BFDNAME'
-`--input-target=BFDNAME'
- Treat the original OBJFILE as a file with the object code format
- BFDNAME. *Note Target Selection::, for more information.
-
-`-O BFDNAME'
-`--output-target=BFDNAME'
- Replace OBJFILE with a file in the output format BFDNAME. *Note
- Target Selection::, for more information.
-
-`-R SECTIONNAME'
-`--remove-section=SECTIONNAME'
- Remove any section named SECTIONNAME from the output file. This
- option may be given more than once. Note that using this option
- inappropriately may make the output file unusable. The wildcard
- character `*' may be given at the end of SECTIONNAME. If so, then
- any section starting with SECTIONNAME will be removed.
-
-`-s'
-`--strip-all'
- Remove all symbols.
-
-`-g'
-`-S'
-`-d'
-`--strip-debug'
- Remove debugging symbols only.
-
-`--strip-dwo'
- Remove the contents of all DWARF .dwo sections, leaving the
- remaining debugging sections and all symbols intact. See the
- description of this option in the `objcopy' section for more
- information.
-
-`--strip-unneeded'
- Remove all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
-
-`-K SYMBOLNAME'
-`--keep-symbol=SYMBOLNAME'
- When stripping symbols, keep symbol SYMBOLNAME even if it would
- normally be stripped. This option may be given more than once.
-
-`-N SYMBOLNAME'
-`--strip-symbol=SYMBOLNAME'
- Remove symbol SYMBOLNAME from the source file. This option may be
- given more than once, and may be combined with strip options other
- than `-K'.
-
-`-o FILE'
- Put the stripped output in FILE, rather than replacing the
- existing file. When this argument is used, only one OBJFILE
- argument may be specified.
-
-`-p'
-`--preserve-dates'
- Preserve the access and modification dates of the file.
-
-`-D'
-`--enable-deterministic-archives'
- Operate in _deterministic_ mode. When copying archive members and
- writing the archive index, use zero for UIDs, GIDs, timestamps,
- and use consistent file modes for all files.
-
- If `binutils' was configured with
- `--enable-deterministic-archives', then this mode is on by default.
- It can be disabled with the `-U' option, below.
-
-`-U'
-`--disable-deterministic-archives'
- Do _not_ operate in _deterministic_ mode. This is the inverse of
- the `-D' option, above: when copying archive members and writing
- the archive index, use their actual UID, GID, timestamp, and file
- mode values.
-
- This is the default unless `binutils' was configured with
- `--enable-deterministic-archives'.
-
-`-w'
-`--wildcard'
- Permit regular expressions in SYMBOLNAMEs used in other command
- line options. The question mark (?), asterisk (*), backslash (\)
- and square brackets ([]) operators can be used anywhere in the
- symbol name. If the first character of the symbol name is the
- exclamation point (!) then the sense of the switch is reversed for
- that symbol. For example:
-
- -w -K !foo -K fo*
-
- would cause strip to only keep symbols that start with the letters
- "fo", but to discard the symbol "foo".
-
-`-x'
-`--discard-all'
- Remove non-global symbols.
-
-`-X'
-`--discard-locals'
- Remove compiler-generated local symbols. (These usually start
- with `L' or `.'.)
-
-`--keep-file-symbols'
- When stripping a file, perhaps with `--strip-debug' or
- `--strip-unneeded', retain any symbols specifying source file
- names, which would otherwise get stripped.
-
-`--only-keep-debug'
- Strip a file, removing contents of any sections that would not be
- stripped by `--strip-debug' and leaving the debugging sections
- intact. In ELF files, this preserves all note sections in the
- output.
-
- The intention is that this option will be used in conjunction with
- `--add-gnu-debuglink' to create a two part executable. One a
- stripped binary which will occupy less space in RAM and in a
- distribution and the second a debugging information file which is
- only needed if debugging abilities are required. The suggested
- procedure to create these files is as follows:
-
- 1. Link the executable as normal. Assuming that is is called
- `foo' then...
-
- 2. Run `objcopy --only-keep-debug foo foo.dbg' to create a file
- containing the debugging info.
-
- 3. Run `objcopy --strip-debug foo' to create a stripped
- executable.
-
- 4. Run `objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.dbg foo' to add a link
- to the debugging info into the stripped executable.
-
- Note--the choice of `.dbg' as an extension for the debug info file
- is arbitrary. Also the `--only-keep-debug' step is optional. You
- could instead do this:
-
- 1. Link the executable as normal.
-
- 2. Copy `foo' to `foo.full'
-
- 3. Run `strip --strip-debug foo'
-
- 4. Run `objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.full foo'
-
- i.e., the file pointed to by the `--add-gnu-debuglink' can be the
- full executable. It does not have to be a file created by the
- `--only-keep-debug' switch.
-
- Note--this switch is only intended for use on fully linked files.
- It does not make sense to use it on object files where the
- debugging information may be incomplete. Besides the
- gnu_debuglink feature currently only supports the presence of one
- filename containing debugging information, not multiple filenames
- on a one-per-object-file basis.
-
-`-V'
-`--version'
- Show the version number for `strip'.
-
-`-v'
-`--verbose'
- Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of
- archives, `strip -v' lists all members of the archive.
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: c++filt, Next: addr2line, Prev: strip, Up: Top
-
-9 c++filt
-*********
-
- c++filt [`-_'|`--strip-underscore']
- [`-n'|`--no-strip-underscore']
- [`-p'|`--no-params']
- [`-t'|`--types']
- [`-i'|`--no-verbose']
- [`-s' FORMAT|`--format='FORMAT]
- [`--help'] [`--version'] [SYMBOL...]
-
- The C++ and Java languages provide function overloading, which means
-that you can write many functions with the same name, providing that
-each function takes parameters of different types. In order to be able
-to distinguish these similarly named functions C++ and Java encode them
-into a low-level assembler name which uniquely identifies each
-different version. This process is known as "mangling". The `c++filt'
-(1) program does the inverse mapping: it decodes ("demangles") low-level
-names into user-level names so that they can be read.
-
- Every alphanumeric word (consisting of letters, digits, underscores,
-dollars, or periods) seen in the input is a potential mangled name. If
-the name decodes into a C++ name, the C++ name replaces the low-level
-name in the output, otherwise the original word is output. In this way
-you can pass an entire assembler source file, containing mangled names,
-through `c++filt' and see the same source file containing demangled
-names.
-
- You can also use `c++filt' to decipher individual symbols by passing
-them on the command line:
-
- c++filt SYMBOL
-
- If no SYMBOL arguments are given, `c++filt' reads symbol names from
-the standard input instead. All the results are printed on the
-standard output. The difference between reading names from the command
-line versus reading names from the standard input is that command line
-arguments are expected to be just mangled names and no checking is
-performed to separate them from surrounding text. Thus for example:
-
- c++filt -n _Z1fv
-
- will work and demangle the name to "f()" whereas:
-
- c++filt -n _Z1fv,
-
- will not work. (Note the extra comma at the end of the mangled name
-which makes it invalid). This command however will work:
-
- echo _Z1fv, | c++filt -n
-
- and will display "f(),", i.e., the demangled name followed by a
-trailing comma. This behaviour is because when the names are read from
-the standard input it is expected that they might be part of an
-assembler source file where there might be extra, extraneous characters
-trailing after a mangled name. For example:
-
- .type _Z1fv, @function
-
-`-_'
-`--strip-underscore'
- On some systems, both the C and C++ compilers put an underscore in
- front of every name. For example, the C name `foo' gets the
- low-level name `_foo'. This option removes the initial
- underscore. Whether `c++filt' removes the underscore by default
- is target dependent.
-
-`-n'
-`--no-strip-underscore'
- Do not remove the initial underscore.
-
-`-p'
-`--no-params'
- When demangling the name of a function, do not display the types of
- the function's parameters.
-
-`-t'
-`--types'
- Attempt to demangle types as well as function names. This is
- disabled by default since mangled types are normally only used
- internally in the compiler, and they can be confused with
- non-mangled names. For example, a function called "a" treated as
- a mangled type name would be demangled to "signed char".
-
-`-i'
-`--no-verbose'
- Do not include implementation details (if any) in the demangled
- output.
-
-`-s FORMAT'
-`--format=FORMAT'
- `c++filt' can decode various methods of mangling, used by
- different compilers. The argument to this option selects which
- method it uses:
-
- `auto'
- Automatic selection based on executable (the default method)
-
- `gnu'
- the one used by the GNU C++ compiler (g++)
-
- `lucid'
- the one used by the Lucid compiler (lcc)
-
- `arm'
- the one specified by the C++ Annotated Reference Manual
-
- `hp'
- the one used by the HP compiler (aCC)
-
- `edg'
- the one used by the EDG compiler
-
- `gnu-v3'
- the one used by the GNU C++ compiler (g++) with the V3 ABI.
-
- `java'
- the one used by the GNU Java compiler (gcj)
-
- `gnat'
- the one used by the GNU Ada compiler (GNAT).
-
-`--help'
- Print a summary of the options to `c++filt' and exit.
-
-`--version'
- Print the version number of `c++filt' and exit.
-
- _Warning:_ `c++filt' is a new utility, and the details of its user
- interface are subject to change in future releases. In particular,
- a command-line option may be required in the future to decode a
- name passed as an argument on the command line; in other words,
-
- c++filt SYMBOL
-
- may in a future release become
-
- c++filt OPTION SYMBOL
-
- ---------- Footnotes ----------
-
- (1) MS-DOS does not allow `+' characters in file names, so on MS-DOS
-this program is named `CXXFILT'.
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: addr2line, Next: nlmconv, Prev: c++filt, Up: Top
-
-10 addr2line
-************
-
- addr2line [`-a'|`--addresses']
- [`-b' BFDNAME|`--target='BFDNAME]
- [`-C'|`--demangle'[=STYLE]]
- [`-e' FILENAME|`--exe='FILENAME]
- [`-f'|`--functions'] [`-s'|`--basename']
- [`-i'|`--inlines']
- [`-p'|`--pretty-print']
- [`-j'|`--section='NAME]
- [`-H'|`--help'] [`-V'|`--version']
- [addr addr ...]
-
- `addr2line' translates addresses into file names and line numbers.
-Given an address in an executable or an offset in a section of a
-relocatable object, it uses the debugging information to figure out
-which file name and line number are associated with it.
-
- The executable or relocatable object to use is specified with the
-`-e' option. The default is the file `a.out'. The section in the
-relocatable object to use is specified with the `-j' option.
-
- `addr2line' has two modes of operation.
-
- In the first, hexadecimal addresses are specified on the command
-line, and `addr2line' displays the file name and line number for each
-address.
-
- In the second, `addr2line' reads hexadecimal addresses from standard
-input, and prints the file name and line number for each address on
-standard output. In this mode, `addr2line' may be used in a pipe to
-convert dynamically chosen addresses.
-
- The format of the output is `FILENAME:LINENO'. The file name and
-line number for each input address is printed on separate lines.
-
- If the `-f' option is used, then each `FILENAME:LINENO' line is
-preceded by `FUNCTIONNAME' which is the name of the function containing
-the address.
-
- If the `-i' option is used and the code at the given address is
-present there because of inlining by the compiler then the
-`{FUNCTIONNAME} FILENAME:LINENO' information for the inlining function
-will be displayed afterwards. This continues recursively until there
-is no more inlining to report.
-
- If the `-a' option is used then the output is prefixed by the input
-address.
-
- If the `-p' option is used then the output for each input address is
-displayed on one, possibly quite long, line. If `-p' is not used then
-the output is broken up into multiple lines, based on the paragraphs
-above.
-
- If the file name or function name can not be determined, `addr2line'
-will print two question marks in their place. If the line number can
-not be determined, `addr2line' will print 0.
-
- The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent.
-
-`-a'
-`--addresses'
- Display the address before the function name, file and line number
- information. The address is printed with a `0x' prefix to easily
- identify it.
-
-`-b BFDNAME'
-`--target=BFDNAME'
- Specify that the object-code format for the object files is
- BFDNAME.
-
-`-C'
-`--demangle[=STYLE]'
- Decode ("demangle") low-level symbol names into user-level names.
- Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system,
- this makes C++ function names readable. Different compilers have
- different mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument
- can be used to choose an appropriate demangling style for your
- compiler. *Note c++filt::, for more information on demangling.
-
-`-e FILENAME'
-`--exe=FILENAME'
- Specify the name of the executable for which addresses should be
- translated. The default file is `a.out'.
-
-`-f'
-`--functions'
- Display function names as well as file and line number information.
-
-`-s'
-`--basenames'
- Display only the base of each file name.
-
-`-i'
-`--inlines'
- If the address belongs to a function that was inlined, the source
- information for all enclosing scopes back to the first non-inlined
- function will also be printed. For example, if `main' inlines
- `callee1' which inlines `callee2', and address is from `callee2',
- the source information for `callee1' and `main' will also be
- printed.
-
-`-j'
-`--section'
- Read offsets relative to the specified section instead of absolute
- addresses.
-
-`-p'
-`--pretty-print'
- Make the output more human friendly: each location are printed on
- one line. If option `-i' is specified, lines for all enclosing
- scopes are prefixed with `(inlined by)'.
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: nlmconv, Next: windmc, Prev: addr2line, Up: Top
-
-11 nlmconv
-**********
-
-`nlmconv' converts a relocatable object file into a NetWare Loadable
-Module.
-
- _Warning:_ `nlmconv' is not always built as part of the binary
- utilities, since it is only useful for NLM targets.
-
- nlmconv [`-I' BFDNAME|`--input-target='BFDNAME]
- [`-O' BFDNAME|`--output-target='BFDNAME]
- [`-T' HEADERFILE|`--header-file='HEADERFILE]
- [`-d'|`--debug'] [`-l' LINKER|`--linker='LINKER]
- [`-h'|`--help'] [`-V'|`--version']
- INFILE OUTFILE
-
- `nlmconv' converts the relocatable `i386' object file INFILE into
-the NetWare Loadable Module OUTFILE, optionally reading HEADERFILE for
-NLM header information. For instructions on writing the NLM command
-file language used in header files, see the `linkers' section,
-`NLMLINK' in particular, of the `NLM Development and Tools Overview',
-which is part of the NLM Software Developer's Kit ("NLM SDK"),
-available from Novell, Inc. `nlmconv' uses the GNU Binary File
-Descriptor library to read INFILE; see *Note BFD: (ld.info)BFD, for
-more information.
-
- `nlmconv' can perform a link step. In other words, you can list
-more than one object file for input if you list them in the definitions
-file (rather than simply specifying one input file on the command line).
-In this case, `nlmconv' calls the linker for you.
-
-`-I BFDNAME'
-`--input-target=BFDNAME'
- Object format of the input file. `nlmconv' can usually determine
- the format of a given file (so no default is necessary). *Note
- Target Selection::, for more information.
-
-`-O BFDNAME'
-`--output-target=BFDNAME'
- Object format of the output file. `nlmconv' infers the output
- format based on the input format, e.g. for a `i386' input file the
- output format is `nlm32-i386'. *Note Target Selection::, for more
- information.
-
-`-T HEADERFILE'
-`--header-file=HEADERFILE'
- Reads HEADERFILE for NLM header information. For instructions on
- writing the NLM command file language used in header files, see
- see the `linkers' section, of the `NLM Development and Tools
- Overview', which is part of the NLM Software Developer's Kit,
- available from Novell, Inc.
-
-`-d'
-`--debug'
- Displays (on standard error) the linker command line used by
- `nlmconv'.
-
-`-l LINKER'
-`--linker=LINKER'
- Use LINKER for any linking. LINKER can be an absolute or a
- relative pathname.
-
-`-h'
-`--help'
- Prints a usage summary.
-
-`-V'
-`--version'
- Prints the version number for `nlmconv'.
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: windmc, Next: windres, Prev: nlmconv, Up: Top
-
-12 windmc
-*********
-
-`windmc' may be used to generator Windows message resources.
-
- _Warning:_ `windmc' is not always built as part of the binary
- utilities, since it is only useful for Windows targets.
-
- windmc [options] input-file
-
- `windmc' reads message definitions from an input file (.mc) and
-translate them into a set of output files. The output files may be of
-four kinds:
-
-`h'
- A C header file containing the message definitions.
-
-`rc'
- A resource file compilable by the `windres' tool.
-
-`bin'
- One or more binary files containing the resource data for a
- specific message language.
-
-`dbg'
- A C include file that maps message id's to their symbolic name.
-
- The exact description of these different formats is available in
-documentation from Microsoft.
-
- When `windmc' converts from the `mc' format to the `bin' format,
-`rc', `h', and optional `dbg' it is acting like the Windows Message
-Compiler.
-
-`-a'
-`--ascii_in'
- Specifies that the input file specified is ASCII. This is the
- default behaviour.
-
-`-A'
-`--ascii_out'
- Specifies that messages in the output `bin' files should be in
- ASCII format.
-
-`-b'
-`--binprefix'
- Specifies that `bin' filenames should have to be prefixed by the
- basename of the source file.
-
-`-c'
-`--customflag'
- Sets the customer bit in all message id's.
-
-`-C CODEPAGE'
-`--codepage_in CODEPAGE'
- Sets the default codepage to be used to convert input file to
- UTF16. The default is ocdepage 1252.
-
-`-d'
-`--decimal_values'
- Outputs the constants in the header file in decimal. Default is
- using hexadecimal output.
-
-`-e EXT'
-`--extension EXT'
- The extension for the header file. The default is .h extension.
-
-`-F TARGET'
-`--target TARGET'
- Specify the BFD format to use for a bin file as output. This is a
- BFD target name; you can use the `--help' option to see a list of
- supported targets. Normally `windmc' will use the default format,
- which is the first one listed by the `--help' option. *Note
- Target Selection::.
-
-`-h PATH'
-`--headerdir PATH'
- The target directory of the generated header file. The default is
- the current directory.
-
-`-H'
-`--help'
- Displays a list of command line options and then exits.
-
-`-m CHARACTERS'
-`--maxlength CHARACTERS'
- Instructs `windmc' to generate a warning if the length of any
- message exceeds the number specified.
-
-`-n'
-`--nullterminate'
- Terminate message text in `bin' files by zero. By default they are
- terminated by CR/LF.
-
-`-o'
-`--hresult_use'
- Not yet implemented. Instructs `windmc' to generate an OLE2 header
- file, using HRESULT definitions. Status codes are used if the flag
- is not specified.
-
-`-O CODEPAGE'
-`--codepage_out CODEPAGE'
- Sets the default codepage to be used to output text files. The
- default is ocdepage 1252.
-
-`-r PATH'
-`--rcdir PATH'
- The target directory for the generated `rc' script and the
- generated `bin' files that the resource compiler script includes.
- The default is the current directory.
-
-`-u'
-`--unicode_in'
- Specifies that the input file is UTF16.
-
-`-U'
-`--unicode_out'
- Specifies that messages in the output `bin' file should be in UTF16
- format. This is the default behaviour.
-
-`-v'
-
-`--verbose'
- Enable verbose mode.
-
-`-V'
-
-`--version'
- Prints the version number for `windmc'.
-
-`-x PATH'
-`--xdgb PATH'
- The path of the `dbg' C include file that maps message id's to the
- symbolic name. No such file is generated without specifying the
- switch.
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: windres, Next: dlltool, Prev: windmc, Up: Top
-
-13 windres
-**********
-
-`windres' may be used to manipulate Windows resources.
-
- _Warning:_ `windres' is not always built as part of the binary
- utilities, since it is only useful for Windows targets.
-
- windres [options] [input-file] [output-file]
-
- `windres' reads resources from an input file and copies them into an
-output file. Either file may be in one of three formats:
-
-`rc'
- A text format read by the Resource Compiler.
-
-`res'
- A binary format generated by the Resource Compiler.
-
-`coff'
- A COFF object or executable.
-
- The exact description of these different formats is available in
-documentation from Microsoft.
-
- When `windres' converts from the `rc' format to the `res' format, it
-is acting like the Windows Resource Compiler. When `windres' converts
-from the `res' format to the `coff' format, it is acting like the
-Windows `CVTRES' program.
-
- When `windres' generates an `rc' file, the output is similar but not
-identical to the format expected for the input. When an input `rc'
-file refers to an external filename, an output `rc' file will instead
-include the file contents.
-
- If the input or output format is not specified, `windres' will guess
-based on the file name, or, for the input file, the file contents. A
-file with an extension of `.rc' will be treated as an `rc' file, a file
-with an extension of `.res' will be treated as a `res' file, and a file
-with an extension of `.o' or `.exe' will be treated as a `coff' file.
-
- If no output file is specified, `windres' will print the resources
-in `rc' format to standard output.
-
- The normal use is for you to write an `rc' file, use `windres' to
-convert it to a COFF object file, and then link the COFF file into your
-application. This will make the resources described in the `rc' file
-available to Windows.
-
-`-i FILENAME'
-`--input FILENAME'
- The name of the input file. If this option is not used, then
- `windres' will use the first non-option argument as the input file
- name. If there are no non-option arguments, then `windres' will
- read from standard input. `windres' can not read a COFF file from
- standard input.
-
-`-o FILENAME'
-`--output FILENAME'
- The name of the output file. If this option is not used, then
- `windres' will use the first non-option argument, after any used
- for the input file name, as the output file name. If there is no
- non-option argument, then `windres' will write to standard output.
- `windres' can not write a COFF file to standard output. Note, for
- compatibility with `rc' the option `-fo' is also accepted, but its
- use is not recommended.
-
-`-J FORMAT'
-`--input-format FORMAT'
- The input format to read. FORMAT may be `res', `rc', or `coff'.
- If no input format is specified, `windres' will guess, as
- described above.
-
-`-O FORMAT'
-`--output-format FORMAT'
- The output format to generate. FORMAT may be `res', `rc', or
- `coff'. If no output format is specified, `windres' will guess,
- as described above.
-
-`-F TARGET'
-`--target TARGET'
- Specify the BFD format to use for a COFF file as input or output.
- This is a BFD target name; you can use the `--help' option to see
- a list of supported targets. Normally `windres' will use the
- default format, which is the first one listed by the `--help'
- option. *Note Target Selection::.
-
-`--preprocessor PROGRAM'
- When `windres' reads an `rc' file, it runs it through the C
- preprocessor first. This option may be used to specify the
- preprocessor to use, including any leading arguments. The default
- preprocessor argument is `gcc -E -xc-header -DRC_INVOKED'.
-
-`--preprocessor-arg OPTION'
- When `windres' reads an `rc' file, it runs it through the C
- preprocessor first. This option may be used to specify additional
- text to be passed to preprocessor on its command line. This
- option can be used multiple times to add multiple options to the
- preprocessor command line.
-
-`-I DIRECTORY'
-`--include-dir DIRECTORY'
- Specify an include directory to use when reading an `rc' file.
- `windres' will pass this to the preprocessor as an `-I' option.
- `windres' will also search this directory when looking for files
- named in the `rc' file. If the argument passed to this command
- matches any of the supported FORMATS (as described in the `-J'
- option), it will issue a deprecation warning, and behave just like
- the `-J' option. New programs should not use this behaviour. If a
- directory happens to match a FORMAT, simple prefix it with `./' to
- disable the backward compatibility.
-
-`-D TARGET'
-`--define SYM[=VAL]'
- Specify a `-D' option to pass to the preprocessor when reading an
- `rc' file.
-
-`-U TARGET'
-`--undefine SYM'
- Specify a `-U' option to pass to the preprocessor when reading an
- `rc' file.
-
-`-r'
- Ignored for compatibility with rc.
-
-`-v'
- Enable verbose mode. This tells you what the preprocessor is if
- you didn't specify one.
-
-`-c VAL'
-
-`--codepage VAL'
- Specify the default codepage to use when reading an `rc' file.
- VAL should be a hexadecimal prefixed by `0x' or decimal codepage
- code. The valid range is from zero up to 0xffff, but the validity
- of the codepage is host and configuration dependent.
-
-`-l VAL'
-
-`--language VAL'
- Specify the default language to use when reading an `rc' file.
- VAL should be a hexadecimal language code. The low eight bits are
- the language, and the high eight bits are the sublanguage.
-
-`--use-temp-file'
- Use a temporary file to instead of using popen to read the output
- of the preprocessor. Use this option if the popen implementation
- is buggy on the host (eg., certain non-English language versions
- of Windows 95 and Windows 98 are known to have buggy popen where
- the output will instead go the console).
-
-`--no-use-temp-file'
- Use popen, not a temporary file, to read the output of the
- preprocessor. This is the default behaviour.
-
-`-h'
-
-`--help'
- Prints a usage summary.
-
-`-V'
-
-`--version'
- Prints the version number for `windres'.
-
-`--yydebug'
- If `windres' is compiled with `YYDEBUG' defined as `1', this will
- turn on parser debugging.
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: dlltool, Next: readelf, Prev: windres, Up: Top
-
-14 dlltool
-**********
-
-`dlltool' is used to create the files needed to create dynamic link
-libraries (DLLs) on systems which understand PE format image files such
-as Windows. A DLL contains an export table which contains information
-that the runtime loader needs to resolve references from a referencing
-program.
-
- The export table is generated by this program by reading in a `.def'
-file or scanning the `.a' and `.o' files which will be in the DLL. A
-`.o' file can contain information in special `.drectve' sections with
-export information.
-
- _Note:_ `dlltool' is not always built as part of the binary
- utilities, since it is only useful for those targets which support
- DLLs.
-
- dlltool [`-d'|`--input-def' DEF-FILE-NAME]
- [`-b'|`--base-file' BASE-FILE-NAME]
- [`-e'|`--output-exp' EXPORTS-FILE-NAME]
- [`-z'|`--output-def' DEF-FILE-NAME]
- [`-l'|`--output-lib' LIBRARY-FILE-NAME]
- [`-y'|`--output-delaylib' LIBRARY-FILE-NAME]
- [`--export-all-symbols'] [`--no-export-all-symbols']
- [`--exclude-symbols' LIST]
- [`--no-default-excludes']
- [`-S'|`--as' PATH-TO-ASSEMBLER] [`-f'|`--as-flags' OPTIONS]
- [`-D'|`--dllname' NAME] [`-m'|`--machine' MACHINE]
- [`-a'|`--add-indirect']
- [`-U'|`--add-underscore'] [`--add-stdcall-underscore']
- [`-k'|`--kill-at'] [`-A'|`--add-stdcall-alias']
- [`-p'|`--ext-prefix-alias' PREFIX]
- [`-x'|`--no-idata4'] [`-c'|`--no-idata5']
- [`--use-nul-prefixed-import-tables']
- [`-I'|`--identify' LIBRARY-FILE-NAME] [`--identify-strict']
- [`-i'|`--interwork']
- [`-n'|`--nodelete'] [`-t'|`--temp-prefix' PREFIX]
- [`-v'|`--verbose']
- [`-h'|`--help'] [`-V'|`--version']
- [`--no-leading-underscore'] [`--leading-underscore']
- [object-file ...]
-
- `dlltool' reads its inputs, which can come from the `-d' and `-b'
-options as well as object files specified on the command line. It then
-processes these inputs and if the `-e' option has been specified it
-creates a exports file. If the `-l' option has been specified it
-creates a library file and if the `-z' option has been specified it
-creates a def file. Any or all of the `-e', `-l' and `-z' options can
-be present in one invocation of dlltool.
-
- When creating a DLL, along with the source for the DLL, it is
-necessary to have three other files. `dlltool' can help with the
-creation of these files.
-
- The first file is a `.def' file which specifies which functions are
-exported from the DLL, which functions the DLL imports, and so on. This
-is a text file and can be created by hand, or `dlltool' can be used to
-create it using the `-z' option. In this case `dlltool' will scan the
-object files specified on its command line looking for those functions
-which have been specially marked as being exported and put entries for
-them in the `.def' file it creates.
-
- In order to mark a function as being exported from a DLL, it needs to
-have an `-export:<name_of_function>' entry in the `.drectve' section of
-the object file. This can be done in C by using the asm() operator:
-
- asm (".section .drectve");
- asm (".ascii \"-export:my_func\"");
-
- int my_func (void) { ... }
-
- The second file needed for DLL creation is an exports file. This
-file is linked with the object files that make up the body of the DLL
-and it handles the interface between the DLL and the outside world.
-This is a binary file and it can be created by giving the `-e' option to
-`dlltool' when it is creating or reading in a `.def' file.
-
- The third file needed for DLL creation is the library file that
-programs will link with in order to access the functions in the DLL (an
-`import library'). This file can be created by giving the `-l' option
-to dlltool when it is creating or reading in a `.def' file.
-
- If the `-y' option is specified, dlltool generates a delay-import
-library that can be used instead of the normal import library to allow
-a program to link to the dll only as soon as an imported function is
-called for the first time. The resulting executable will need to be
-linked to the static delayimp library containing __delayLoadHelper2(),
-which in turn will import LoadLibraryA and GetProcAddress from kernel32.
-
- `dlltool' builds the library file by hand, but it builds the exports
-file by creating temporary files containing assembler statements and
-then assembling these. The `-S' command line option can be used to
-specify the path to the assembler that dlltool will use, and the `-f'
-option can be used to pass specific flags to that assembler. The `-n'
-can be used to prevent dlltool from deleting these temporary assembler
-files when it is done, and if `-n' is specified twice then this will
-prevent dlltool from deleting the temporary object files it used to
-build the library.
-
- Here is an example of creating a DLL from a source file `dll.c' and
-also creating a program (from an object file called `program.o') that
-uses that DLL:
-
- gcc -c dll.c
- dlltool -e exports.o -l dll.lib dll.o
- gcc dll.o exports.o -o dll.dll
- gcc program.o dll.lib -o program
-
- `dlltool' may also be used to query an existing import library to
-determine the name of the DLL to which it is associated. See the
-description of the `-I' or `--identify' option.
-
- The command line options have the following meanings:
-
-`-d FILENAME'
-`--input-def FILENAME'
- Specifies the name of a `.def' file to be read in and processed.
-
-`-b FILENAME'
-`--base-file FILENAME'
- Specifies the name of a base file to be read in and processed. The
- contents of this file will be added to the relocation section in
- the exports file generated by dlltool.
-
-`-e FILENAME'
-`--output-exp FILENAME'
- Specifies the name of the export file to be created by dlltool.
-
-`-z FILENAME'
-`--output-def FILENAME'
- Specifies the name of the `.def' file to be created by dlltool.
-
-`-l FILENAME'
-`--output-lib FILENAME'
- Specifies the name of the library file to be created by dlltool.
-
-`-y FILENAME'
-`--output-delaylib FILENAME'
- Specifies the name of the delay-import library file to be created
- by dlltool.
-
-`--export-all-symbols'
- Treat all global and weak defined symbols found in the input object
- files as symbols to be exported. There is a small list of symbols
- which are not exported by default; see the `--no-default-excludes'
- option. You may add to the list of symbols to not export by using
- the `--exclude-symbols' option.
-
-`--no-export-all-symbols'
- Only export symbols explicitly listed in an input `.def' file or in
- `.drectve' sections in the input object files. This is the default
- behaviour. The `.drectve' sections are created by `dllexport'
- attributes in the source code.
-
-`--exclude-symbols LIST'
- Do not export the symbols in LIST. This is a list of symbol names
- separated by comma or colon characters. The symbol names should
- not contain a leading underscore. This is only meaningful when
- `--export-all-symbols' is used.
-
-`--no-default-excludes'
- When `--export-all-symbols' is used, it will by default avoid
- exporting certain special symbols. The current list of symbols to
- avoid exporting is `DllMain@12', `DllEntryPoint@0', `impure_ptr'.
- You may use the `--no-default-excludes' option to go ahead and
- export these special symbols. This is only meaningful when
- `--export-all-symbols' is used.
-
-`-S PATH'
-`--as PATH'
- Specifies the path, including the filename, of the assembler to be
- used to create the exports file.
-
-`-f OPTIONS'
-`--as-flags OPTIONS'
- Specifies any specific command line options to be passed to the
- assembler when building the exports file. This option will work
- even if the `-S' option is not used. This option only takes one
- argument, and if it occurs more than once on the command line,
- then later occurrences will override earlier occurrences. So if
- it is necessary to pass multiple options to the assembler they
- should be enclosed in double quotes.
-
-`-D NAME'
-`--dll-name NAME'
- Specifies the name to be stored in the `.def' file as the name of
- the DLL when the `-e' option is used. If this option is not
- present, then the filename given to the `-e' option will be used
- as the name of the DLL.
-
-`-m MACHINE'
-`-machine MACHINE'
- Specifies the type of machine for which the library file should be
- built. `dlltool' has a built in default type, depending upon how
- it was created, but this option can be used to override that.
- This is normally only useful when creating DLLs for an ARM
- processor, when the contents of the DLL are actually encode using
- Thumb instructions.
-
-`-a'
-`--add-indirect'
- Specifies that when `dlltool' is creating the exports file it
- should add a section which allows the exported functions to be
- referenced without using the import library. Whatever the hell
- that means!
-
-`-U'
-`--add-underscore'
- Specifies that when `dlltool' is creating the exports file it
- should prepend an underscore to the names of _all_ exported
- symbols.
-
-`--no-leading-underscore'
-
-`--leading-underscore'
- Specifies whether standard symbol should be forced to be prefixed,
- or not.
-
-`--add-stdcall-underscore'
- Specifies that when `dlltool' is creating the exports file it
- should prepend an underscore to the names of exported _stdcall_
- functions. Variable names and non-stdcall function names are not
- modified. This option is useful when creating GNU-compatible
- import libs for third party DLLs that were built with MS-Windows
- tools.
-
-`-k'
-`--kill-at'
- Specifies that when `dlltool' is creating the exports file it
- should not append the string `@ <number>'. These numbers are
- called ordinal numbers and they represent another way of accessing
- the function in a DLL, other than by name.
-
-`-A'
-`--add-stdcall-alias'
- Specifies that when `dlltool' is creating the exports file it
- should add aliases for stdcall symbols without `@ <number>' in
- addition to the symbols with `@ <number>'.
-
-`-p'
-`--ext-prefix-alias PREFIX'
- Causes `dlltool' to create external aliases for all DLL imports
- with the specified prefix. The aliases are created for both
- external and import symbols with no leading underscore.
-
-`-x'
-`--no-idata4'
- Specifies that when `dlltool' is creating the exports and library
- files it should omit the `.idata4' section. This is for
- compatibility with certain operating systems.
-
-`--use-nul-prefixed-import-tables'
- Specifies that when `dlltool' is creating the exports and library
- files it should prefix the `.idata4' and `.idata5' by zero an
- element. This emulates old gnu import library generation of
- `dlltool'. By default this option is turned off.
-
-`-c'
-`--no-idata5'
- Specifies that when `dlltool' is creating the exports and library
- files it should omit the `.idata5' section. This is for
- compatibility with certain operating systems.
-
-`-I FILENAME'
-`--identify FILENAME'
- Specifies that `dlltool' should inspect the import library
- indicated by FILENAME and report, on `stdout', the name(s) of the
- associated DLL(s). This can be performed in addition to any other
- operations indicated by the other options and arguments.
- `dlltool' fails if the import library does not exist or is not
- actually an import library. See also `--identify-strict'.
-
-`--identify-strict'
- Modifies the behavior of the `--identify' option, such that an
- error is reported if FILENAME is associated with more than one DLL.
-
-`-i'
-`--interwork'
- Specifies that `dlltool' should mark the objects in the library
- file and exports file that it produces as supporting interworking
- between ARM and Thumb code.
-
-`-n'
-`--nodelete'
- Makes `dlltool' preserve the temporary assembler files it used to
- create the exports file. If this option is repeated then dlltool
- will also preserve the temporary object files it uses to create
- the library file.
-
-`-t PREFIX'
-`--temp-prefix PREFIX'
- Makes `dlltool' use PREFIX when constructing the names of
- temporary assembler and object files. By default, the temp file
- prefix is generated from the pid.
-
-`-v'
-`--verbose'
- Make dlltool describe what it is doing.
-
-`-h'
-`--help'
- Displays a list of command line options and then exits.
-
-`-V'
-`--version'
- Displays dlltool's version number and then exits.
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* def file format:: The format of the dlltool `.def' file
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: def file format, Up: dlltool
-
-14.1 The format of the `dlltool' `.def' file
-============================================
-
-A `.def' file contains any number of the following commands:
-
-`NAME' NAME `[ ,' BASE `]'
- The result is going to be named NAME`.exe'.
-
-`LIBRARY' NAME `[ ,' BASE `]'
- The result is going to be named NAME`.dll'. Note: If you want to
- use LIBRARY as name then you need to quote. Otherwise this will
- fail due a necessary hack for libtool (see PR binutils/13710 for
- more details).
-
-`EXPORTS ( ( (' NAME1 `[ = ' NAME2 `] ) | ( ' NAME1 `=' MODULE-NAME `.' EXTERNAL-NAME `) ) [ == ' ITS_NAME `]'
-
-`[' INTEGER `] [ NONAME ] [ CONSTANT ] [ DATA ] [ PRIVATE ] ) *'
- Declares NAME1 as an exported symbol from the DLL, with optional
- ordinal number INTEGER, or declares NAME1 as an alias (forward) of
- the function EXTERNAL-NAME in the DLL. If ITS_NAME is specified,
- this name is used as string in export table. MODULE-NAME. Note:
- The `EXPORTS' has to be the last command in .def file, as keywords
- are treated - beside `LIBRARY' - as simple name-identifiers. If
- you want to use LIBRARY as name then you need to quote it.
-
-`IMPORTS ( (' INTERNAL-NAME `=' MODULE-NAME `.' INTEGER `) | [' INTERNAL-NAME `= ]' MODULE-NAME `.' EXTERNAL-NAME `) [ == ) ITS_NAME `]' *'
- Declares that EXTERNAL-NAME or the exported function whose ordinal
- number is INTEGER is to be imported from the file MODULE-NAME. If
- INTERNAL-NAME is specified then this is the name that the imported
- function will be referred to in the body of the DLL. If ITS_NAME
- is specified, this name is used as string in import table. Note:
- The `IMPORTS' has to be the last command in .def file, as keywords
- are treated - beside `LIBRARY' - as simple name-identifiers. If
- you want to use LIBRARY as name then you need to quote it.
-
-`DESCRIPTION' STRING
- Puts STRING into the output `.exp' file in the `.rdata' section.
-
-`STACKSIZE' NUMBER-RESERVE `[, ' NUMBER-COMMIT `]'
-
-`HEAPSIZE' NUMBER-RESERVE `[, ' NUMBER-COMMIT `]'
- Generates `--stack' or `--heap' NUMBER-RESERVE,NUMBER-COMMIT in
- the output `.drectve' section. The linker will see this and act
- upon it.
-
-`CODE' ATTR `+'
-
-`DATA' ATTR `+'
-
-`SECTIONS (' SECTION-NAME ATTR` + ) *'
- Generates `--attr' SECTION-NAME ATTR in the output `.drectve'
- section, where ATTR is one of `READ', `WRITE', `EXECUTE' or
- `SHARED'. The linker will see this and act upon it.
-
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: readelf, Next: elfedit, Prev: dlltool, Up: Top
-
-15 readelf
-**********
-
- readelf [`-a'|`--all']
- [`-h'|`--file-header']
- [`-l'|`--program-headers'|`--segments']
- [`-S'|`--section-headers'|`--sections']
- [`-g'|`--section-groups']
- [`-t'|`--section-details']
- [`-e'|`--headers']
- [`-s'|`--syms'|`--symbols']
- [`--dyn-syms']
- [`-n'|`--notes']
- [`-r'|`--relocs']
- [`-u'|`--unwind']
- [`-d'|`--dynamic']
- [`-V'|`--version-info']
- [`-A'|`--arch-specific']
- [`-D'|`--use-dynamic']
- [`-x' <number or name>|`--hex-dump='<number or name>]
- [`-p' <number or name>|`--string-dump='<number or name>]
- [`-R' <number or name>|`--relocated-dump='<number or name>]
- [`-c'|`--archive-index']
- [`-w[lLiaprmfFsoRt]'|
- `--debug-dump'[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index]]
- [`--dwarf-depth=N']
- [`--dwarf-start=N']
- [`-I'|`--histogram']
- [`-v'|`--version']
- [`-W'|`--wide']
- [`-H'|`--help']
- ELFFILE...
-
- `readelf' displays information about one or more ELF format object
-files. The options control what particular information to display.
-
- ELFFILE... are the object files to be examined. 32-bit and 64-bit
-ELF files are supported, as are archives containing ELF files.
-
- This program performs a similar function to `objdump' but it goes
-into more detail and it exists independently of the BFD library, so if
-there is a bug in BFD then readelf will not be affected.
-
- The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent. At least one option besides `-v' or `-H' must be given.
-
-`-a'
-`--all'
- Equivalent to specifying `--file-header', `--program-headers',
- `--sections', `--symbols', `--relocs', `--dynamic', `--notes' and
- `--version-info'.
-
-`-h'
-`--file-header'
- Displays the information contained in the ELF header at the start
- of the file.
-
-`-l'
-`--program-headers'
-`--segments'
- Displays the information contained in the file's segment headers,
- if it has any.
-
-`-S'
-`--sections'
-`--section-headers'
- Displays the information contained in the file's section headers,
- if it has any.
-
-`-g'
-`--section-groups'
- Displays the information contained in the file's section groups,
- if it has any.
-
-`-t'
-`--section-details'
- Displays the detailed section information. Implies `-S'.
-
-`-s'
-`--symbols'
-`--syms'
- Displays the entries in symbol table section of the file, if it
- has one.
-
-`--dyn-syms'
- Displays the entries in dynamic symbol table section of the file,
- if it has one.
-
-`-e'
-`--headers'
- Display all the headers in the file. Equivalent to `-h -l -S'.
-
-`-n'
-`--notes'
- Displays the contents of the NOTE segments and/or sections, if any.
-
-`-r'
-`--relocs'
- Displays the contents of the file's relocation section, if it has
- one.
-
-`-u'
-`--unwind'
- Displays the contents of the file's unwind section, if it has one.
- Only the unwind sections for IA64 ELF files, as well as ARM
- unwind tables (`.ARM.exidx' / `.ARM.extab') are currently
- supported.
-
-`-d'
-`--dynamic'
- Displays the contents of the file's dynamic section, if it has one.
-
-`-V'
-`--version-info'
- Displays the contents of the version sections in the file, it they
- exist.
-
-`-A'
-`--arch-specific'
- Displays architecture-specific information in the file, if there
- is any.
-
-`-D'
-`--use-dynamic'
- When displaying symbols, this option makes `readelf' use the
- symbol hash tables in the file's dynamic section, rather than the
- symbol table sections.
-
-`-x <number or name>'
-`--hex-dump=<number or name>'
- Displays the contents of the indicated section as a hexadecimal
- bytes. A number identifies a particular section by index in the
- section table; any other string identifies all sections with that
- name in the object file.
-
-`-R <number or name>'
-`--relocated-dump=<number or name>'
- Displays the contents of the indicated section as a hexadecimal
- bytes. A number identifies a particular section by index in the
- section table; any other string identifies all sections with that
- name in the object file. The contents of the section will be
- relocated before they are displayed.
-
-`-p <number or name>'
-`--string-dump=<number or name>'
- Displays the contents of the indicated section as printable
- strings. A number identifies a particular section by index in the
- section table; any other string identifies all sections with that
- name in the object file.
-
-`-c'
-`--archive-index'
- Displays the file symbol index information contained in the header
- part of binary archives. Performs the same function as the `t'
- command to `ar', but without using the BFD library. *Note ar::.
-
-`-w[lLiaprmfFsoRt]'
-`--debug-dump[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index]'
- Displays the contents of the debug sections in the file, if any are
- present. If one of the optional letters or words follows the
- switch then only data found in those specific sections will be
- dumped.
-
- Note that there is no single letter option to display the content
- of trace sections or .gdb_index.
-
- Note: the `=decodedline' option will display the interpreted
- contents of a .debug_line section whereas the `=rawline' option
- dumps the contents in a raw format.
-
- Note: the `=frames-interp' option will display the interpreted
- contents of a .debug_frame section whereas the `=frames' option
- dumps the contents in a raw format.
-
- Note: the output from the `=info' option can also be affected by
- the options `--dwarf-depth' and `--dwarf-start'.
-
-`--dwarf-depth=N'
- Limit the dump of the `.debug_info' section to N children. This
- is only useful with `--debug-dump=info'. The default is to print
- all DIEs; the special value 0 for N will also have this effect.
-
- With a non-zero value for N, DIEs at or deeper than N levels will
- not be printed. The range for N is zero-based.
-
-`--dwarf-start=N'
- Print only DIEs beginning with the DIE numbered N. This is only
- useful with `--debug-dump=info'.
-
- If specified, this option will suppress printing of any header
- information and all DIEs before the DIE numbered N. Only siblings
- and children of the specified DIE will be printed.
-
- This can be used in conjunction with `--dwarf-depth'.
-
-`-I'
-`--histogram'
- Display a histogram of bucket list lengths when displaying the
- contents of the symbol tables.
-
-`-v'
-`--version'
- Display the version number of readelf.
-
-`-W'
-`--wide'
- Don't break output lines to fit into 80 columns. By default
- `readelf' breaks section header and segment listing lines for
- 64-bit ELF files, so that they fit into 80 columns. This option
- causes `readelf' to print each section header resp. each segment
- one a single line, which is far more readable on terminals wider
- than 80 columns.
-
-`-H'
-`--help'
- Display the command line options understood by `readelf'.
-
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: elfedit, Next: Common Options, Prev: readelf, Up: Top
-
-16 elfedit
-**********
-
- elfedit [`--input-mach='MACHINE]
- [`--input-type='TYPE]
- [`--input-osabi='OSABI]
- `--output-mach='MACHINE
- `--output-type='TYPE
- `--output-osabi='OSABI
- [`-v'|`--version']
- [`-h'|`--help']
- ELFFILE...
-
- `elfedit' updates the ELF header of ELF files which have the
-matching ELF machine and file types. The options control how and which
-fields in the ELF header should be updated.
-
- ELFFILE... are the ELF files to be updated. 32-bit and 64-bit ELF
-files are supported, as are archives containing ELF files.
-
- The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent. At least one of the `--output-mach', `--output-type' and
-`--output-osabi' options must be given.
-
-`--input-mach=MACHINE'
- Set the matching input ELF machine type to MACHINE. If
- `--input-mach' isn't specified, it will match any ELF machine
- types.
-
- The supported ELF machine types are, L1OM, K1OM and X86-64.
-
-`--output-mach=MACHINE'
- Change the ELF machine type in the ELF header to MACHINE. The
- supported ELF machine types are the same as `--input-mach'.
-
-`--input-type=TYPE'
- Set the matching input ELF file type to TYPE. If `--input-type'
- isn't specified, it will match any ELF file types.
-
- The supported ELF file types are, REL, EXEC and DYN.
-
-`--output-type=TYPE'
- Change the ELF file type in the ELF header to TYPE. The supported
- ELF types are the same as `--input-type'.
-
-`--input-osabi=OSABI'
- Set the matching input ELF file OSABI to OSABI. If
- `--input-osabi' isn't specified, it will match any ELF OSABIs.
-
- The supported ELF OSABIs are, NONE, HPUX, NETBSD, GNU, LINUX
- (alias for GNU), SOLARIS, AIX, IRIX, FREEBSD, TRU64, MODESTO,
- OPENBSD, OPENVMS, NSK, AROS and FENIXOS.
-
-`--output-osabi=OSABI'
- Change the ELF OSABI in the ELF header to OSABI. The supported
- ELF OSABI are the same as `--input-osabi'.
-
-`-v'
-`--version'
- Display the version number of `elfedit'.
-
-`-h'
-`--help'
- Display the command line options understood by `elfedit'.
-
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: Common Options, Next: Selecting the Target System, Prev: elfedit, Up: Top
-
-17 Common Options
-*****************
-
-The following command-line options are supported by all of the programs
-described in this manual.
-
-`@FILE'
- Read command-line options from FILE. The options read are
- inserted in place of the original @FILE option. If FILE does not
- exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
- literally, and not removed.
-
- Options in FILE are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
- character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
- option in either single or double quotes. Any character
- (including a backslash) may be included by prefixing the character
- to be included with a backslash. The FILE may itself contain
- additional @FILE options; any such options will be processed
- recursively.
-
-`--help'
- Display the command-line options supported by the program.
-
-`--version'
- Display the version number of the program.
-
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: Selecting the Target System, Next: Reporting Bugs, Prev: Common Options, Up: Top
-
-18 Selecting the Target System
-******************************
-
-You can specify two aspects of the target system to the GNU binary file
-utilities, each in several ways:
-
- * the target
-
- * the architecture
-
- In the following summaries, the lists of ways to specify values are
-in order of decreasing precedence. The ways listed first override those
-listed later.
-
- The commands to list valid values only list the values for which the
-programs you are running were configured. If they were configured with
-`--enable-targets=all', the commands list most of the available values,
-but a few are left out; not all targets can be configured in at once
-because some of them can only be configured "native" (on hosts with the
-same type as the target system).
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Target Selection::
-* Architecture Selection::
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: Target Selection, Next: Architecture Selection, Up: Selecting the Target System
-
-18.1 Target Selection
-=====================
-
-A "target" is an object file format. A given target may be supported
-for multiple architectures (*note Architecture Selection::). A target
-selection may also have variations for different operating systems or
-architectures.
-
- The command to list valid target values is `objdump -i' (the first
-column of output contains the relevant information).
-
- Some sample values are: `a.out-hp300bsd', `ecoff-littlemips',
-`a.out-sunos-big'.
-
- You can also specify a target using a configuration triplet. This is
-the same sort of name that is passed to `configure' to specify a
-target. When you use a configuration triplet as an argument, it must be
-fully canonicalized. You can see the canonical version of a triplet by
-running the shell script `config.sub' which is included with the
-sources.
-
- Some sample configuration triplets are: `m68k-hp-bsd',
-`mips-dec-ultrix', `sparc-sun-sunos'.
-
-`objdump' Target
-----------------
-
-Ways to specify:
-
- 1. command line option: `-b' or `--target'
-
- 2. environment variable `GNUTARGET'
-
- 3. deduced from the input file
-
-`objcopy' and `strip' Input Target
-----------------------------------
-
-Ways to specify:
-
- 1. command line options: `-I' or `--input-target', or `-F' or
- `--target'
-
- 2. environment variable `GNUTARGET'
-
- 3. deduced from the input file
-
-`objcopy' and `strip' Output Target
------------------------------------
-
-Ways to specify:
-
- 1. command line options: `-O' or `--output-target', or `-F' or
- `--target'
-
- 2. the input target (see "`objcopy' and `strip' Input Target" above)
-
- 3. environment variable `GNUTARGET'
-
- 4. deduced from the input file
-
-`nm', `size', and `strings' Target
-----------------------------------
-
-Ways to specify:
-
- 1. command line option: `--target'
-
- 2. environment variable `GNUTARGET'
-
- 3. deduced from the input file
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: Architecture Selection, Prev: Target Selection, Up: Selecting the Target System
-
-18.2 Architecture Selection
-===========================
-
-An "architecture" is a type of CPU on which an object file is to run.
-Its name may contain a colon, separating the name of the processor
-family from the name of the particular CPU.
-
- The command to list valid architecture values is `objdump -i' (the
-second column contains the relevant information).
-
- Sample values: `m68k:68020', `mips:3000', `sparc'.
-
-`objdump' Architecture
-----------------------
-
-Ways to specify:
-
- 1. command line option: `-m' or `--architecture'
-
- 2. deduced from the input file
-
-`objcopy', `nm', `size', `strings' Architecture
------------------------------------------------
-
-Ways to specify:
-
- 1. deduced from the input file
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: Reporting Bugs, Next: GNU Free Documentation License, Prev: Selecting the Target System, Up: Top
-
-19 Reporting Bugs
-*****************
-
-Your bug reports play an essential role in making the binary utilities
-reliable.
-
- Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem,
-or it may not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report
-is to help the entire community by making the next version of the binary
-utilities work better. Bug reports are your contribution to their
-maintenance.
-
- In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
-information that enables us to fix the bug.
-
-* Menu:
-
-* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
-* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: Bug Criteria, Next: Bug Reporting, Up: Reporting Bugs
-
-19.1 Have You Found a Bug?
-==========================
-
-If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some
-guidelines:
-
- * If a binary utility gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever,
- that is a bug. Reliable utilities never crash.
-
- * If a binary utility produces an error message for valid input,
- that is a bug.
-
- * If you are an experienced user of binary utilities, your
- suggestions for improvement are welcome in any case.
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: Bug Reporting, Prev: Bug Criteria, Up: Reporting Bugs
-
-19.2 How to Report Bugs
-=======================
-
-A number of companies and individuals offer support for GNU products.
-If you obtained the binary utilities from a support organization, we
-recommend you contact that organization first.
-
- You can find contact information for many support companies and
-individuals in the file `etc/SERVICE' in the GNU Emacs distribution.
-
- In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for the
-binary utilities to `http://www.sourceware.org/bugzilla/'.
-
- The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
-*report all the facts*. If you are not sure whether to state a fact or
-leave it out, state it!
-
- Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the
-problem and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might
-assume that the name of a file you use in an example does not matter.
-Well, probably it does not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is
-a stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the location where
-that pathname is stored in memory; perhaps, if the pathname were
-different, the contents of that location would fool the utility into
-doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and give a
-specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
-and the most helpful.
-
- Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix
-the bug if it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports
-on the assumption that the bug has not been reported previously.
-
- Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, "Does this ring a
-bell?" This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
-respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate. You
-might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
-
- To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
-
- * The version of the utility. Each utility announces it if you
- start it with the `--version' argument.
-
- Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in
- looking for the bug in the current version of the binary utilities.
-
- * Any patches you may have applied to the source, including any
- patches made to the `BFD' library.
-
- * The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name
- and version number.
-
- * What compiler (and its version) was used to compile the
- utilities--e.g. "`gcc-2.7'".
-
- * The command arguments you gave the utility to observe the bug. To
- guarantee you will not omit something important, list them all. A
- copy of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
-
- If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess
- wrong and then we might not encounter the bug.
-
- * A complete input file, or set of input files, that will reproduce
- the bug. If the utility is reading an object file or files, then
- it is generally most helpful to send the actual object files.
-
- If the source files were produced exclusively using GNU programs
- (e.g., `gcc', `gas', and/or the GNU `ld'), then it may be OK to
- send the source files rather than the object files. In this case,
- be sure to say exactly what version of `gcc', or whatever, was
- used to produce the object files. Also say how `gcc', or
- whatever, was configured.
-
- * A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
- incorrect. For example, "It gets a fatal signal."
-
- Of course, if the bug is that the utility gets a fatal signal,
- then we will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect
- output, we might not notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You
- might as well not give us a chance to make a mistake.
-
- Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should
- still say so explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on,
- such as your copy of the utility is out of sync, or you have
- encountered a bug in the C library on your system. (This has
- happened!) Your copy might crash and ours would not. If you told
- us to expect a crash, then when ours fails to crash, we would know
- that the bug was not happening for us. If you had not told us to
- expect a crash, then we would not be able to draw any conclusion
- from our observations.
-
- * If you wish to suggest changes to the source, send us context
- diffs, as generated by `diff' with the `-u', `-c', or `-p' option.
- Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you wish
- to discuss something in the `ld' source, refer to it by context,
- not by line number.
-
- The line numbers in our development sources will not match those
- in your sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful
- information to us.
-
- Here are some things that are not necessary:
-
- * A description of the envelope of the bug.
-
- Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
- which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
- changes will not affect it.
-
- This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way
- we will find the bug is by running a single example under the
- debugger with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of
- examples. We recommend that you save your time for something else.
-
- Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report _instead_
- of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
- output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
- less time, and so on.
-
- However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do
- this, report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you
- used.
-
- * A patch for the bug.
-
- A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not
- omit the necessary information, such as the test case, on the
- assumption that a patch is all we need. We might see problems
- with your patch and decide to fix the problem another way, or we
- might not understand it at all.
-
- Sometimes with programs as complicated as the binary utilities it
- is very hard to construct an example that will make the program
- follow a certain path through the code. If you do not send us the
- example, we will not be able to construct one, so we will not be
- able to verify that the bug is fixed.
-
- And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why
- your patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A
- test case will help us to understand.
-
- * A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
-
- Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about
- such things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: GNU Free Documentation License, Next: Binutils Index, Prev: Reporting Bugs, Up: Top
-
-Appendix A GNU Free Documentation License
-*****************************************
-
- Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
-
- Copyright (C) 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
- `http://fsf.org/'
-
- Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
- of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-
- 0. PREAMBLE
-
- The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
- functional and useful document "free" in the sense of freedom: to
- assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
- with or without modifying it, either commercially or
- noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the
- author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not
- being considered responsible for modifications made by others.
-
- This License is a kind of "copyleft", which means that derivative
- works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense.
- It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
- license designed for free software.
-
- We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for
- free software, because free software needs free documentation: a
- free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms
- that the software does. But this License is not limited to
- software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless
- of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book.
- We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is
- instruction or reference.
-
- 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
-
- This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium,
- that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it
- can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice
- grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration,
- to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The
- "Document", below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member
- of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as "you". You
- accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a
- way requiring permission under copyright law.
-
- A "Modified Version" of the Document means any work containing the
- Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
- modifications and/or translated into another language.
-
- A "Secondary Section" is a named appendix or a front-matter section
- of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
- publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
- subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could
- fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document
- is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not
- explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of
- historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or
- of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position
- regarding them.
-
- The "Invariant Sections" are certain Secondary Sections whose
- titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in
- the notice that says that the Document is released under this
- License. If a section does not fit the above definition of
- Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant.
- The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document
- does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none.
-
- The "Cover Texts" are certain short passages of text that are
- listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice
- that says that the Document is released under this License. A
- Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may
- be at most 25 words.
-
- A "Transparent" copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
- represented in a format whose specification is available to the
- general public, that is suitable for revising the document
- straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images
- composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some
- widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to
- text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of
- formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an
- otherwise Transparent file format whose markup, or absence of
- markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent
- modification by readers is not Transparent. An image format is
- not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A
- copy that is not "Transparent" is called "Opaque".
-
- Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
- ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTeX input format,
- SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and
- standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for
- human modification. Examples of transparent image formats include
- PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that
- can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or
- XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally
- available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF
- produced by some word processors for output purposes only.
-
- The "Title Page" means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
- plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the
- material this License requires to appear in the title page. For
- works in formats which do not have any title page as such, "Title
- Page" means the text near the most prominent appearance of the
- work's title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
-
- The "publisher" means any person or entity that distributes copies
- of the Document to the public.
-
- A section "Entitled XYZ" means a named subunit of the Document
- whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses
- following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ
- stands for a specific section name mentioned below, such as
- "Acknowledgements", "Dedications", "Endorsements", or "History".)
- To "Preserve the Title" of such a section when you modify the
- Document means that it remains a section "Entitled XYZ" according
- to this definition.
-
- The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice
- which states that this License applies to the Document. These
- Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in
- this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
- implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and
- has no effect on the meaning of this License.
-
- 2. VERBATIM COPYING
-
- You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
- commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
- copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License
- applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you
- add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You
- may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading
- or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However,
- you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you
- distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow
- the conditions in section 3.
-
- You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above,
- and you may publicly display copies.
-
- 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY
-
- If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly
- have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and
- the Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must
- enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all
- these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and
- Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly
- and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The
- front cover must present the full title with all words of the
- title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material
- on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the
- covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and
- satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in
- other respects.
-
- If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
- legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
- reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto
- adjacent pages.
-
- If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document
- numbering more than 100, you must either include a
- machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or
- state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from
- which the general network-using public has access to download
- using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent
- copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the
- latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you
- begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that
- this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
- location until at least one year after the last time you
- distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or
- retailers) of that edition to the public.
-
- It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of
- the Document well before redistributing any large number of
- copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated
- version of the Document.
-
- 4. MODIFICATIONS
-
- You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document
- under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you
- release the Modified Version under precisely this License, with
- the Modified Version filling the role of the Document, thus
- licensing distribution and modification of the Modified Version to
- whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these
- things in the Modified Version:
-
- A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title
- distinct from that of the Document, and from those of
- previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed
- in the History section of the Document). You may use the
- same title as a previous version if the original publisher of
- that version gives permission.
-
- B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or
- entities responsible for authorship of the modifications in
- the Modified Version, together with at least five of the
- principal authors of the Document (all of its principal
- authors, if it has fewer than five), unless they release you
- from this requirement.
-
- C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
- Modified Version, as the publisher.
-
- D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
-
- E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
- adjacent to the other copyright notices.
-
- F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license
- notice giving the public permission to use the Modified
- Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in
- the Addendum below.
-
- G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant
- Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Document's
- license notice.
-
- H. Include an unaltered copy of this License.
-
- I. Preserve the section Entitled "History", Preserve its Title,
- and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new
- authors, and publisher of the Modified Version as given on
- the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled "History" in
- the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors,
- and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page,
- then add an item describing the Modified Version as stated in
- the previous sentence.
-
- J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document
- for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and
- likewise the network locations given in the Document for
- previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in
- the "History" section. You may omit a network location for a
- work that was published at least four years before the
- Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version
- it refers to gives permission.
-
- K. For any section Entitled "Acknowledgements" or "Dedications",
- Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the
- section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor
- acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein.
-
- L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
- unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
- or the equivalent are not considered part of the section
- titles.
-
- M. Delete any section Entitled "Endorsements". Such a section
- may not be included in the Modified Version.
-
- N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled
- "Endorsements" or to conflict in title with any Invariant
- Section.
-
- O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
-
- If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
- appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no
- material copied from the Document, you may at your option
- designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this,
- add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modified
- Version's license notice. These titles must be distinct from any
- other section titles.
-
- You may add a section Entitled "Endorsements", provided it contains
- nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
- parties--for example, statements of peer review or that the text
- has been approved by an organization as the authoritative
- definition of a standard.
-
- You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text,
- and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end
- of the list of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one
- passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be
- added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the
- Document already includes a cover text for the same cover,
- previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity
- you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may
- replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous
- publisher that added the old one.
-
- The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this
- License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to
- assert or imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
-
- 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS
-
- You may combine the Document with other documents released under
- this License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for
- modified versions, provided that you include in the combination
- all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents,
- unmodified, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your
- combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all
- their Warranty Disclaimers.
-
- The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
- multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
- copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name
- but different contents, make the title of each such section unique
- by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the
- original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a
- unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in
- the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the
- combined work.
-
- In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled
- "History" in the various original documents, forming one section
- Entitled "History"; likewise combine any sections Entitled
- "Acknowledgements", and any sections Entitled "Dedications". You
- must delete all sections Entitled "Endorsements."
-
- 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
-
- You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other
- documents released under this License, and replace the individual
- copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy
- that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the
- rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the
- documents in all other respects.
-
- You may extract a single document from such a collection, and
- distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert
- a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow
- this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of
- that document.
-
- 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
-
- A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other
- separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of
- a storage or distribution medium, is called an "aggregate" if the
- copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the
- legal rights of the compilation's users beyond what the individual
- works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this
- License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which
- are not themselves derivative works of the Document.
-
- If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
- copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half
- of the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed
- on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
- electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic
- form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket
- the whole aggregate.
-
- 8. TRANSLATION
-
- Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
- distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section
- 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
- permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
- translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
- original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
- translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
- Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also
- include the original English version of this License and the
- original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a
- disagreement between the translation and the original version of
- this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will
- prevail.
-
- If a section in the Document is Entitled "Acknowledgements",
- "Dedications", or "History", the requirement (section 4) to
- Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the
- actual title.
-
- 9. TERMINATION
-
- You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
- except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
- otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void,
- and will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-
- However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
- license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
- provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly
- and finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the
- copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some
- reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation.
-
- Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
- reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
- violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
- received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from
- that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days
- after your receipt of the notice.
-
- Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate
- the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from
- you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and
- not permanently reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of
- the same material does not give you any rights to use it.
-
- 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
-
- The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of
- the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
- versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
- differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
- `http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/'.
-
- Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version
- number. If the Document specifies that a particular numbered
- version of this License "or any later version" applies to it, you
- have the option of following the terms and conditions either of
- that specified version or of any later version that has been
- published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If
- the Document does not specify a version number of this License,
- you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the
- Free Software Foundation. If the Document specifies that a proxy
- can decide which future versions of this License can be used, that
- proxy's public statement of acceptance of a version permanently
- authorizes you to choose that version for the Document.
-
- 11. RELICENSING
-
- "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site" (or "MMC Site") means any
- World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
- provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
- public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.
- A "Massive Multiauthor Collaboration" (or "MMC") contained in the
- site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
- site.
-
- "CC-BY-SA" means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
- license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
- corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
- California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
- published by that same organization.
-
- "Incorporate" means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
- in part, as part of another Document.
-
- An MMC is "eligible for relicensing" if it is licensed under this
- License, and if all works that were first published under this
- License somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently
- incorporated in whole or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover
- texts or invariant sections, and (2) were thus incorporated prior
- to November 1, 2008.
-
- The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the
- site under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1,
- 2009, provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
-
-
-ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
-====================================================
-
-To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
-the License in the document and put the following copyright and license
-notices just after the title page:
-
- Copyright (C) YEAR YOUR NAME.
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
- under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
- or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
- with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
- Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
- Free Documentation License''.
-
- If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover
-Texts, replace the "with...Texts." line with this:
-
- with the Invariant Sections being LIST THEIR TITLES, with
- the Front-Cover Texts being LIST, and with the Back-Cover Texts
- being LIST.
-
- If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
-combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
-situation.
-
- If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
-recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
-free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to
-permit their use in free software.
-
-
-File: binutils.info, Node: Binutils Index, Prev: GNU Free Documentation License, Up: Top
-
-Binutils Index
-**************
-
-
-* Menu:
-
-* --enable-deterministic-archives <1>: objcopy. (line 302)
-* --enable-deterministic-archives <2>: ranlib. (line 44)
-* --enable-deterministic-archives <3>: ar cmdline. (line 151)
-* --enable-deterministic-archives <4>: strip. (line 115)
-* --enable-deterministic-archives <5>: ar cmdline. (line 224)
-* --enable-deterministic-archives: objcopy. (line 292)
-* .stab: objdump. (line 413)
-* Add prefix to absolute paths: objdump. (line 356)
-* addr2line: addr2line. (line 6)
-* address to file name and line number: addr2line. (line 6)
-* all header information, object file: objdump. (line 531)
-* ar: ar. (line 6)
-* ar compatibility: ar. (line 60)
-* architecture: objdump. (line 197)
-* architectures available: objdump. (line 182)
-* archive contents: ranlib. (line 6)
-* Archive file symbol index information: readelf. (line 155)
-* archive headers: objdump. (line 67)
-* archives: ar. (line 6)
-* base files: dlltool. (line 124)
-* bug criteria: Bug Criteria. (line 6)
-* bug reports: Bug Reporting. (line 6)
-* bugs: Reporting Bugs. (line 6)
-* bugs, reporting: Bug Reporting. (line 6)
-* c++filt: c++filt. (line 6)
-* changing object addresses: objcopy. (line 337)
-* changing section address: objcopy. (line 347)
-* changing section LMA: objcopy. (line 356)
-* changing section VMA: objcopy. (line 369)
-* changing start address: objcopy. (line 332)
-* collections of files: ar. (line 6)
-* compatibility, ar: ar. (line 60)
-* contents of archive: ar cmdline. (line 97)
-* crash: Bug Criteria. (line 9)
-* creating archives: ar cmdline. (line 145)
-* creating thin archive: ar cmdline. (line 210)
-* cxxfilt: c++filt. (line 14)
-* dates in archive: ar cmdline. (line 184)
-* debug symbols: objdump. (line 413)
-* debugging symbols: nm. (line 147)
-* deleting from archive: ar cmdline. (line 26)
-* demangling C++ symbols: c++filt. (line 6)
-* demangling in nm: nm. (line 155)
-* demangling in objdump <1>: objdump. (line 95)
-* demangling in objdump: addr2line. (line 78)
-* deterministic archives <1>: ranlib. (line 32)
-* deterministic archives <2>: objcopy. (line 292)
-* deterministic archives <3>: ar cmdline. (line 224)
-* deterministic archives <4>: strip. (line 105)
-* deterministic archives <5>: ar cmdline. (line 151)
-* deterministic archives <6>: ranlib. (line 44)
-* deterministic archives: objcopy. (line 302)
-* disassembling object code: objdump. (line 117)
-* disassembly architecture: objdump. (line 197)
-* disassembly endianness: objdump. (line 137)
-* disassembly, with source: objdump. (line 352)
-* discarding symbols: strip. (line 6)
-* DLL: dlltool. (line 6)
-* dlltool: dlltool. (line 6)
-* DWARF: objdump. (line 378)
-* dynamic relocation entries, in object file: objdump. (line 340)
-* dynamic symbol table entries, printing: objdump. (line 515)
-* dynamic symbols: nm. (line 167)
-* ELF dynamic section information: readelf. (line 113)
-* ELF dynamic symbol table information: readelf. (line 88)
-* ELF file header information: readelf. (line 57)
-* ELF file information: readelf. (line 6)
-* ELF notes: readelf. (line 97)
-* ELF object file format: objdump. (line 413)
-* ELF program header information: readelf. (line 63)
-* ELF reloc information: readelf. (line 101)
-* ELF section group information: readelf. (line 74)
-* ELF section information: readelf. (line 79)
-* ELF segment information: readelf. (line 63)
-* ELF symbol table information: readelf. (line 84)
-* ELF version sections information: readelf. (line 117)
-* elfedit: elfedit. (line 6)
-* endianness: objdump. (line 137)
-* error on valid input: Bug Criteria. (line 12)
-* external symbols: nm. (line 179)
-* extract from archive: ar cmdline. (line 112)
-* fatal signal: Bug Criteria. (line 9)
-* file name: nm. (line 141)
-* header information, all: objdump. (line 531)
-* input .def file: dlltool. (line 120)
-* input file name: nm. (line 141)
-* Instruction width: objdump. (line 373)
-* libraries: ar. (line 25)
-* listings strings: strings. (line 6)
-* load plugin: nm. (line 252)
-* machine instructions: objdump. (line 117)
-* moving in archive: ar cmdline. (line 34)
-* MRI compatibility, ar: ar scripts. (line 8)
-* name duplication in archive: ar cmdline. (line 106)
-* name length: ar. (line 18)
-* nm: nm. (line 6)
-* nm compatibility: nm. (line 173)
-* nm format: nm. (line 173)
-* not writing archive index: ar cmdline. (line 203)
-* objdump: objdump. (line 6)
-* object code format <1>: strings. (line 67)
-* object code format <2>: nm. (line 278)
-* object code format <3>: addr2line. (line 73)
-* object code format <4>: objdump. (line 81)
-* object code format: size. (line 84)
-* object file header: objdump. (line 143)
-* object file information: objdump. (line 6)
-* object file offsets: objdump. (line 148)
-* object file sections: objdump. (line 347)
-* object formats available: objdump. (line 182)
-* operations on archive: ar cmdline. (line 22)
-* printing from archive: ar cmdline. (line 46)
-* printing strings: strings. (line 6)
-* quick append to archive: ar cmdline. (line 54)
-* radix for section sizes: size. (line 66)
-* ranlib <1>: ranlib. (line 6)
-* ranlib: ar cmdline. (line 91)
-* readelf: readelf. (line 6)
-* relative placement in archive: ar cmdline. (line 133)
-* relocation entries, in object file: objdump. (line 334)
-* removing symbols: strip. (line 6)
-* repeated names in archive: ar cmdline. (line 106)
-* replacement in archive: ar cmdline. (line 73)
-* reporting bugs: Reporting Bugs. (line 6)
-* scripts, ar: ar scripts. (line 8)
-* section addresses in objdump: objdump. (line 73)
-* section headers: objdump. (line 164)
-* section information: objdump. (line 187)
-* section sizes: size. (line 6)
-* sections, full contents: objdump. (line 347)
-* size: size. (line 6)
-* size display format: size. (line 27)
-* size number format: size. (line 66)
-* sorting symbols: nm. (line 202)
-* source code context: objdump. (line 157)
-* source disassembly: objdump. (line 352)
-* source file name: nm. (line 141)
-* source filenames for object files: objdump. (line 191)
-* stab: objdump. (line 413)
-* start-address: objdump. (line 422)
-* stop-address: objdump. (line 426)
-* strings: strings. (line 6)
-* strings, printing: strings. (line 6)
-* strip: strip. (line 6)
-* Strip absolute paths: objdump. (line 359)
-* symbol index <1>: ar. (line 28)
-* symbol index: ranlib. (line 6)
-* symbol index, listing: nm. (line 224)
-* symbol line numbers: nm. (line 187)
-* symbol table entries, printing: objdump. (line 431)
-* symbols: nm. (line 6)
-* symbols, discarding: strip. (line 6)
-* thin archives: ar. (line 40)
-* undefined symbols: nm. (line 235)
-* Unix compatibility, ar: ar cmdline. (line 8)
-* unwind information: readelf. (line 106)
-* Update ELF header: elfedit. (line 6)
-* updating an archive: ar cmdline. (line 215)
-* version: Top. (line 6)
-* VMA in objdump: objdump. (line 73)
-* wide output, printing: objdump. (line 537)
-* writing archive index: ar cmdline. (line 197)
-
-
-
-Tag Table:
-Node: Top1896
-Node: ar3609
-Node: ar cmdline6747
-Node: ar scripts17089
-Node: nm22777
-Node: objcopy32671
-Node: objdump64440
-Node: ranlib86571
-Node: size88176
-Node: strings91180
-Node: strip93638
-Node: c++filt100870
-Ref: c++filt-Footnote-1105711
-Node: addr2line105817
-Node: nlmconv110154
-Node: windmc112759
-Node: windres116408
-Node: dlltool122769
-Node: def file format135649
-Node: readelf138188
-Node: elfedit145743
-Node: Common Options147997
-Node: Selecting the Target System149037
-Node: Target Selection149969
-Node: Architecture Selection151951
-Node: Reporting Bugs152779
-Node: Bug Criteria153558
-Node: Bug Reporting154111
-Node: GNU Free Documentation License160981
-Node: Binutils Index186160
-
-End Tag Table
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/binutils.texi b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/binutils.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index f69b9fd5..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/binutils.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,4894 +0,0 @@
-\input texinfo @c -*- Texinfo -*-
-@setfilename binutils.info
-@settitle @sc{gnu} Binary Utilities
-@finalout
-@synindex ky cp
-
-@c man begin INCLUDE
-@include bfdver.texi
-@c man end
-
-@copying
-@c man begin COPYRIGHT
-Copyright @copyright{} 1991-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
-
-@c man end
-@end copying
-
-@dircategory Software development
-@direntry
-* Binutils: (binutils). The GNU binary utilities.
-@end direntry
-
-@dircategory Individual utilities
-@direntry
-* addr2line: (binutils)addr2line. Convert addresses to file and line.
-* ar: (binutils)ar. Create, modify, and extract from archives.
-* c++filt: (binutils)c++filt. Filter to demangle encoded C++ symbols.
-* cxxfilt: (binutils)c++filt. MS-DOS name for c++filt.
-* dlltool: (binutils)dlltool. Create files needed to build and use DLLs.
-* nlmconv: (binutils)nlmconv. Converts object code into an NLM.
-* nm: (binutils)nm. List symbols from object files.
-* objcopy: (binutils)objcopy. Copy and translate object files.
-* objdump: (binutils)objdump. Display information from object files.
-* ranlib: (binutils)ranlib. Generate index to archive contents.
-* readelf: (binutils)readelf. Display the contents of ELF format files.
-* size: (binutils)size. List section sizes and total size.
-* strings: (binutils)strings. List printable strings from files.
-* strip: (binutils)strip. Discard symbols.
-* elfedit: (binutils)elfedit. Update the ELF header of ELF files.
-* windmc: (binutils)windmc. Generator for Windows message resources.
-* windres: (binutils)windres. Manipulate Windows resources.
-@end direntry
-
-@titlepage
-@title The @sc{gnu} Binary Utilities
-@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
-@subtitle @value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
-@end ifset
-@subtitle Version @value{VERSION}
-@sp 1
-@subtitle @value{UPDATED}
-@author Roland H. Pesch
-@author Jeffrey M. Osier
-@author Cygnus Support
-@page
-
-@tex
-{\parskip=0pt \hfill Cygnus Support\par \hfill
-Texinfo \texinfoversion\par }
-@end tex
-
-@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-@insertcopying
-@end titlepage
-@contents
-
-@node Top
-@top Introduction
-
-@cindex version
-This brief manual contains documentation for the @sc{gnu} binary
-utilities
-@ifset VERSION_PACKAGE
-@value{VERSION_PACKAGE}
-@end ifset
-version @value{VERSION}:
-
-@iftex
-@table @code
-@item ar
-Create, modify, and extract from archives
-
-@item nm
-List symbols from object files
-
-@item objcopy
-Copy and translate object files
-
-@item objdump
-Display information from object files
-
-@item ranlib
-Generate index to archive contents
-
-@item readelf
-Display the contents of ELF format files.
-
-@item size
-List file section sizes and total size
-
-@item strings
-List printable strings from files
-
-@item strip
-Discard symbols
-
-@item elfedit
-Update the ELF header of ELF files.
-
-@item c++filt
-Demangle encoded C++ symbols (on MS-DOS, this program is named
-@code{cxxfilt})
-
-@item addr2line
-Convert addresses into file names and line numbers
-
-@item nlmconv
-Convert object code into a Netware Loadable Module
-
-@item windres
-Manipulate Windows resources
-
-@item windmc
-Generator for Windows message resources
-
-@item dlltool
-Create the files needed to build and use Dynamic Link Libraries
-@end table
-@end iftex
-
-This document is distributed under the terms of the GNU Free
-Documentation License version 1.3. A copy of the license is included
-in the section entitled ``GNU Free Documentation License''.
-
-@menu
-* ar:: Create, modify, and extract from archives
-* nm:: List symbols from object files
-* objcopy:: Copy and translate object files
-* objdump:: Display information from object files
-* ranlib:: Generate index to archive contents
-* size:: List section sizes and total size
-* strings:: List printable strings from files
-* strip:: Discard symbols
-* c++filt:: Filter to demangle encoded C++ symbols
-* cxxfilt: c++filt. MS-DOS name for c++filt
-* addr2line:: Convert addresses to file and line
-* nlmconv:: Converts object code into an NLM
-* windmc:: Generator for Windows message resources
-* windres:: Manipulate Windows resources
-* dlltool:: Create files needed to build and use DLLs
-* readelf:: Display the contents of ELF format files
-* elfedit:: Update the ELF header of ELF files
-* Common Options:: Command-line options for all utilities
-* Selecting the Target System:: How these utilities determine the target
-* Reporting Bugs:: Reporting Bugs
-* GNU Free Documentation License:: GNU Free Documentation License
-* Binutils Index:: Binutils Index
-@end menu
-
-@node ar
-@chapter ar
-
-@kindex ar
-@cindex archives
-@cindex collections of files
-
-@c man title ar create, modify, and extract from archives
-
-@smallexample
-ar [@option{--plugin} @var{name}] [-]@var{p}[@var{mod} [@var{relpos}] [@var{count}]] [@option{--target} @var{bfdname}] @var{archive} [@var{member}@dots{}]
-ar -M [ <mri-script ]
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION ar
-
-The @sc{gnu} @command{ar} program creates, modifies, and extracts from
-archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file holding a collection of
-other files in a structure that makes it possible to retrieve
-the original individual files (called @dfn{members} of the archive).
-
-The original files' contents, mode (permissions), timestamp, owner, and
-group are preserved in the archive, and can be restored on
-extraction.
-
-@cindex name length
-@sc{gnu} @command{ar} can maintain archives whose members have names of any
-length; however, depending on how @command{ar} is configured on your
-system, a limit on member-name length may be imposed for compatibility
-with archive formats maintained with other tools. If it exists, the
-limit is often 15 characters (typical of formats related to a.out) or 16
-characters (typical of formats related to coff).
-
-@cindex libraries
-@command{ar} is considered a binary utility because archives of this sort
-are most often used as @dfn{libraries} holding commonly needed
-subroutines.
-
-@cindex symbol index
-@command{ar} creates an index to the symbols defined in relocatable
-object modules in the archive when you specify the modifier @samp{s}.
-Once created, this index is updated in the archive whenever @command{ar}
-makes a change to its contents (save for the @samp{q} update operation).
-An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library, and
-allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to
-their placement in the archive.
-
-You may use @samp{nm -s} or @samp{nm --print-armap} to list this index
-table. If an archive lacks the table, another form of @command{ar} called
-@command{ranlib} can be used to add just the table.
-
-@cindex thin archives
-@sc{gnu} @command{ar} can optionally create a @emph{thin} archive,
-which contains a symbol index and references to the original copies
-of the member files of the archive. This is useful for building
-libraries for use within a local build tree, where the relocatable
-objects are expected to remain available, and copying the contents of
-each object would only waste time and space.
-
-An archive can either be @emph{thin} or it can be normal. It cannot
-be both at the same time. Once an archive is created its format
-cannot be changed without first deleting it and then creating a new
-archive in its place.
-
-Thin archives are also @emph{flattened}, so that adding one thin
-archive to another thin archive does not nest it, as would happen with
-a normal archive. Instead the elements of the first archive are added
-individually to the second archive.
-
-The paths to the elements of the archive are stored relative to the
-archive itself.
-
-@cindex compatibility, @command{ar}
-@cindex @command{ar} compatibility
-@sc{gnu} @command{ar} is designed to be compatible with two different
-facilities. You can control its activity using command-line options,
-like the different varieties of @command{ar} on Unix systems; or, if you
-specify the single command-line option @option{-M}, you can control it
-with a script supplied via standard input, like the MRI ``librarian''
-program.
-
-@c man end
-
-@menu
-* ar cmdline:: Controlling @command{ar} on the command line
-* ar scripts:: Controlling @command{ar} with a script
-@end menu
-
-@page
-@node ar cmdline
-@section Controlling @command{ar} on the Command Line
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS ar
-ar [@option{--plugin} @var{name}] [@option{-X32_64}] [@option{-}]@var{p}[@var{mod} [@var{relpos}] [@var{count}]] [@option{--target} @var{bfdname}] @var{archive} [@var{member}@dots{}]
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex Unix compatibility, @command{ar}
-When you use @command{ar} in the Unix style, @command{ar} insists on at least two
-arguments to execute: one keyletter specifying the @emph{operation}
-(optionally accompanied by other keyletters specifying
-@emph{modifiers}), and the archive name to act on.
-
-Most operations can also accept further @var{member} arguments,
-specifying particular files to operate on.
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS ar
-
-@sc{gnu} @command{ar} allows you to mix the operation code @var{p} and modifier
-flags @var{mod} in any order, within the first command-line argument.
-
-If you wish, you may begin the first command-line argument with a
-dash.
-
-@cindex operations on archive
-The @var{p} keyletter specifies what operation to execute; it may be
-any of the following, but you must specify only one of them:
-
-@table @samp
-@item d
-@cindex deleting from archive
-@emph{Delete} modules from the archive. Specify the names of modules to
-be deleted as @var{member}@dots{}; the archive is untouched if you
-specify no files to delete.
-
-If you specify the @samp{v} modifier, @command{ar} lists each module
-as it is deleted.
-
-@item m
-@cindex moving in archive
-Use this operation to @emph{move} members in an archive.
-
-The ordering of members in an archive can make a difference in how
-programs are linked using the library, if a symbol is defined in more
-than one member.
-
-If no modifiers are used with @code{m}, any members you name in the
-@var{member} arguments are moved to the @emph{end} of the archive;
-you can use the @samp{a}, @samp{b}, or @samp{i} modifiers to move them to a
-specified place instead.
-
-@item p
-@cindex printing from archive
-@emph{Print} the specified members of the archive, to the standard
-output file. If the @samp{v} modifier is specified, show the member
-name before copying its contents to standard output.
-
-If you specify no @var{member} arguments, all the files in the archive are
-printed.
-
-@item q
-@cindex quick append to archive
-@emph{Quick append}; Historically, add the files @var{member}@dots{} to the end of
-@var{archive}, without checking for replacement.
-
-The modifiers @samp{a}, @samp{b}, and @samp{i} do @emph{not} affect this
-operation; new members are always placed at the end of the archive.
-
-The modifier @samp{v} makes @command{ar} list each file as it is appended.
-
-Since the point of this operation is speed, implementations of
-@command{ar} have the option of not updating the archive's symbol
-table if one exists. Too many different systems however assume that
-symbol tables are always up-to-date, so @sc{gnu} @command{ar} will
-rebuild the table even with a quick append.
-
-Note - @sc{gnu} @command{ar} treats the command @samp{qs} as a
-synonym for @samp{r} - replacing already existing files in the
-archive and appending new ones at the end.
-
-@item r
-@cindex replacement in archive
-Insert the files @var{member}@dots{} into @var{archive} (with
-@emph{replacement}). This operation differs from @samp{q} in that any
-previously existing members are deleted if their names match those being
-added.
-
-If one of the files named in @var{member}@dots{} does not exist, @command{ar}
-displays an error message, and leaves undisturbed any existing members
-of the archive matching that name.
-
-By default, new members are added at the end of the file; but you may
-use one of the modifiers @samp{a}, @samp{b}, or @samp{i} to request
-placement relative to some existing member.
-
-The modifier @samp{v} used with this operation elicits a line of
-output for each file inserted, along with one of the letters @samp{a} or
-@samp{r} to indicate whether the file was appended (no old member
-deleted) or replaced.
-
-@item s
-@cindex ranlib
-Add an index to the archive, or update it if it already exists. Note
-this command is an exception to the rule that there can only be one
-command letter, as it is possible to use it as either a command or a
-modifier. In either case it does the same thing.
-
-@item t
-@cindex contents of archive
-Display a @emph{table} listing the contents of @var{archive}, or those
-of the files listed in @var{member}@dots{} that are present in the
-archive. Normally only the member name is shown; if you also want to
-see the modes (permissions), timestamp, owner, group, and size, you can
-request that by also specifying the @samp{v} modifier.
-
-If you do not specify a @var{member}, all files in the archive
-are listed.
-
-@cindex repeated names in archive
-@cindex name duplication in archive
-If there is more than one file with the same name (say, @samp{fie}) in
-an archive (say @samp{b.a}), @samp{ar t b.a fie} lists only the
-first instance; to see them all, you must ask for a complete
-listing---in our example, @samp{ar t b.a}.
-@c WRS only; per Gumby, this is implementation-dependent, and in a more
-@c recent case in fact works the other way.
-
-@item x
-@cindex extract from archive
-@emph{Extract} members (named @var{member}) from the archive. You can
-use the @samp{v} modifier with this operation, to request that
-@command{ar} list each name as it extracts it.
-
-If you do not specify a @var{member}, all files in the archive
-are extracted.
-
-Files cannot be extracted from a thin archive.
-
-@item --help
-Displays the list of command line options supported by @command{ar}
-and then exits.
-
-@item --version
-Displays the version information of @command{ar} and then exits.
-
-@end table
-
-A number of modifiers (@var{mod}) may immediately follow the @var{p}
-keyletter, to specify variations on an operation's behavior:
-
-@table @samp
-@item a
-@cindex relative placement in archive
-Add new files @emph{after} an existing member of the
-archive. If you use the modifier @samp{a}, the name of an existing archive
-member must be present as the @var{relpos} argument, before the
-@var{archive} specification.
-
-@item b
-Add new files @emph{before} an existing member of the
-archive. If you use the modifier @samp{b}, the name of an existing archive
-member must be present as the @var{relpos} argument, before the
-@var{archive} specification. (same as @samp{i}).
-
-@item c
-@cindex creating archives
-@emph{Create} the archive. The specified @var{archive} is always
-created if it did not exist, when you request an update. But a warning is
-issued unless you specify in advance that you expect to create it, by
-using this modifier.
-
-@item D
-@cindex deterministic archives
-@kindex --enable-deterministic-archives
-Operate in @emph{deterministic} mode. When adding files and the archive
-index use zero for UIDs, GIDs, timestamps, and use consistent file modes
-for all files. When this option is used, if @command{ar} is used with
-identical options and identical input files, multiple runs will create
-identical output files regardless of the input files' owners, groups,
-file modes, or modification times.
-
-If @file{binutils} was configured with
-@option{--enable-deterministic-archives}, then this mode is on by default.
-It can be disabled with the @samp{U} modifier, below.
-
-@item f
-Truncate names in the archive. @sc{gnu} @command{ar} will normally permit file
-names of any length. This will cause it to create archives which are
-not compatible with the native @command{ar} program on some systems. If
-this is a concern, the @samp{f} modifier may be used to truncate file
-names when putting them in the archive.
-
-@item i
-Insert new files @emph{before} an existing member of the
-archive. If you use the modifier @samp{i}, the name of an existing archive
-member must be present as the @var{relpos} argument, before the
-@var{archive} specification. (same as @samp{b}).
-
-@item l
-This modifier is accepted but not used.
-@c whaffor ar l modifier??? presumably compat; with
-@c what???---doc@@cygnus.com, 25jan91
-
-@item N
-Uses the @var{count} parameter. This is used if there are multiple
-entries in the archive with the same name. Extract or delete instance
-@var{count} of the given name from the archive.
-
-@item o
-@cindex dates in archive
-Preserve the @emph{original} dates of members when extracting them. If
-you do not specify this modifier, files extracted from the archive
-are stamped with the time of extraction.
-
-@item P
-Use the full path name when matching names in the archive. @sc{gnu}
-@command{ar} can not create an archive with a full path name (such archives
-are not POSIX complaint), but other archive creators can. This option
-will cause @sc{gnu} @command{ar} to match file names using a complete path
-name, which can be convenient when extracting a single file from an
-archive created by another tool.
-
-@item s
-@cindex writing archive index
-Write an object-file index into the archive, or update an existing one,
-even if no other change is made to the archive. You may use this modifier
-flag either with any operation, or alone. Running @samp{ar s} on an
-archive is equivalent to running @samp{ranlib} on it.
-
-@item S
-@cindex not writing archive index
-Do not generate an archive symbol table. This can speed up building a
-large library in several steps. The resulting archive can not be used
-with the linker. In order to build a symbol table, you must omit the
-@samp{S} modifier on the last execution of @samp{ar}, or you must run
-@samp{ranlib} on the archive.
-
-@item T
-@cindex creating thin archive
-Make the specified @var{archive} a @emph{thin} archive. If it already
-exists and is a regular archive, the existing members must be present
-in the same directory as @var{archive}.
-
-@item u
-@cindex updating an archive
-Normally, @samp{ar r}@dots{} inserts all files
-listed into the archive. If you would like to insert @emph{only} those
-of the files you list that are newer than existing members of the same
-names, use this modifier. The @samp{u} modifier is allowed only for the
-operation @samp{r} (replace). In particular, the combination @samp{qu} is
-not allowed, since checking the timestamps would lose any speed
-advantage from the operation @samp{q}.
-
-@item U
-@cindex deterministic archives
-@kindex --enable-deterministic-archives
-Do @emph{not} operate in @emph{deterministic} mode. This is the inverse
-of the @samp{D} modifier, above: added files and the archive index will
-get their actual UID, GID, timestamp, and file mode values.
-
-This is the default unless @file{binutils} was configured with
-@option{--enable-deterministic-archives}.
-
-@item v
-This modifier requests the @emph{verbose} version of an operation. Many
-operations display additional information, such as filenames processed,
-when the modifier @samp{v} is appended.
-
-@item V
-This modifier shows the version number of @command{ar}.
-@end table
-
-@command{ar} ignores an initial option spelt @samp{-X32_64}, for
-compatibility with AIX. The behaviour produced by this option is the
-default for @sc{gnu} @command{ar}. @command{ar} does not support any of the other
-@samp{-X} options; in particular, it does not support @option{-X32}
-which is the default for AIX @command{ar}.
-
-The optional command line switch @option{--plugin} @var{name} causes
-@command{ar} to load the plugin called @var{name} which adds support
-for more file formats. This option is only available if the toolchain
-has been built with plugin support enabled.
-
-The optional command line switch @option{--target} @var{bfdname}
-specifies that the archive members are in an object code format
-different from your system's default format. See
-@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO ar
-nm(1), ranlib(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node ar scripts
-@section Controlling @command{ar} with a Script
-
-@smallexample
-ar -M [ <@var{script} ]
-@end smallexample
-
-@cindex MRI compatibility, @command{ar}
-@cindex scripts, @command{ar}
-If you use the single command-line option @samp{-M} with @command{ar}, you
-can control its operation with a rudimentary command language. This
-form of @command{ar} operates interactively if standard input is coming
-directly from a terminal. During interactive use, @command{ar} prompts for
-input (the prompt is @samp{AR >}), and continues executing even after
-errors. If you redirect standard input to a script file, no prompts are
-issued, and @command{ar} abandons execution (with a nonzero exit code)
-on any error.
-
-The @command{ar} command language is @emph{not} designed to be equivalent
-to the command-line options; in fact, it provides somewhat less control
-over archives. The only purpose of the command language is to ease the
-transition to @sc{gnu} @command{ar} for developers who already have scripts
-written for the MRI ``librarian'' program.
-
-The syntax for the @command{ar} command language is straightforward:
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-commands are recognized in upper or lower case; for example, @code{LIST}
-is the same as @code{list}. In the following descriptions, commands are
-shown in upper case for clarity.
-
-@item
-a single command may appear on each line; it is the first word on the
-line.
-
-@item
-empty lines are allowed, and have no effect.
-
-@item
-comments are allowed; text after either of the characters @samp{*}
-or @samp{;} is ignored.
-
-@item
-Whenever you use a list of names as part of the argument to an @command{ar}
-command, you can separate the individual names with either commas or
-blanks. Commas are shown in the explanations below, for clarity.
-
-@item
-@samp{+} is used as a line continuation character; if @samp{+} appears
-at the end of a line, the text on the following line is considered part
-of the current command.
-@end itemize
-
-Here are the commands you can use in @command{ar} scripts, or when using
-@command{ar} interactively. Three of them have special significance:
-
-@code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE} specify a @dfn{current archive}, which is
-a temporary file required for most of the other commands.
-
-@code{SAVE} commits the changes so far specified by the script. Prior
-to @code{SAVE}, commands affect only the temporary copy of the current
-archive.
-
-@table @code
-@item ADDLIB @var{archive}
-@itemx ADDLIB @var{archive} (@var{module}, @var{module}, @dots{} @var{module})
-Add all the contents of @var{archive} (or, if specified, each named
-@var{module} from @var{archive}) to the current archive.
-
-Requires prior use of @code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE}.
-
-@item ADDMOD @var{member}, @var{member}, @dots{} @var{member}
-@c FIXME! w/Replacement?? If so, like "ar r @var{archive} @var{names}"
-@c else like "ar q..."
-Add each named @var{member} as a module in the current archive.
-
-Requires prior use of @code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE}.
-
-@item CLEAR
-Discard the contents of the current archive, canceling the effect of
-any operations since the last @code{SAVE}. May be executed (with no
-effect) even if no current archive is specified.
-
-@item CREATE @var{archive}
-Creates an archive, and makes it the current archive (required for many
-other commands). The new archive is created with a temporary name; it
-is not actually saved as @var{archive} until you use @code{SAVE}.
-You can overwrite existing archives; similarly, the contents of any
-existing file named @var{archive} will not be destroyed until @code{SAVE}.
-
-@item DELETE @var{module}, @var{module}, @dots{} @var{module}
-Delete each listed @var{module} from the current archive; equivalent to
-@samp{ar -d @var{archive} @var{module} @dots{} @var{module}}.
-
-Requires prior use of @code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE}.
-
-@item DIRECTORY @var{archive} (@var{module}, @dots{} @var{module})
-@itemx DIRECTORY @var{archive} (@var{module}, @dots{} @var{module}) @var{outputfile}
-List each named @var{module} present in @var{archive}. The separate
-command @code{VERBOSE} specifies the form of the output: when verbose
-output is off, output is like that of @samp{ar -t @var{archive}
-@var{module}@dots{}}. When verbose output is on, the listing is like
-@samp{ar -tv @var{archive} @var{module}@dots{}}.
-
-Output normally goes to the standard output stream; however, if you
-specify @var{outputfile} as a final argument, @command{ar} directs the
-output to that file.
-
-@item END
-Exit from @command{ar}, with a @code{0} exit code to indicate successful
-completion. This command does not save the output file; if you have
-changed the current archive since the last @code{SAVE} command, those
-changes are lost.
-
-@item EXTRACT @var{module}, @var{module}, @dots{} @var{module}
-Extract each named @var{module} from the current archive, writing them
-into the current directory as separate files. Equivalent to @samp{ar -x
-@var{archive} @var{module}@dots{}}.
-
-Requires prior use of @code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE}.
-
-@ignore
-@c FIXME Tokens but no commands???
-@item FULLDIR
-
-@item HELP
-@end ignore
-
-@item LIST
-Display full contents of the current archive, in ``verbose'' style
-regardless of the state of @code{VERBOSE}. The effect is like @samp{ar
-tv @var{archive}}. (This single command is a @sc{gnu} @command{ar}
-enhancement, rather than present for MRI compatibility.)
-
-Requires prior use of @code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE}.
-
-@item OPEN @var{archive}
-Opens an existing archive for use as the current archive (required for
-many other commands). Any changes as the result of subsequent commands
-will not actually affect @var{archive} until you next use @code{SAVE}.
-
-@item REPLACE @var{module}, @var{module}, @dots{} @var{module}
-In the current archive, replace each existing @var{module} (named in
-the @code{REPLACE} arguments) from files in the current working directory.
-To execute this command without errors, both the file, and the module in
-the current archive, must exist.
-
-Requires prior use of @code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE}.
-
-@item VERBOSE
-Toggle an internal flag governing the output from @code{DIRECTORY}.
-When the flag is on, @code{DIRECTORY} output matches output from
-@samp{ar -tv }@dots{}.
-
-@item SAVE
-Commit your changes to the current archive, and actually save it as a
-file with the name specified in the last @code{CREATE} or @code{OPEN}
-command.
-
-Requires prior use of @code{OPEN} or @code{CREATE}.
-
-@end table
-
-@iftex
-@node ld
-@chapter ld
-@cindex linker
-@kindex ld
-The @sc{gnu} linker @command{ld} is now described in a separate manual.
-@xref{Top,, Overview,, Using LD: the @sc{gnu} linker}.
-@end iftex
-
-@node nm
-@chapter nm
-@cindex symbols
-@kindex nm
-
-@c man title nm list symbols from object files
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS nm
-nm [@option{-A}|@option{-o}|@option{--print-file-name}] [@option{-a}|@option{--debug-syms}]
- [@option{-B}|@option{--format=bsd}] [@option{-C}|@option{--demangle}[=@var{style}]]
- [@option{-D}|@option{--dynamic}] [@option{-f}@var{format}|@option{--format=}@var{format}]
- [@option{-g}|@option{--extern-only}] [@option{-h}|@option{--help}]
- [@option{-l}|@option{--line-numbers}] [@option{-n}|@option{-v}|@option{--numeric-sort}]
- [@option{-P}|@option{--portability}] [@option{-p}|@option{--no-sort}]
- [@option{-r}|@option{--reverse-sort}] [@option{-S}|@option{--print-size}]
- [@option{-s}|@option{--print-armap}] [@option{-t} @var{radix}|@option{--radix=}@var{radix}]
- [@option{-u}|@option{--undefined-only}] [@option{-V}|@option{--version}]
- [@option{-X 32_64}] [@option{--defined-only}] [@option{--no-demangle}]
- [@option{--plugin} @var{name}] [@option{--size-sort}] [@option{--special-syms}]
- [@option{--synthetic}] [@option{--target=}@var{bfdname}]
- [@var{objfile}@dots{}]
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION nm
-@sc{gnu} @command{nm} lists the symbols from object files @var{objfile}@dots{}.
-If no object files are listed as arguments, @command{nm} assumes the file
-@file{a.out}.
-
-For each symbol, @command{nm} shows:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-The symbol value, in the radix selected by options (see below), or
-hexadecimal by default.
-
-@item
-The symbol type. At least the following types are used; others are, as
-well, depending on the object file format. If lowercase, the symbol is
-usually local; if uppercase, the symbol is global (external). There
-are however a few lowercase symbols that are shown for special global
-symbols (@code{u}, @code{v} and @code{w}).
-
-@c Some more detail on exactly what these symbol types are used for
-@c would be nice.
-@table @code
-@item A
-The symbol's value is absolute, and will not be changed by further
-linking.
-
-@item B
-@itemx b
-The symbol is in the uninitialized data section (known as BSS).
-
-@item C
-The symbol is common. Common symbols are uninitialized data. When
-linking, multiple common symbols may appear with the same name. If the
-symbol is defined anywhere, the common symbols are treated as undefined
-references.
-@ifclear man
-For more details on common symbols, see the discussion of
---warn-common in @ref{Options,,Linker options,ld.info,The GNU linker}.
-@end ifclear
-
-@item D
-@itemx d
-The symbol is in the initialized data section.
-
-@item G
-@itemx g
-The symbol is in an initialized data section for small objects. Some
-object file formats permit more efficient access to small data objects,
-such as a global int variable as opposed to a large global array.
-
-@item i
-For PE format files this indicates that the symbol is in a section
-specific to the implementation of DLLs. For ELF format files this
-indicates that the symbol is an indirect function. This is a GNU
-extension to the standard set of ELF symbol types. It indicates a
-symbol which if referenced by a relocation does not evaluate to its
-address, but instead must be invoked at runtime. The runtime
-execution will then return the value to be used in the relocation.
-
-@item I
-The symbol is an indirect reference to another symbol.
-
-@item N
-The symbol is a debugging symbol.
-
-@item p
-The symbols is in a stack unwind section.
-
-@item R
-@itemx r
-The symbol is in a read only data section.
-
-@item S
-@itemx s
-The symbol is in an uninitialized data section for small objects.
-
-@item T
-@itemx t
-The symbol is in the text (code) section.
-
-@item U
-The symbol is undefined.
-
-@item u
-The symbol is a unique global symbol. This is a GNU extension to the
-standard set of ELF symbol bindings. For such a symbol the dynamic linker
-will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with
-this name and type in use.
-
-@item V
-@itemx v
-The symbol is a weak object. When a weak defined symbol is linked with
-a normal defined symbol, the normal defined symbol is used with no error.
-When a weak undefined symbol is linked and the symbol is not defined,
-the value of the weak symbol becomes zero with no error. On some
-systems, uppercase indicates that a default value has been specified.
-
-@item W
-@itemx w
-The symbol is a weak symbol that has not been specifically tagged as a
-weak object symbol. When a weak defined symbol is linked with a normal
-defined symbol, the normal defined symbol is used with no error.
-When a weak undefined symbol is linked and the symbol is not defined,
-the value of the symbol is determined in a system-specific manner without
-error. On some systems, uppercase indicates that a default value has been
-specified.
-
-@item -
-The symbol is a stabs symbol in an a.out object file. In this case, the
-next values printed are the stabs other field, the stabs desc field, and
-the stab type. Stabs symbols are used to hold debugging information.
-
-@item ?
-The symbol type is unknown, or object file format specific.
-@end table
-
-@item
-The symbol name.
-@end itemize
-
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS nm
-The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent.
-
-@table @env
-@item -A
-@itemx -o
-@itemx --print-file-name
-@cindex input file name
-@cindex file name
-@cindex source file name
-Precede each symbol by the name of the input file (or archive member)
-in which it was found, rather than identifying the input file once only,
-before all of its symbols.
-
-@item -a
-@itemx --debug-syms
-@cindex debugging symbols
-Display all symbols, even debugger-only symbols; normally these are not
-listed.
-
-@item -B
-@cindex @command{nm} format
-@cindex @command{nm} compatibility
-The same as @option{--format=bsd} (for compatibility with the MIPS @command{nm}).
-
-@item -C
-@itemx --demangle[=@var{style}]
-@cindex demangling in nm
-Decode (@dfn{demangle}) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
-Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
-makes C++ function names readable. Different compilers have different
-mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to
-choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler. @xref{c++filt},
-for more information on demangling.
-
-@item --no-demangle
-Do not demangle low-level symbol names. This is the default.
-
-@item -D
-@itemx --dynamic
-@cindex dynamic symbols
-Display the dynamic symbols rather than the normal symbols. This is
-only meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
-libraries.
-
-@item -f @var{format}
-@itemx --format=@var{format}
-@cindex @command{nm} format
-@cindex @command{nm} compatibility
-Use the output format @var{format}, which can be @code{bsd},
-@code{sysv}, or @code{posix}. The default is @code{bsd}.
-Only the first character of @var{format} is significant; it can be
-either upper or lower case.
-
-@item -g
-@itemx --extern-only
-@cindex external symbols
-Display only external symbols.
-
-@item -h
-@itemx --help
-Show a summary of the options to @command{nm} and exit.
-
-@item -l
-@itemx --line-numbers
-@cindex symbol line numbers
-For each symbol, use debugging information to try to find a filename and
-line number. For a defined symbol, look for the line number of the
-address of the symbol. For an undefined symbol, look for the line
-number of a relocation entry which refers to the symbol. If line number
-information can be found, print it after the other symbol information.
-
-@item -n
-@itemx -v
-@itemx --numeric-sort
-Sort symbols numerically by their addresses, rather than alphabetically
-by their names.
-
-@item -p
-@itemx --no-sort
-@cindex sorting symbols
-Do not bother to sort the symbols in any order; print them in the order
-encountered.
-
-@item -P
-@itemx --portability
-Use the POSIX.2 standard output format instead of the default format.
-Equivalent to @samp{-f posix}.
-
-@item -r
-@itemx --reverse-sort
-Reverse the order of the sort (whether numeric or alphabetic); let the
-last come first.
-
-@item -S
-@itemx --print-size
-Print both value and size of defined symbols for the @code{bsd} output style.
-This option has no effect for object formats that do not record symbol
-sizes, unless @samp{--size-sort} is also used in which case a
-calculated size is displayed.
-
-@item -s
-@itemx --print-armap
-@cindex symbol index, listing
-When listing symbols from archive members, include the index: a mapping
-(stored in the archive by @command{ar} or @command{ranlib}) of which modules
-contain definitions for which names.
-
-@item -t @var{radix}
-@itemx --radix=@var{radix}
-Use @var{radix} as the radix for printing the symbol values. It must be
-@samp{d} for decimal, @samp{o} for octal, or @samp{x} for hexadecimal.
-
-@item -u
-@itemx --undefined-only
-@cindex external symbols
-@cindex undefined symbols
-Display only undefined symbols (those external to each object file).
-
-@item -V
-@itemx --version
-Show the version number of @command{nm} and exit.
-
-@item -X
-This option is ignored for compatibility with the AIX version of
-@command{nm}. It takes one parameter which must be the string
-@option{32_64}. The default mode of AIX @command{nm} corresponds
-to @option{-X 32}, which is not supported by @sc{gnu} @command{nm}.
-
-@item --defined-only
-@cindex external symbols
-@cindex undefined symbols
-Display only defined symbols for each object file.
-
-@item --plugin @var{name}
-@cindex load plugin
-Load the plugin called @var{name} to add support for extra target
-types. This option is only available if the toolchain has been built
-with plugin support enabled.
-
-@item --size-sort
-Sort symbols by size. The size is computed as the difference between
-the value of the symbol and the value of the symbol with the next higher
-value. If the @code{bsd} output format is used the size of the symbol
-is printed, rather than the value, and @samp{-S} must be used in order
-both size and value to be printed.
-
-@item --special-syms
-Display symbols which have a target-specific special meaning. These
-symbols are usually used by the target for some special processing and
-are not normally helpful when included in the normal symbol lists.
-For example for ARM targets this option would skip the mapping symbols
-used to mark transitions between ARM code, THUMB code and data.
-
-@item --synthetic
-Include synthetic symbols in the output. These are special symbols
-created by the linker for various purposes. They are not shown by
-default since they are not part of the binary's original source code.
-
-@item --target=@var{bfdname}
-@cindex object code format
-Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
-@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
-
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO nm
-ar(1), objdump(1), ranlib(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node objcopy
-@chapter objcopy
-
-@c man title objcopy copy and translate object files
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS objcopy
-objcopy [@option{-F} @var{bfdname}|@option{--target=}@var{bfdname}]
- [@option{-I} @var{bfdname}|@option{--input-target=}@var{bfdname}]
- [@option{-O} @var{bfdname}|@option{--output-target=}@var{bfdname}]
- [@option{-B} @var{bfdarch}|@option{--binary-architecture=}@var{bfdarch}]
- [@option{-S}|@option{--strip-all}]
- [@option{-g}|@option{--strip-debug}]
- [@option{-K} @var{symbolname}|@option{--keep-symbol=}@var{symbolname}]
- [@option{-N} @var{symbolname}|@option{--strip-symbol=}@var{symbolname}]
- [@option{--strip-unneeded-symbol=}@var{symbolname}]
- [@option{-G} @var{symbolname}|@option{--keep-global-symbol=}@var{symbolname}]
- [@option{--localize-hidden}]
- [@option{-L} @var{symbolname}|@option{--localize-symbol=}@var{symbolname}]
- [@option{--globalize-symbol=}@var{symbolname}]
- [@option{-W} @var{symbolname}|@option{--weaken-symbol=}@var{symbolname}]
- [@option{-w}|@option{--wildcard}]
- [@option{-x}|@option{--discard-all}]
- [@option{-X}|@option{--discard-locals}]
- [@option{-b} @var{byte}|@option{--byte=}@var{byte}]
- [@option{-i} [@var{breadth}]|@option{--interleave}[=@var{breadth}]]
- [@option{--interleave-width=}@var{width}]
- [@option{-j} @var{sectionpattern}|@option{--only-section=}@var{sectionpattern}]
- [@option{-R} @var{sectionpattern}|@option{--remove-section=}@var{sectionpattern}]
- [@option{-p}|@option{--preserve-dates}]
- [@option{-D}|@option{--enable-deterministic-archives}]
- [@option{-U}|@option{--disable-deterministic-archives}]
- [@option{--debugging}]
- [@option{--gap-fill=}@var{val}]
- [@option{--pad-to=}@var{address}]
- [@option{--set-start=}@var{val}]
- [@option{--adjust-start=}@var{incr}]
- [@option{--change-addresses=}@var{incr}]
- [@option{--change-section-address} @var{sectionpattern}@{=,+,-@}@var{val}]
- [@option{--change-section-lma} @var{sectionpattern}@{=,+,-@}@var{val}]
- [@option{--change-section-vma} @var{sectionpattern}@{=,+,-@}@var{val}]
- [@option{--change-warnings}] [@option{--no-change-warnings}]
- [@option{--set-section-flags} @var{sectionpattern}=@var{flags}]
- [@option{--add-section} @var{sectionname}=@var{filename}]
- [@option{--rename-section} @var{oldname}=@var{newname}[,@var{flags}]]
- [@option{--long-section-names} @{enable,disable,keep@}]
- [@option{--change-leading-char}] [@option{--remove-leading-char}]
- [@option{--reverse-bytes=}@var{num}]
- [@option{--srec-len=}@var{ival}] [@option{--srec-forceS3}]
- [@option{--redefine-sym} @var{old}=@var{new}]
- [@option{--redefine-syms=}@var{filename}]
- [@option{--weaken}]
- [@option{--keep-symbols=}@var{filename}]
- [@option{--strip-symbols=}@var{filename}]
- [@option{--strip-unneeded-symbols=}@var{filename}]
- [@option{--keep-global-symbols=}@var{filename}]
- [@option{--localize-symbols=}@var{filename}]
- [@option{--globalize-symbols=}@var{filename}]
- [@option{--weaken-symbols=}@var{filename}]
- [@option{--alt-machine-code=}@var{index}]
- [@option{--prefix-symbols=}@var{string}]
- [@option{--prefix-sections=}@var{string}]
- [@option{--prefix-alloc-sections=}@var{string}]
- [@option{--add-gnu-debuglink=}@var{path-to-file}]
- [@option{--keep-file-symbols}]
- [@option{--only-keep-debug}]
- [@option{--strip-dwo}]
- [@option{--extract-dwo}]
- [@option{--extract-symbol}]
- [@option{--writable-text}]
- [@option{--readonly-text}]
- [@option{--pure}]
- [@option{--impure}]
- [@option{--file-alignment=}@var{num}]
- [@option{--heap=}@var{size}]
- [@option{--image-base=}@var{address}]
- [@option{--section-alignment=}@var{num}]
- [@option{--stack=}@var{size}]
- [@option{--subsystem=}@var{which}:@var{major}.@var{minor}]
- [@option{--compress-debug-sections}]
- [@option{--decompress-debug-sections}]
- [@option{--dwarf-depth=@var{n}}]
- [@option{--dwarf-start=@var{n}}]
- [@option{-v}|@option{--verbose}]
- [@option{-V}|@option{--version}]
- [@option{--help}] [@option{--info}]
- @var{infile} [@var{outfile}]
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION objcopy
-The @sc{gnu} @command{objcopy} utility copies the contents of an object
-file to another. @command{objcopy} uses the @sc{gnu} @sc{bfd} Library to
-read and write the object files. It can write the destination object
-file in a format different from that of the source object file. The
-exact behavior of @command{objcopy} is controlled by command-line options.
-Note that @command{objcopy} should be able to copy a fully linked file
-between any two formats. However, copying a relocatable object file
-between any two formats may not work as expected.
-
-@command{objcopy} creates temporary files to do its translations and
-deletes them afterward. @command{objcopy} uses @sc{bfd} to do all its
-translation work; it has access to all the formats described in @sc{bfd}
-and thus is able to recognize most formats without being told
-explicitly. @xref{BFD,,BFD,ld.info,Using LD}.
-
-@command{objcopy} can be used to generate S-records by using an output
-target of @samp{srec} (e.g., use @samp{-O srec}).
-
-@command{objcopy} can be used to generate a raw binary file by using an
-output target of @samp{binary} (e.g., use @option{-O binary}). When
-@command{objcopy} generates a raw binary file, it will essentially produce
-a memory dump of the contents of the input object file. All symbols and
-relocation information will be discarded. The memory dump will start at
-the load address of the lowest section copied into the output file.
-
-When generating an S-record or a raw binary file, it may be helpful to
-use @option{-S} to remove sections containing debugging information. In
-some cases @option{-R} will be useful to remove sections which contain
-information that is not needed by the binary file.
-
-Note---@command{objcopy} is not able to change the endianness of its input
-files. If the input format has an endianness (some formats do not),
-@command{objcopy} can only copy the inputs into file formats that have the
-same endianness or which have no endianness (e.g., @samp{srec}).
-(However, see the @option{--reverse-bytes} option.)
-
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS objcopy
-
-@table @env
-@item @var{infile}
-@itemx @var{outfile}
-The input and output files, respectively.
-If you do not specify @var{outfile}, @command{objcopy} creates a
-temporary file and destructively renames the result with
-the name of @var{infile}.
-
-@item -I @var{bfdname}
-@itemx --input-target=@var{bfdname}
-Consider the source file's object format to be @var{bfdname}, rather than
-attempting to deduce it. @xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
-
-@item -O @var{bfdname}
-@itemx --output-target=@var{bfdname}
-Write the output file using the object format @var{bfdname}.
-@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
-
-@item -F @var{bfdname}
-@itemx --target=@var{bfdname}
-Use @var{bfdname} as the object format for both the input and the output
-file; i.e., simply transfer data from source to destination with no
-translation. @xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
-
-@item -B @var{bfdarch}
-@itemx --binary-architecture=@var{bfdarch}
-Useful when transforming a architecture-less input file into an object file.
-In this case the output architecture can be set to @var{bfdarch}. This
-option will be ignored if the input file has a known @var{bfdarch}. You
-can access this binary data inside a program by referencing the special
-symbols that are created by the conversion process. These symbols are
-called _binary_@var{objfile}_start, _binary_@var{objfile}_end and
-_binary_@var{objfile}_size. e.g. you can transform a picture file into
-an object file and then access it in your code using these symbols.
-
-@item -j @var{sectionpattern}
-@itemx --only-section=@var{sectionpattern}
-Copy only the indicated sections from the input file to the output file.
-This option may be given more than once. Note that using this option
-inappropriately may make the output file unusable. Wildcard
-characters are accepted in @var{sectionpattern}.
-
-@item -R @var{sectionpattern}
-@itemx --remove-section=@var{sectionpattern}
-Remove any section matching @var{sectionpattern} from the output file.
-This option may be given more than once. Note that using this option
-inappropriately may make the output file unusable. Wildcard
-characters are accepted in @var{sectionpattern}. Using both the
-@option{-j} and @option{-R} options together results in undefined
-behaviour.
-
-@item -S
-@itemx --strip-all
-Do not copy relocation and symbol information from the source file.
-
-@item -g
-@itemx --strip-debug
-Do not copy debugging symbols or sections from the source file.
-
-@item --strip-unneeded
-Strip all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
-
-@item -K @var{symbolname}
-@itemx --keep-symbol=@var{symbolname}
-When stripping symbols, keep symbol @var{symbolname} even if it would
-normally be stripped. This option may be given more than once.
-
-@item -N @var{symbolname}
-@itemx --strip-symbol=@var{symbolname}
-Do not copy symbol @var{symbolname} from the source file. This option
-may be given more than once.
-
-@item --strip-unneeded-symbol=@var{symbolname}
-Do not copy symbol @var{symbolname} from the source file unless it is needed
-by a relocation. This option may be given more than once.
-
-@item -G @var{symbolname}
-@itemx --keep-global-symbol=@var{symbolname}
-Keep only symbol @var{symbolname} global. Make all other symbols local
-to the file, so that they are not visible externally. This option may
-be given more than once.
-
-@item --localize-hidden
-In an ELF object, mark all symbols that have hidden or internal visibility
-as local. This option applies on top of symbol-specific localization options
-such as @option{-L}.
-
-@item -L @var{symbolname}
-@itemx --localize-symbol=@var{symbolname}
-Make symbol @var{symbolname} local to the file, so that it is not
-visible externally. This option may be given more than once.
-
-@item -W @var{symbolname}
-@itemx --weaken-symbol=@var{symbolname}
-Make symbol @var{symbolname} weak. This option may be given more than once.
-
-@item --globalize-symbol=@var{symbolname}
-Give symbol @var{symbolname} global scoping so that it is visible
-outside of the file in which it is defined. This option may be given
-more than once.
-
-@item -w
-@itemx --wildcard
-Permit regular expressions in @var{symbolname}s used in other command
-line options. The question mark (?), asterisk (*), backslash (\) and
-square brackets ([]) operators can be used anywhere in the symbol
-name. If the first character of the symbol name is the exclamation
-point (!) then the sense of the switch is reversed for that symbol.
-For example:
-
-@smallexample
- -w -W !foo -W fo*
-@end smallexample
-
-would cause objcopy to weaken all symbols that start with ``fo''
-except for the symbol ``foo''.
-
-@item -x
-@itemx --discard-all
-Do not copy non-global symbols from the source file.
-@c FIXME any reason to prefer "non-global" to "local" here?
-
-@item -X
-@itemx --discard-locals
-Do not copy compiler-generated local symbols.
-(These usually start with @samp{L} or @samp{.}.)
-
-@item -b @var{byte}
-@itemx --byte=@var{byte}
-If interleaving has been enabled via the @option{--interleave} option
-then start the range of bytes to keep at the @var{byte}th byte.
-@var{byte} can be in the range from 0 to @var{breadth}-1, where
-@var{breadth} is the value given by the @option{--interleave} option.
-
-@item -i [@var{breadth}]
-@itemx --interleave[=@var{breadth}]
-Only copy a range out of every @var{breadth} bytes. (Header data is
-not affected). Select which byte in the range begins the copy with
-the @option{--byte} option. Select the width of the range with the
-@option{--interleave-width} option.
-
-This option is useful for creating files to program @sc{rom}. It is
-typically used with an @code{srec} output target. Note that
-@command{objcopy} will complain if you do not specify the
-@option{--byte} option as well.
-
-The default interleave breadth is 4, so with @option{--byte} set to 0,
-@command{objcopy} would copy the first byte out of every four bytes
-from the input to the output.
-
-@item --interleave-width=@var{width}
-When used with the @option{--interleave} option, copy @var{width}
-bytes at a time. The start of the range of bytes to be copied is set
-by the @option{--byte} option, and the extent of the range is set with
-the @option{--interleave} option.
-
-The default value for this option is 1. The value of @var{width} plus
-the @var{byte} value set by the @option{--byte} option must not exceed
-the interleave breadth set by the @option{--interleave} option.
-
-This option can be used to create images for two 16-bit flashes interleaved
-in a 32-bit bus by passing @option{-b 0 -i 4 --interleave-width=2}
-and @option{-b 2 -i 4 --interleave-width=2} to two @command{objcopy}
-commands. If the input was '12345678' then the outputs would be
-'1256' and '3478' respectively.
-
-@item -p
-@itemx --preserve-dates
-Set the access and modification dates of the output file to be the same
-as those of the input file.
-
-@item -D
-@itemx --enable-deterministic-archives
-@cindex deterministic archives
-@kindex --enable-deterministic-archives
-Operate in @emph{deterministic} mode. When copying archive members
-and writing the archive index, use zero for UIDs, GIDs, timestamps,
-and use consistent file modes for all files.
-
-If @file{binutils} was configured with
-@option{--enable-deterministic-archives}, then this mode is on by default.
-It can be disabled with the @samp{-U} option, below.
-
-@item -U
-@itemx --disable-deterministic-archives
-@cindex deterministic archives
-@kindex --enable-deterministic-archives
-Do @emph{not} operate in @emph{deterministic} mode. This is the
-inverse of the @option{-D} option, above: when copying archive members
-and writing the archive index, use their actual UID, GID, timestamp,
-and file mode values.
-
-This is the default unless @file{binutils} was configured with
-@option{--enable-deterministic-archives}.
-
-@item --debugging
-Convert debugging information, if possible. This is not the default
-because only certain debugging formats are supported, and the
-conversion process can be time consuming.
-
-@item --gap-fill @var{val}
-Fill gaps between sections with @var{val}. This operation applies to
-the @emph{load address} (LMA) of the sections. It is done by increasing
-the size of the section with the lower address, and filling in the extra
-space created with @var{val}.
-
-@item --pad-to @var{address}
-Pad the output file up to the load address @var{address}. This is
-done by increasing the size of the last section. The extra space is
-filled in with the value specified by @option{--gap-fill} (default zero).
-
-@item --set-start @var{val}
-Set the start address of the new file to @var{val}. Not all object file
-formats support setting the start address.
-
-@item --change-start @var{incr}
-@itemx --adjust-start @var{incr}
-@cindex changing start address
-Change the start address by adding @var{incr}. Not all object file
-formats support setting the start address.
-
-@item --change-addresses @var{incr}
-@itemx --adjust-vma @var{incr}
-@cindex changing object addresses
-Change the VMA and LMA addresses of all sections, as well as the start
-address, by adding @var{incr}. Some object file formats do not permit
-section addresses to be changed arbitrarily. Note that this does not
-relocate the sections; if the program expects sections to be loaded at a
-certain address, and this option is used to change the sections such
-that they are loaded at a different address, the program may fail.
-
-@item --change-section-address @var{sectionpattern}@{=,+,-@}@var{val}
-@itemx --adjust-section-vma @var{sectionpattern}@{=,+,-@}@var{val}
-@cindex changing section address
-Set or change both the VMA address and the LMA address of any section
-matching @var{sectionpattern}. If @samp{=} is used, the section
-address is set to @var{val}. Otherwise, @var{val} is added to or
-subtracted from the section address. See the comments under
-@option{--change-addresses}, above. If @var{sectionpattern} does not
-match any sections in the input file, a warning will be issued, unless
-@option{--no-change-warnings} is used.
-
-@item --change-section-lma @var{sectionpattern}@{=,+,-@}@var{val}
-@cindex changing section LMA
-Set or change the LMA address of any sections matching
-@var{sectionpattern}. The LMA address is the address where the
-section will be loaded into memory at program load time. Normally
-this is the same as the VMA address, which is the address of the
-section at program run time, but on some systems, especially those
-where a program is held in ROM, the two can be different. If @samp{=}
-is used, the section address is set to @var{val}. Otherwise,
-@var{val} is added to or subtracted from the section address. See the
-comments under @option{--change-addresses}, above. If
-@var{sectionpattern} does not match any sections in the input file, a
-warning will be issued, unless @option{--no-change-warnings} is used.
-
-@item --change-section-vma @var{sectionpattern}@{=,+,-@}@var{val}
-@cindex changing section VMA
-Set or change the VMA address of any section matching
-@var{sectionpattern}. The VMA address is the address where the
-section will be located once the program has started executing.
-Normally this is the same as the LMA address, which is the address
-where the section will be loaded into memory, but on some systems,
-especially those where a program is held in ROM, the two can be
-different. If @samp{=} is used, the section address is set to
-@var{val}. Otherwise, @var{val} is added to or subtracted from the
-section address. See the comments under @option{--change-addresses},
-above. If @var{sectionpattern} does not match any sections in the
-input file, a warning will be issued, unless
-@option{--no-change-warnings} is used.
-
-@item --change-warnings
-@itemx --adjust-warnings
-If @option{--change-section-address} or @option{--change-section-lma} or
-@option{--change-section-vma} is used, and the section pattern does not
-match any sections, issue a warning. This is the default.
-
-@item --no-change-warnings
-@itemx --no-adjust-warnings
-Do not issue a warning if @option{--change-section-address} or
-@option{--adjust-section-lma} or @option{--adjust-section-vma} is used, even
-if the section pattern does not match any sections.
-
-@item --set-section-flags @var{sectionpattern}=@var{flags}
-Set the flags for any sections matching @var{sectionpattern}. The
-@var{flags} argument is a comma separated string of flag names. The
-recognized names are @samp{alloc}, @samp{contents}, @samp{load},
-@samp{noload}, @samp{readonly}, @samp{code}, @samp{data}, @samp{rom},
-@samp{share}, and @samp{debug}. You can set the @samp{contents} flag
-for a section which does not have contents, but it is not meaningful
-to clear the @samp{contents} flag of a section which does have
-contents--just remove the section instead. Not all flags are
-meaningful for all object file formats.
-
-@item --add-section @var{sectionname}=@var{filename}
-Add a new section named @var{sectionname} while copying the file. The
-contents of the new section are taken from the file @var{filename}. The
-size of the section will be the size of the file. This option only
-works on file formats which can support sections with arbitrary names.
-
-@item --rename-section @var{oldname}=@var{newname}[,@var{flags}]
-Rename a section from @var{oldname} to @var{newname}, optionally
-changing the section's flags to @var{flags} in the process. This has
-the advantage over usng a linker script to perform the rename in that
-the output stays as an object file and does not become a linked
-executable.
-
-This option is particularly helpful when the input format is binary,
-since this will always create a section called .data. If for example,
-you wanted instead to create a section called .rodata containing binary
-data you could use the following command line to achieve it:
-
-@smallexample
- objcopy -I binary -O <output_format> -B <architecture> \
- --rename-section .data=.rodata,alloc,load,readonly,data,contents \
- <input_binary_file> <output_object_file>
-@end smallexample
-
-@item --long-section-names @{enable,disable,keep@}
-Controls the handling of long section names when processing @code{COFF}
-and @code{PE-COFF} object formats. The default behaviour, @samp{keep},
-is to preserve long section names if any are present in the input file.
-The @samp{enable} and @samp{disable} options forcibly enable or disable
-the use of long section names in the output object; when @samp{disable}
-is in effect, any long section names in the input object will be truncated.
-The @samp{enable} option will only emit long section names if any are
-present in the inputs; this is mostly the same as @samp{keep}, but it
-is left undefined whether the @samp{enable} option might force the
-creation of an empty string table in the output file.
-
-@item --change-leading-char
-Some object file formats use special characters at the start of
-symbols. The most common such character is underscore, which compilers
-often add before every symbol. This option tells @command{objcopy} to
-change the leading character of every symbol when it converts between
-object file formats. If the object file formats use the same leading
-character, this option has no effect. Otherwise, it will add a
-character, or remove a character, or change a character, as
-appropriate.
-
-@item --remove-leading-char
-If the first character of a global symbol is a special symbol leading
-character used by the object file format, remove the character. The
-most common symbol leading character is underscore. This option will
-remove a leading underscore from all global symbols. This can be useful
-if you want to link together objects of different file formats with
-different conventions for symbol names. This is different from
-@option{--change-leading-char} because it always changes the symbol name
-when appropriate, regardless of the object file format of the output
-file.
-
-@item --reverse-bytes=@var{num}
-Reverse the bytes in a section with output contents. A section length must
-be evenly divisible by the value given in order for the swap to be able to
-take place. Reversing takes place before the interleaving is performed.
-
-This option is used typically in generating ROM images for problematic
-target systems. For example, on some target boards, the 32-bit words
-fetched from 8-bit ROMs are re-assembled in little-endian byte order
-regardless of the CPU byte order. Depending on the programming model, the
-endianness of the ROM may need to be modified.
-
-Consider a simple file with a section containing the following eight
-bytes: @code{12345678}.
-
-Using @samp{--reverse-bytes=2} for the above example, the bytes in the
-output file would be ordered @code{21436587}.
-
-Using @samp{--reverse-bytes=4} for the above example, the bytes in the
-output file would be ordered @code{43218765}.
-
-By using @samp{--reverse-bytes=2} for the above example, followed by
-@samp{--reverse-bytes=4} on the output file, the bytes in the second
-output file would be ordered @code{34127856}.
-
-@item --srec-len=@var{ival}
-Meaningful only for srec output. Set the maximum length of the Srecords
-being produced to @var{ival}. This length covers both address, data and
-crc fields.
-
-@item --srec-forceS3
-Meaningful only for srec output. Avoid generation of S1/S2 records,
-creating S3-only record format.
-
-@item --redefine-sym @var{old}=@var{new}
-Change the name of a symbol @var{old}, to @var{new}. This can be useful
-when one is trying link two things together for which you have no
-source, and there are name collisions.
-
-@item --redefine-syms=@var{filename}
-Apply @option{--redefine-sym} to each symbol pair "@var{old} @var{new}"
-listed in the file @var{filename}. @var{filename} is simply a flat file,
-with one symbol pair per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash
-character. This option may be given more than once.
-
-@item --weaken
-Change all global symbols in the file to be weak. This can be useful
-when building an object which will be linked against other objects using
-the @option{-R} option to the linker. This option is only effective when
-using an object file format which supports weak symbols.
-
-@item --keep-symbols=@var{filename}
-Apply @option{--keep-symbol} option to each symbol listed in the file
-@var{filename}. @var{filename} is simply a flat file, with one symbol
-name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
-This option may be given more than once.
-
-@item --strip-symbols=@var{filename}
-Apply @option{--strip-symbol} option to each symbol listed in the file
-@var{filename}. @var{filename} is simply a flat file, with one symbol
-name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
-This option may be given more than once.
-
-@item --strip-unneeded-symbols=@var{filename}
-Apply @option{--strip-unneeded-symbol} option to each symbol listed in
-the file @var{filename}. @var{filename} is simply a flat file, with one
-symbol name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash
-character. This option may be given more than once.
-
-@item --keep-global-symbols=@var{filename}
-Apply @option{--keep-global-symbol} option to each symbol listed in the
-file @var{filename}. @var{filename} is simply a flat file, with one
-symbol name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash
-character. This option may be given more than once.
-
-@item --localize-symbols=@var{filename}
-Apply @option{--localize-symbol} option to each symbol listed in the file
-@var{filename}. @var{filename} is simply a flat file, with one symbol
-name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
-This option may be given more than once.
-
-@item --globalize-symbols=@var{filename}
-Apply @option{--globalize-symbol} option to each symbol listed in the file
-@var{filename}. @var{filename} is simply a flat file, with one symbol
-name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
-This option may be given more than once.
-
-@item --weaken-symbols=@var{filename}
-Apply @option{--weaken-symbol} option to each symbol listed in the file
-@var{filename}. @var{filename} is simply a flat file, with one symbol
-name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
-This option may be given more than once.
-
-@item --alt-machine-code=@var{index}
-If the output architecture has alternate machine codes, use the
-@var{index}th code instead of the default one. This is useful in case
-a machine is assigned an official code and the tool-chain adopts the
-new code, but other applications still depend on the original code
-being used. For ELF based architectures if the @var{index}
-alternative does not exist then the value is treated as an absolute
-number to be stored in the e_machine field of the ELF header.
-
-@item --writable-text
-Mark the output text as writable. This option isn't meaningful for all
-object file formats.
-
-@item --readonly-text
-Make the output text write protected. This option isn't meaningful for all
-object file formats.
-
-@item --pure
-Mark the output file as demand paged. This option isn't meaningful for all
-object file formats.
-
-@item --impure
-Mark the output file as impure. This option isn't meaningful for all
-object file formats.
-
-@item --prefix-symbols=@var{string}
-Prefix all symbols in the output file with @var{string}.
-
-@item --prefix-sections=@var{string}
-Prefix all section names in the output file with @var{string}.
-
-@item --prefix-alloc-sections=@var{string}
-Prefix all the names of all allocated sections in the output file with
-@var{string}.
-
-@item --add-gnu-debuglink=@var{path-to-file}
-Creates a .gnu_debuglink section which contains a reference to @var{path-to-file}
-and adds it to the output file.
-
-@item --keep-file-symbols
-When stripping a file, perhaps with @option{--strip-debug} or
-@option{--strip-unneeded}, retain any symbols specifying source file names,
-which would otherwise get stripped.
-
-@item --only-keep-debug
-Strip a file, removing contents of any sections that would not be
-stripped by @option{--strip-debug} and leaving the debugging sections
-intact. In ELF files, this preserves all note sections in the output.
-
-The intention is that this option will be used in conjunction with
-@option{--add-gnu-debuglink} to create a two part executable. One a
-stripped binary which will occupy less space in RAM and in a
-distribution and the second a debugging information file which is only
-needed if debugging abilities are required. The suggested procedure
-to create these files is as follows:
-
-@enumerate
-@item Link the executable as normal. Assuming that is is called
-@code{foo} then...
-@item Run @code{objcopy --only-keep-debug foo foo.dbg} to
-create a file containing the debugging info.
-@item Run @code{objcopy --strip-debug foo} to create a
-stripped executable.
-@item Run @code{objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.dbg foo}
-to add a link to the debugging info into the stripped executable.
-@end enumerate
-
-Note---the choice of @code{.dbg} as an extension for the debug info
-file is arbitrary. Also the @code{--only-keep-debug} step is
-optional. You could instead do this:
-
-@enumerate
-@item Link the executable as normal.
-@item Copy @code{foo} to @code{foo.full}
-@item Run @code{objcopy --strip-debug foo}
-@item Run @code{objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.full foo}
-@end enumerate
-
-i.e., the file pointed to by the @option{--add-gnu-debuglink} can be the
-full executable. It does not have to be a file created by the
-@option{--only-keep-debug} switch.
-
-Note---this switch is only intended for use on fully linked files. It
-does not make sense to use it on object files where the debugging
-information may be incomplete. Besides the gnu_debuglink feature
-currently only supports the presence of one filename containing
-debugging information, not multiple filenames on a one-per-object-file
-basis.
-
-@item --strip-dwo
-Remove the contents of all DWARF .dwo sections, leaving the
-remaining debugging sections and all symbols intact.
-This option is intended for use by the compiler as part of
-the @option{-gsplit-dwarf} option, which splits debug information
-between the .o file and a separate .dwo file. The compiler
-generates all debug information in the same file, then uses
-the @option{--extract-dwo} option to copy the .dwo sections to
-the .dwo file, then the @option{--strip-dwo} option to remove
-those sections from the original .o file.
-
-@item --extract-dwo
-Extract the contents of all DWARF .dwo sections. See the
-@option{--strip-dwo} option for more information.
-
-@item --file-alignment @var{num}
-Specify the file alignment. Sections in the file will always begin at
-file offsets which are multiples of this number. This defaults to
-512.
-[This option is specific to PE targets.]
-
-@item --heap @var{reserve}
-@itemx --heap @var{reserve},@var{commit}
-Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally commit)
-to be used as heap for this program.
-[This option is specific to PE targets.]
-
-@item --image-base @var{value}
-Use @var{value} as the base address of your program or dll. This is
-the lowest memory location that will be used when your program or dll
-is loaded. To reduce the need to relocate and improve performance of
-your dlls, each should have a unique base address and not overlap any
-other dlls. The default is 0x400000 for executables, and 0x10000000
-for dlls.
-[This option is specific to PE targets.]
-
-@item --section-alignment @var{num}
-Sets the section alignment. Sections in memory will always begin at
-addresses which are a multiple of this number. Defaults to 0x1000.
-[This option is specific to PE targets.]
-
-@item --stack @var{reserve}
-@itemx --stack @var{reserve},@var{commit}
-Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally commit)
-to be used as stack for this program.
-[This option is specific to PE targets.]
-
-@item --subsystem @var{which}
-@itemx --subsystem @var{which}:@var{major}
-@itemx --subsystem @var{which}:@var{major}.@var{minor}
-Specifies the subsystem under which your program will execute. The
-legal values for @var{which} are @code{native}, @code{windows},
-@code{console}, @code{posix}, @code{efi-app}, @code{efi-bsd},
-@code{efi-rtd}, @code{sal-rtd}, and @code{xbox}. You may optionally set
-the subsystem version also. Numeric values are also accepted for
-@var{which}.
-[This option is specific to PE targets.]
-
-@item --extract-symbol
-Keep the file's section flags and symbols but remove all section data.
-Specifically, the option:
-
-@itemize
-@item removes the contents of all sections;
-@item sets the size of every section to zero; and
-@item sets the file's start address to zero.
-@end itemize
-
-This option is used to build a @file{.sym} file for a VxWorks kernel.
-It can also be a useful way of reducing the size of a @option{--just-symbols}
-linker input file.
-
-@item --compress-debug-sections
-Compress DWARF debug sections using zlib.
-
-@item --decompress-debug-sections
-Decompress DWARF debug sections using zlib.
-
-@item -V
-@itemx --version
-Show the version number of @command{objcopy}.
-
-@item -v
-@itemx --verbose
-Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of
-archives, @samp{objcopy -V} lists all members of the archive.
-
-@item --help
-Show a summary of the options to @command{objcopy}.
-
-@item --info
-Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available.
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO objcopy
-ld(1), objdump(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node objdump
-@chapter objdump
-
-@cindex object file information
-@kindex objdump
-
-@c man title objdump display information from object files.
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS objdump
-objdump [@option{-a}|@option{--archive-headers}]
- [@option{-b} @var{bfdname}|@option{--target=@var{bfdname}}]
- [@option{-C}|@option{--demangle}[=@var{style}] ]
- [@option{-d}|@option{--disassemble}]
- [@option{-D}|@option{--disassemble-all}]
- [@option{-z}|@option{--disassemble-zeroes}]
- [@option{-EB}|@option{-EL}|@option{--endian=}@{big | little @}]
- [@option{-f}|@option{--file-headers}]
- [@option{-F}|@option{--file-offsets}]
- [@option{--file-start-context}]
- [@option{-g}|@option{--debugging}]
- [@option{-e}|@option{--debugging-tags}]
- [@option{-h}|@option{--section-headers}|@option{--headers}]
- [@option{-i}|@option{--info}]
- [@option{-j} @var{section}|@option{--section=}@var{section}]
- [@option{-l}|@option{--line-numbers}]
- [@option{-S}|@option{--source}]
- [@option{-m} @var{machine}|@option{--architecture=}@var{machine}]
- [@option{-M} @var{options}|@option{--disassembler-options=}@var{options}]
- [@option{-p}|@option{--private-headers}]
- [@option{-P} @var{options}|@option{--private=}@var{options}]
- [@option{-r}|@option{--reloc}]
- [@option{-R}|@option{--dynamic-reloc}]
- [@option{-s}|@option{--full-contents}]
- [@option{-W[lLiaprmfFsoRt]}|
- @option{--dwarf}[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index]]
- [@option{-G}|@option{--stabs}]
- [@option{-t}|@option{--syms}]
- [@option{-T}|@option{--dynamic-syms}]
- [@option{-x}|@option{--all-headers}]
- [@option{-w}|@option{--wide}]
- [@option{--start-address=}@var{address}]
- [@option{--stop-address=}@var{address}]
- [@option{--prefix-addresses}]
- [@option{--[no-]show-raw-insn}]
- [@option{--adjust-vma=}@var{offset}]
- [@option{--special-syms}]
- [@option{--prefix=}@var{prefix}]
- [@option{--prefix-strip=}@var{level}]
- [@option{--insn-width=}@var{width}]
- [@option{-V}|@option{--version}]
- [@option{-H}|@option{--help}]
- @var{objfile}@dots{}
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION objdump
-
-@command{objdump} displays information about one or more object files.
-The options control what particular information to display. This
-information is mostly useful to programmers who are working on the
-compilation tools, as opposed to programmers who just want their
-program to compile and work.
-
-@var{objfile}@dots{} are the object files to be examined. When you
-specify archives, @command{objdump} shows information on each of the member
-object files.
-
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS objdump
-
-The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent. At least one option from the list
-@option{-a,-d,-D,-e,-f,-g,-G,-h,-H,-p,-P,-r,-R,-s,-S,-t,-T,-V,-x} must be given.
-
-@table @env
-@item -a
-@itemx --archive-header
-@cindex archive headers
-If any of the @var{objfile} files are archives, display the archive
-header information (in a format similar to @samp{ls -l}). Besides the
-information you could list with @samp{ar tv}, @samp{objdump -a} shows
-the object file format of each archive member.
-
-@item --adjust-vma=@var{offset}
-@cindex section addresses in objdump
-@cindex VMA in objdump
-When dumping information, first add @var{offset} to all the section
-addresses. This is useful if the section addresses do not correspond to
-the symbol table, which can happen when putting sections at particular
-addresses when using a format which can not represent section addresses,
-such as a.out.
-
-@item -b @var{bfdname}
-@itemx --target=@var{bfdname}
-@cindex object code format
-Specify that the object-code format for the object files is
-@var{bfdname}. This option may not be necessary; @var{objdump} can
-automatically recognize many formats.
-
-For example,
-@example
-objdump -b oasys -m vax -h fu.o
-@end example
-@noindent
-displays summary information from the section headers (@option{-h}) of
-@file{fu.o}, which is explicitly identified (@option{-m}) as a VAX object
-file in the format produced by Oasys compilers. You can list the
-formats available with the @option{-i} option.
-@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
-
-@item -C
-@itemx --demangle[=@var{style}]
-@cindex demangling in objdump
-Decode (@dfn{demangle}) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
-Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
-makes C++ function names readable. Different compilers have different
-mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to
-choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler. @xref{c++filt},
-for more information on demangling.
-
-@item -g
-@itemx --debugging
-Display debugging information. This attempts to parse STABS and IEEE
-debugging format information stored in the file and print it out using
-a C like syntax. If neither of these formats are found this option
-falls back on the @option{-W} option to print any DWARF information in
-the file.
-
-@item -e
-@itemx --debugging-tags
-Like @option{-g}, but the information is generated in a format compatible
-with ctags tool.
-
-@item -d
-@itemx --disassemble
-@cindex disassembling object code
-@cindex machine instructions
-Display the assembler mnemonics for the machine instructions from
-@var{objfile}. This option only disassembles those sections which are
-expected to contain instructions.
-
-@item -D
-@itemx --disassemble-all
-Like @option{-d}, but disassemble the contents of all sections, not just
-those expected to contain instructions.
-
-If the target is an ARM architecture this switch also has the effect
-of forcing the disassembler to decode pieces of data found in code
-sections as if they were instructions.
-
-@item --prefix-addresses
-When disassembling, print the complete address on each line. This is
-the older disassembly format.
-
-@item -EB
-@itemx -EL
-@itemx --endian=@{big|little@}
-@cindex endianness
-@cindex disassembly endianness
-Specify the endianness of the object files. This only affects
-disassembly. This can be useful when disassembling a file format which
-does not describe endianness information, such as S-records.
-
-@item -f
-@itemx --file-headers
-@cindex object file header
-Display summary information from the overall header of
-each of the @var{objfile} files.
-
-@item -F
-@itemx --file-offsets
-@cindex object file offsets
-When disassembling sections, whenever a symbol is displayed, also
-display the file offset of the region of data that is about to be
-dumped. If zeroes are being skipped, then when disassembly resumes,
-tell the user how many zeroes were skipped and the file offset of the
-location from where the disassembly resumes. When dumping sections,
-display the file offset of the location from where the dump starts.
-
-@item --file-start-context
-@cindex source code context
-Specify that when displaying interlisted source code/disassembly
-(assumes @option{-S}) from a file that has not yet been displayed, extend the
-context to the start of the file.
-
-@item -h
-@itemx --section-headers
-@itemx --headers
-@cindex section headers
-Display summary information from the section headers of the
-object file.
-
-File segments may be relocated to nonstandard addresses, for example by
-using the @option{-Ttext}, @option{-Tdata}, or @option{-Tbss} options to
-@command{ld}. However, some object file formats, such as a.out, do not
-store the starting address of the file segments. In those situations,
-although @command{ld} relocates the sections correctly, using @samp{objdump
--h} to list the file section headers cannot show the correct addresses.
-Instead, it shows the usual addresses, which are implicit for the
-target.
-
-@item -H
-@itemx --help
-Print a summary of the options to @command{objdump} and exit.
-
-@item -i
-@itemx --info
-@cindex architectures available
-@cindex object formats available
-Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available
-for specification with @option{-b} or @option{-m}.
-
-@item -j @var{name}
-@itemx --section=@var{name}
-@cindex section information
-Display information only for section @var{name}.
-
-@item -l
-@itemx --line-numbers
-@cindex source filenames for object files
-Label the display (using debugging information) with the filename and
-source line numbers corresponding to the object code or relocs shown.
-Only useful with @option{-d}, @option{-D}, or @option{-r}.
-
-@item -m @var{machine}
-@itemx --architecture=@var{machine}
-@cindex architecture
-@cindex disassembly architecture
-Specify the architecture to use when disassembling object files. This
-can be useful when disassembling object files which do not describe
-architecture information, such as S-records. You can list the available
-architectures with the @option{-i} option.
-
-If the target is an ARM architecture then this switch has an
-additional effect. It restricts the disassembly to only those
-instructions supported by the architecture specified by @var{machine}.
-If it is necessary to use this switch because the input file does not
-contain any architecture information, but it is also desired to
-disassemble all the instructions use @option{-marm}.
-
-@item -M @var{options}
-@itemx --disassembler-options=@var{options}
-Pass target specific information to the disassembler. Only supported on
-some targets. If it is necessary to specify more than one
-disassembler option then multiple @option{-M} options can be used or
-can be placed together into a comma separated list.
-
-If the target is an ARM architecture then this switch can be used to
-select which register name set is used during disassembler. Specifying
-@option{-M reg-names-std} (the default) will select the register names as
-used in ARM's instruction set documentation, but with register 13 called
-'sp', register 14 called 'lr' and register 15 called 'pc'. Specifying
-@option{-M reg-names-apcs} will select the name set used by the ARM
-Procedure Call Standard, whilst specifying @option{-M reg-names-raw} will
-just use @samp{r} followed by the register number.
-
-There are also two variants on the APCS register naming scheme enabled
-by @option{-M reg-names-atpcs} and @option{-M reg-names-special-atpcs} which
-use the ARM/Thumb Procedure Call Standard naming conventions. (Either
-with the normal register names or the special register names).
-
-This option can also be used for ARM architectures to force the
-disassembler to interpret all instructions as Thumb instructions by
-using the switch @option{--disassembler-options=force-thumb}. This can be
-useful when attempting to disassemble thumb code produced by other
-compilers.
-
-For the x86, some of the options duplicate functions of the @option{-m}
-switch, but allow finer grained control. Multiple selections from the
-following may be specified as a comma separated string.
-@option{x86-64}, @option{i386} and @option{i8086} select disassembly for
-the given architecture. @option{intel} and @option{att} select between
-intel syntax mode and AT&T syntax mode.
-@option{intel-mnemonic} and @option{att-mnemonic} select between
-intel mnemonic mode and AT&T mnemonic mode. @option{intel-mnemonic}
-implies @option{intel} and @option{att-mnemonic} implies @option{att}.
-@option{addr64}, @option{addr32},
-@option{addr16}, @option{data32} and @option{data16} specify the default
-address size and operand size. These four options will be overridden if
-@option{x86-64}, @option{i386} or @option{i8086} appear later in the
-option string. Lastly, @option{suffix}, when in AT&T mode,
-instructs the disassembler to print a mnemonic suffix even when the
-suffix could be inferred by the operands.
-
-For PowerPC, @option{booke} controls the disassembly of BookE
-instructions. @option{32} and @option{64} select PowerPC and
-PowerPC64 disassembly, respectively. @option{e300} selects
-disassembly for the e300 family. @option{440} selects disassembly for
-the PowerPC 440. @option{ppcps} selects disassembly for the paired
-single instructions of the PPC750CL.
-
-For MIPS, this option controls the printing of instruction mnemonic
-names and register names in disassembled instructions. Multiple
-selections from the following may be specified as a comma separated
-string, and invalid options are ignored:
-
-@table @code
-@item no-aliases
-Print the 'raw' instruction mnemonic instead of some pseudo
-instruction mnemonic. I.e., print 'daddu' or 'or' instead of 'move',
-'sll' instead of 'nop', etc.
-
-@item msa
-Disassemble MSA instructions.
-
-@item virt
-Disassemble the virtualization ASE instructions.
-
-@item xpa
-Disassemble the eXtended Physical Address (XPA) ASE instructions.
-
-@item mxu
-Disassemble the MXU ASE instructions.
-
-@item gpr-names=@var{ABI}
-Print GPR (general-purpose register) names as appropriate
-for the specified ABI. By default, GPR names are selected according to
-the ABI of the binary being disassembled.
-
-@item fpr-names=@var{ABI}
-Print FPR (floating-point register) names as
-appropriate for the specified ABI. By default, FPR numbers are printed
-rather than names.
-
-@item cp0-names=@var{ARCH}
-Print CP0 (system control coprocessor; coprocessor 0) register names
-as appropriate for the CPU or architecture specified by
-@var{ARCH}. By default, CP0 register names are selected according to
-the architecture and CPU of the binary being disassembled.
-
-@item hwr-names=@var{ARCH}
-Print HWR (hardware register, used by the @code{rdhwr} instruction) names
-as appropriate for the CPU or architecture specified by
-@var{ARCH}. By default, HWR names are selected according to
-the architecture and CPU of the binary being disassembled.
-
-@item reg-names=@var{ABI}
-Print GPR and FPR names as appropriate for the selected ABI.
-
-@item reg-names=@var{ARCH}
-Print CPU-specific register names (CP0 register and HWR names)
-as appropriate for the selected CPU or architecture.
-@end table
-
-For any of the options listed above, @var{ABI} or
-@var{ARCH} may be specified as @samp{numeric} to have numbers printed
-rather than names, for the selected types of registers.
-You can list the available values of @var{ABI} and @var{ARCH} using
-the @option{--help} option.
-
-For VAX, you can specify function entry addresses with @option{-M
-entry:0xf00ba}. You can use this multiple times to properly
-disassemble VAX binary files that don't contain symbol tables (like
-ROM dumps). In these cases, the function entry mask would otherwise
-be decoded as VAX instructions, which would probably lead the rest
-of the function being wrongly disassembled.
-
-@item -p
-@itemx --private-headers
-Print information that is specific to the object file format. The exact
-information printed depends upon the object file format. For some
-object file formats, no additional information is printed.
-
-@item -P @var{options}
-@itemx --private=@var{options}
-Print information that is specific to the object file format. The
-argument @var{options} is a comma separated list that depends on the
-format (the lists of options is displayed with the help).
-
-For XCOFF, the available options are: @option{header}, @option{aout},
-@option{sections}, @option{syms}, @option{relocs}, @option{lineno},
-@option{loader}, @option{except}, @option{typchk}, @option{traceback},
-@option{toc} and @option{ldinfo}.
-
-@item -r
-@itemx --reloc
-@cindex relocation entries, in object file
-Print the relocation entries of the file. If used with @option{-d} or
-@option{-D}, the relocations are printed interspersed with the
-disassembly.
-
-@item -R
-@itemx --dynamic-reloc
-@cindex dynamic relocation entries, in object file
-Print the dynamic relocation entries of the file. This is only
-meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
-libraries. As for @option{-r}, if used with @option{-d} or
-@option{-D}, the relocations are printed interspersed with the
-disassembly.
-
-@item -s
-@itemx --full-contents
-@cindex sections, full contents
-@cindex object file sections
-Display the full contents of any sections requested. By default all
-non-empty sections are displayed.
-
-@item -S
-@itemx --source
-@cindex source disassembly
-@cindex disassembly, with source
-Display source code intermixed with disassembly, if possible. Implies
-@option{-d}.
-
-@item --prefix=@var{prefix}
-@cindex Add prefix to absolute paths
-Specify @var{prefix} to add to the absolute paths when used with
-@option{-S}.
-
-@item --prefix-strip=@var{level}
-@cindex Strip absolute paths
-Indicate how many initial directory names to strip off the hardwired
-absolute paths. It has no effect without @option{--prefix=}@var{prefix}.
-
-@item --show-raw-insn
-When disassembling instructions, print the instruction in hex as well as
-in symbolic form. This is the default except when
-@option{--prefix-addresses} is used.
-
-@item --no-show-raw-insn
-When disassembling instructions, do not print the instruction bytes.
-This is the default when @option{--prefix-addresses} is used.
-
-@item --insn-width=@var{width}
-@cindex Instruction width
-Display @var{width} bytes on a single line when disassembling
-instructions.
-
-@item -W[lLiaprmfFsoRt]
-@itemx --dwarf[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index]
-@cindex DWARF
-@cindex debug symbols
-Displays the contents of the debug sections in the file, if any are
-present. If one of the optional letters or words follows the switch
-then only data found in those specific sections will be dumped.
-
-Note that there is no single letter option to display the content of
-trace sections or .gdb_index.
-
-Note: the output from the @option{=info} option can also be affected
-by the options @option{--dwarf-depth}, the @option{--dwarf-start} and
-the @option{--dwarf-check}.
-
-@item --dwarf-depth=@var{n}
-Limit the dump of the @code{.debug_info} section to @var{n} children.
-This is only useful with @option{--dwarf=info}. The default is
-to print all DIEs; the special value 0 for @var{n} will also have this
-effect.
-
-With a non-zero value for @var{n}, DIEs at or deeper than @var{n}
-levels will not be printed. The range for @var{n} is zero-based.
-
-@item --dwarf-start=@var{n}
-Print only DIEs beginning with the DIE numbered @var{n}. This is only
-useful with @option{--dwarf=info}.
-
-If specified, this option will suppress printing of any header
-information and all DIEs before the DIE numbered @var{n}. Only
-siblings and children of the specified DIE will be printed.
-
-This can be used in conjunction with @option{--dwarf-depth}.
-
-@item --dwarf-check
-Enable additional checks for consistency of Dwarf information.
-
-@item -G
-@itemx --stabs
-@cindex stab
-@cindex .stab
-@cindex debug symbols
-@cindex ELF object file format
-Display the full contents of any sections requested. Display the
-contents of the .stab and .stab.index and .stab.excl sections from an
-ELF file. This is only useful on systems (such as Solaris 2.0) in which
-@code{.stab} debugging symbol-table entries are carried in an ELF
-section. In most other file formats, debugging symbol-table entries are
-interleaved with linkage symbols, and are visible in the @option{--syms}
-output.
-
-@item --start-address=@var{address}
-@cindex start-address
-Start displaying data at the specified address. This affects the output
-of the @option{-d}, @option{-r} and @option{-s} options.
-
-@item --stop-address=@var{address}
-@cindex stop-address
-Stop displaying data at the specified address. This affects the output
-of the @option{-d}, @option{-r} and @option{-s} options.
-
-@item -t
-@itemx --syms
-@cindex symbol table entries, printing
-Print the symbol table entries of the file.
-This is similar to the information provided by the @samp{nm} program,
-although the display format is different. The format of the output
-depends upon the format of the file being dumped, but there are two main
-types. One looks like this:
-
-@smallexample
-[ 4](sec 3)(fl 0x00)(ty 0)(scl 3) (nx 1) 0x00000000 .bss
-[ 6](sec 1)(fl 0x00)(ty 0)(scl 2) (nx 0) 0x00000000 fred
-@end smallexample
-
-where the number inside the square brackets is the number of the entry
-in the symbol table, the @var{sec} number is the section number, the
-@var{fl} value are the symbol's flag bits, the @var{ty} number is the
-symbol's type, the @var{scl} number is the symbol's storage class and
-the @var{nx} value is the number of auxilary entries associated with
-the symbol. The last two fields are the symbol's value and its name.
-
-The other common output format, usually seen with ELF based files,
-looks like this:
-
-@smallexample
-00000000 l d .bss 00000000 .bss
-00000000 g .text 00000000 fred
-@end smallexample
-
-Here the first number is the symbol's value (sometimes refered to as
-its address). The next field is actually a set of characters and
-spaces indicating the flag bits that are set on the symbol. These
-characters are described below. Next is the section with which the
-symbol is associated or @emph{*ABS*} if the section is absolute (ie
-not connected with any section), or @emph{*UND*} if the section is
-referenced in the file being dumped, but not defined there.
-
-After the section name comes another field, a number, which for common
-symbols is the alignment and for other symbol is the size. Finally
-the symbol's name is displayed.
-
-The flag characters are divided into 7 groups as follows:
-@table @code
-@item l
-@itemx g
-@itemx u
-@itemx !
-The symbol is a local (l), global (g), unique global (u), neither
-global nor local (a space) or both global and local (!). A
-symbol can be neither local or global for a variety of reasons, e.g.,
-because it is used for debugging, but it is probably an indication of
-a bug if it is ever both local and global. Unique global symbols are
-a GNU extension to the standard set of ELF symbol bindings. For such
-a symbol the dynamic linker will make sure that in the entire process
-there is just one symbol with this name and type in use.
-
-@item w
-The symbol is weak (w) or strong (a space).
-
-@item C
-The symbol denotes a constructor (C) or an ordinary symbol (a space).
-
-@item W
-The symbol is a warning (W) or a normal symbol (a space). A warning
-symbol's name is a message to be displayed if the symbol following the
-warning symbol is ever referenced.
-
-@item I
-@item i
-The symbol is an indirect reference to another symbol (I), a function
-to be evaluated during reloc processing (i) or a normal symbol (a
-space).
-
-@item d
-@itemx D
-The symbol is a debugging symbol (d) or a dynamic symbol (D) or a
-normal symbol (a space).
-
-@item F
-@item f
-@item O
-The symbol is the name of a function (F) or a file (f) or an object
-(O) or just a normal symbol (a space).
-@end table
-
-@item -T
-@itemx --dynamic-syms
-@cindex dynamic symbol table entries, printing
-Print the dynamic symbol table entries of the file. This is only
-meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
-libraries. This is similar to the information provided by the @samp{nm}
-program when given the @option{-D} (@option{--dynamic}) option.
-
-@item --special-syms
-When displaying symbols include those which the target considers to be
-special in some way and which would not normally be of interest to the
-user.
-
-@item -V
-@itemx --version
-Print the version number of @command{objdump} and exit.
-
-@item -x
-@itemx --all-headers
-@cindex all header information, object file
-@cindex header information, all
-Display all available header information, including the symbol table and
-relocation entries. Using @option{-x} is equivalent to specifying all of
-@option{-a -f -h -p -r -t}.
-
-@item -w
-@itemx --wide
-@cindex wide output, printing
-Format some lines for output devices that have more than 80 columns.
-Also do not truncate symbol names when they are displayed.
-
-@item -z
-@itemx --disassemble-zeroes
-Normally the disassembly output will skip blocks of zeroes. This
-option directs the disassembler to disassemble those blocks, just like
-any other data.
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO objdump
-nm(1), readelf(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node ranlib
-@chapter ranlib
-
-@kindex ranlib
-@cindex archive contents
-@cindex symbol index
-
-@c man title ranlib generate index to archive.
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS ranlib
-ranlib [@option{--plugin} @var{name}] [@option{-DhHvVt}] @var{archive}
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION ranlib
-
-@command{ranlib} generates an index to the contents of an archive and
-stores it in the archive. The index lists each symbol defined by a
-member of an archive that is a relocatable object file.
-
-You may use @samp{nm -s} or @samp{nm --print-armap} to list this index.
-
-An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library and
-allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to
-their placement in the archive.
-
-The @sc{gnu} @command{ranlib} program is another form of @sc{gnu} @command{ar}; running
-@command{ranlib} is completely equivalent to executing @samp{ar -s}.
-@xref{ar}.
-
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS ranlib
-
-@table @env
-@item -h
-@itemx -H
-@itemx --help
-Show usage information for @command{ranlib}.
-
-@item -v
-@itemx -V
-@itemx --version
-Show the version number of @command{ranlib}.
-
-@item -D
-@cindex deterministic archives
-@kindex --enable-deterministic-archives
-Operate in @emph{deterministic} mode. The symbol map archive member's
-header will show zero for the UID, GID, and timestamp. When this
-option is used, multiple runs will produce identical output files.
-
-If @file{binutils} was configured with
-@option{--enable-deterministic-archives}, then this mode is on by
-default. It can be disabled with the @samp{-U} option, described
-below.
-
-@item -t
-Update the timestamp of the symbol map of an archive.
-
-@item -U
-@cindex deterministic archives
-@kindex --enable-deterministic-archives
-Do @emph{not} operate in @emph{deterministic} mode. This is the
-inverse of the @samp{-D} option, above: the archive index will get
-actual UID, GID, timestamp, and file mode values.
-
-If @file{binutils} was configured @emph{without}
-@option{--enable-deterministic-archives}, then this mode is on by
-default.
-
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO ranlib
-ar(1), nm(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node size
-@chapter size
-
-@kindex size
-@cindex section sizes
-
-@c man title size list section sizes and total size.
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS size
-size [@option{-A}|@option{-B}|@option{--format=}@var{compatibility}]
- [@option{--help}]
- [@option{-d}|@option{-o}|@option{-x}|@option{--radix=}@var{number}]
- [@option{--common}]
- [@option{-t}|@option{--totals}]
- [@option{--target=}@var{bfdname}] [@option{-V}|@option{--version}]
- [@var{objfile}@dots{}]
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION size
-
-The @sc{gnu} @command{size} utility lists the section sizes---and the total
-size---for each of the object or archive files @var{objfile} in its
-argument list. By default, one line of output is generated for each
-object file or each module in an archive.
-
-@var{objfile}@dots{} are the object files to be examined.
-If none are specified, the file @code{a.out} will be used.
-
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS size
-
-The command line options have the following meanings:
-
-@table @env
-@item -A
-@itemx -B
-@itemx --format=@var{compatibility}
-@cindex @command{size} display format
-Using one of these options, you can choose whether the output from @sc{gnu}
-@command{size} resembles output from System V @command{size} (using @option{-A},
-or @option{--format=sysv}), or Berkeley @command{size} (using @option{-B}, or
-@option{--format=berkeley}). The default is the one-line format similar to
-Berkeley's.
-@c Bonus for doc-source readers: you can also say --format=strange (or
-@c anything else that starts with 's') for sysv, and --format=boring (or
-@c anything else that starts with 'b') for Berkeley.
-
-Here is an example of the Berkeley (default) format of output from
-@command{size}:
-@smallexample
-$ size --format=Berkeley ranlib size
-text data bss dec hex filename
-294880 81920 11592 388392 5ed28 ranlib
-294880 81920 11888 388688 5ee50 size
-@end smallexample
-
-@noindent
-This is the same data, but displayed closer to System V conventions:
-
-@smallexample
-$ size --format=SysV ranlib size
-ranlib :
-section size addr
-.text 294880 8192
-.data 81920 303104
-.bss 11592 385024
-Total 388392
-
-
-size :
-section size addr
-.text 294880 8192
-.data 81920 303104
-.bss 11888 385024
-Total 388688
-@end smallexample
-
-@item --help
-Show a summary of acceptable arguments and options.
-
-@item -d
-@itemx -o
-@itemx -x
-@itemx --radix=@var{number}
-@cindex @command{size} number format
-@cindex radix for section sizes
-Using one of these options, you can control whether the size of each
-section is given in decimal (@option{-d}, or @option{--radix=10}); octal
-(@option{-o}, or @option{--radix=8}); or hexadecimal (@option{-x}, or
-@option{--radix=16}). In @option{--radix=@var{number}}, only the three
-values (8, 10, 16) are supported. The total size is always given in two
-radices; decimal and hexadecimal for @option{-d} or @option{-x} output, or
-octal and hexadecimal if you're using @option{-o}.
-
-@item --common
-Print total size of common symbols in each file. When using Berkeley
-format these are included in the bss size.
-
-@item -t
-@itemx --totals
-Show totals of all objects listed (Berkeley format listing mode only).
-
-@item --target=@var{bfdname}
-@cindex object code format
-Specify that the object-code format for @var{objfile} is
-@var{bfdname}. This option may not be necessary; @command{size} can
-automatically recognize many formats.
-@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
-
-@item -V
-@itemx --version
-Display the version number of @command{size}.
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO size
-ar(1), objdump(1), readelf(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node strings
-@chapter strings
-@kindex strings
-@cindex listings strings
-@cindex printing strings
-@cindex strings, printing
-
-@c man title strings print the strings of printable characters in files.
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS strings
-strings [@option{-afovV}] [@option{-}@var{min-len}]
- [@option{-n} @var{min-len}] [@option{--bytes=}@var{min-len}]
- [@option{-t} @var{radix}] [@option{--radix=}@var{radix}]
- [@option{-e} @var{encoding}] [@option{--encoding=}@var{encoding}]
- [@option{-}] [@option{--all}] [@option{--print-file-name}]
- [@option{-T} @var{bfdname}] [@option{--target=}@var{bfdname}]
- [@option{--help}] [@option{--version}] @var{file}@dots{}
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION strings
-
-For each @var{file} given, @sc{gnu} @command{strings} prints the printable
-character sequences that are at least 4 characters long (or the number
-given with the options below) and are followed by an unprintable
-character. By default, it only prints the strings from the initialized
-and loaded sections of object files; for other types of files, it prints
-the strings from the whole file.
-
-@command{strings} is mainly useful for determining the contents of non-text
-files.
-
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS strings
-
-@table @env
-@item -a
-@itemx --all
-@itemx -
-Do not scan only the initialized and loaded sections of object files;
-scan the whole files.
-
-@item -f
-@itemx --print-file-name
-Print the name of the file before each string.
-
-@item --help
-Print a summary of the program usage on the standard output and exit.
-
-@item -@var{min-len}
-@itemx -n @var{min-len}
-@itemx --bytes=@var{min-len}
-Print sequences of characters that are at least @var{min-len} characters
-long, instead of the default 4.
-
-@item -o
-Like @samp{-t o}. Some other versions of @command{strings} have @option{-o}
-act like @samp{-t d} instead. Since we can not be compatible with both
-ways, we simply chose one.
-
-@item -t @var{radix}
-@itemx --radix=@var{radix}
-Print the offset within the file before each string. The single
-character argument specifies the radix of the offset---@samp{o} for
-octal, @samp{x} for hexadecimal, or @samp{d} for decimal.
-
-@item -e @var{encoding}
-@itemx --encoding=@var{encoding}
-Select the character encoding of the strings that are to be found.
-Possible values for @var{encoding} are: @samp{s} = single-7-bit-byte
-characters (ASCII, ISO 8859, etc., default), @samp{S} =
-single-8-bit-byte characters, @samp{b} = 16-bit bigendian, @samp{l} =
-16-bit littleendian, @samp{B} = 32-bit bigendian, @samp{L} = 32-bit
-littleendian. Useful for finding wide character strings. (@samp{l}
-and @samp{b} apply to, for example, Unicode UTF-16/UCS-2 encodings).
-
-@item -T @var{bfdname}
-@itemx --target=@var{bfdname}
-@cindex object code format
-Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
-@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
-
-@item -v
-@itemx -V
-@itemx --version
-Print the program version number on the standard output and exit.
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO strings
-ar(1), nm(1), objdump(1), ranlib(1), readelf(1)
-and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node strip
-@chapter strip
-
-@kindex strip
-@cindex removing symbols
-@cindex discarding symbols
-@cindex symbols, discarding
-
-@c man title strip Discard symbols from object files.
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS strip
-strip [@option{-F} @var{bfdname} |@option{--target=}@var{bfdname}]
- [@option{-I} @var{bfdname} |@option{--input-target=}@var{bfdname}]
- [@option{-O} @var{bfdname} |@option{--output-target=}@var{bfdname}]
- [@option{-s}|@option{--strip-all}]
- [@option{-S}|@option{-g}|@option{-d}|@option{--strip-debug}]
- [@option{--strip-dwo}]
- [@option{-K} @var{symbolname} |@option{--keep-symbol=}@var{symbolname}]
- [@option{-N} @var{symbolname} |@option{--strip-symbol=}@var{symbolname}]
- [@option{-w}|@option{--wildcard}]
- [@option{-x}|@option{--discard-all}] [@option{-X} |@option{--discard-locals}]
- [@option{-R} @var{sectionname} |@option{--remove-section=}@var{sectionname}]
- [@option{-o} @var{file}] [@option{-p}|@option{--preserve-dates}]
- [@option{-D}|@option{--enable-deterministic-archives}]
- [@option{-U}|@option{--disable-deterministic-archives}]
- [@option{--keep-file-symbols}]
- [@option{--only-keep-debug}]
- [@option{-v} |@option{--verbose}] [@option{-V}|@option{--version}]
- [@option{--help}] [@option{--info}]
- @var{objfile}@dots{}
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION strip
-
-@sc{gnu} @command{strip} discards all symbols from object files
-@var{objfile}. The list of object files may include archives.
-At least one object file must be given.
-
-@command{strip} modifies the files named in its argument,
-rather than writing modified copies under different names.
-
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS strip
-
-@table @env
-@item -F @var{bfdname}
-@itemx --target=@var{bfdname}
-Treat the original @var{objfile} as a file with the object
-code format @var{bfdname}, and rewrite it in the same format.
-@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
-
-@item --help
-Show a summary of the options to @command{strip} and exit.
-
-@item --info
-Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available.
-
-@item -I @var{bfdname}
-@itemx --input-target=@var{bfdname}
-Treat the original @var{objfile} as a file with the object
-code format @var{bfdname}.
-@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
-
-@item -O @var{bfdname}
-@itemx --output-target=@var{bfdname}
-Replace @var{objfile} with a file in the output format @var{bfdname}.
-@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
-
-@item -R @var{sectionname}
-@itemx --remove-section=@var{sectionname}
-Remove any section named @var{sectionname} from the output file. This
-option may be given more than once. Note that using this option
-inappropriately may make the output file unusable. The wildcard
-character @samp{*} may be given at the end of @var{sectionname}. If
-so, then any section starting with @var{sectionname} will be removed.
-
-@item -s
-@itemx --strip-all
-Remove all symbols.
-
-@item -g
-@itemx -S
-@itemx -d
-@itemx --strip-debug
-Remove debugging symbols only.
-
-@item --strip-dwo
-Remove the contents of all DWARF .dwo sections, leaving the
-remaining debugging sections and all symbols intact.
-See the description of this option in the @command{objcopy} section
-for more information.
-
-@item --strip-unneeded
-Remove all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
-
-@item -K @var{symbolname}
-@itemx --keep-symbol=@var{symbolname}
-When stripping symbols, keep symbol @var{symbolname} even if it would
-normally be stripped. This option may be given more than once.
-
-@item -N @var{symbolname}
-@itemx --strip-symbol=@var{symbolname}
-Remove symbol @var{symbolname} from the source file. This option may be
-given more than once, and may be combined with strip options other than
-@option{-K}.
-
-@item -o @var{file}
-Put the stripped output in @var{file}, rather than replacing the
-existing file. When this argument is used, only one @var{objfile}
-argument may be specified.
-
-@item -p
-@itemx --preserve-dates
-Preserve the access and modification dates of the file.
-
-@item -D
-@itemx --enable-deterministic-archives
-@cindex deterministic archives
-@kindex --enable-deterministic-archives
-Operate in @emph{deterministic} mode. When copying archive members
-and writing the archive index, use zero for UIDs, GIDs, timestamps,
-and use consistent file modes for all files.
-
-If @file{binutils} was configured with
-@option{--enable-deterministic-archives}, then this mode is on by default.
-It can be disabled with the @samp{-U} option, below.
-
-@item -U
-@itemx --disable-deterministic-archives
-@cindex deterministic archives
-@kindex --enable-deterministic-archives
-Do @emph{not} operate in @emph{deterministic} mode. This is the
-inverse of the @option{-D} option, above: when copying archive members
-and writing the archive index, use their actual UID, GID, timestamp,
-and file mode values.
-
-This is the default unless @file{binutils} was configured with
-@option{--enable-deterministic-archives}.
-
-@item -w
-@itemx --wildcard
-Permit regular expressions in @var{symbolname}s used in other command
-line options. The question mark (?), asterisk (*), backslash (\) and
-square brackets ([]) operators can be used anywhere in the symbol
-name. If the first character of the symbol name is the exclamation
-point (!) then the sense of the switch is reversed for that symbol.
-For example:
-
-@smallexample
- -w -K !foo -K fo*
-@end smallexample
-
-would cause strip to only keep symbols that start with the letters
-``fo'', but to discard the symbol ``foo''.
-
-@item -x
-@itemx --discard-all
-Remove non-global symbols.
-
-@item -X
-@itemx --discard-locals
-Remove compiler-generated local symbols.
-(These usually start with @samp{L} or @samp{.}.)
-
-@item --keep-file-symbols
-When stripping a file, perhaps with @option{--strip-debug} or
-@option{--strip-unneeded}, retain any symbols specifying source file names,
-which would otherwise get stripped.
-
-@item --only-keep-debug
-Strip a file, removing contents of any sections that would not be
-stripped by @option{--strip-debug} and leaving the debugging sections
-intact. In ELF files, this preserves all note sections in the output.
-
-The intention is that this option will be used in conjunction with
-@option{--add-gnu-debuglink} to create a two part executable. One a
-stripped binary which will occupy less space in RAM and in a
-distribution and the second a debugging information file which is only
-needed if debugging abilities are required. The suggested procedure
-to create these files is as follows:
-
-@enumerate
-@item Link the executable as normal. Assuming that is is called
-@code{foo} then...
-@item Run @code{objcopy --only-keep-debug foo foo.dbg} to
-create a file containing the debugging info.
-@item Run @code{objcopy --strip-debug foo} to create a
-stripped executable.
-@item Run @code{objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.dbg foo}
-to add a link to the debugging info into the stripped executable.
-@end enumerate
-
-Note---the choice of @code{.dbg} as an extension for the debug info
-file is arbitrary. Also the @code{--only-keep-debug} step is
-optional. You could instead do this:
-
-@enumerate
-@item Link the executable as normal.
-@item Copy @code{foo} to @code{foo.full}
-@item Run @code{strip --strip-debug foo}
-@item Run @code{objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.full foo}
-@end enumerate
-
-i.e., the file pointed to by the @option{--add-gnu-debuglink} can be the
-full executable. It does not have to be a file created by the
-@option{--only-keep-debug} switch.
-
-Note---this switch is only intended for use on fully linked files. It
-does not make sense to use it on object files where the debugging
-information may be incomplete. Besides the gnu_debuglink feature
-currently only supports the presence of one filename containing
-debugging information, not multiple filenames on a one-per-object-file
-basis.
-
-@item -V
-@itemx --version
-Show the version number for @command{strip}.
-
-@item -v
-@itemx --verbose
-Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of
-archives, @samp{strip -v} lists all members of the archive.
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO strip
-the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node c++filt, addr2line, strip, Top
-@chapter c++filt
-
-@kindex c++filt
-@cindex demangling C++ symbols
-
-@c man title cxxfilt Demangle C++ and Java symbols.
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS cxxfilt
-c++filt [@option{-_}|@option{--strip-underscore}]
- [@option{-n}|@option{--no-strip-underscore}]
- [@option{-p}|@option{--no-params}]
- [@option{-t}|@option{--types}]
- [@option{-i}|@option{--no-verbose}]
- [@option{-s} @var{format}|@option{--format=}@var{format}]
- [@option{--help}] [@option{--version}] [@var{symbol}@dots{}]
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION cxxfilt
-
-@kindex cxxfilt
-The C++ and Java languages provide function overloading, which means
-that you can write many functions with the same name, providing that
-each function takes parameters of different types. In order to be
-able to distinguish these similarly named functions C++ and Java
-encode them into a low-level assembler name which uniquely identifies
-each different version. This process is known as @dfn{mangling}. The
-@command{c++filt}
-@footnote{MS-DOS does not allow @kbd{+} characters in file names, so on
-MS-DOS this program is named @command{CXXFILT}.}
-program does the inverse mapping: it decodes (@dfn{demangles}) low-level
-names into user-level names so that they can be read.
-
-Every alphanumeric word (consisting of letters, digits, underscores,
-dollars, or periods) seen in the input is a potential mangled name.
-If the name decodes into a C++ name, the C++ name replaces the
-low-level name in the output, otherwise the original word is output.
-In this way you can pass an entire assembler source file, containing
-mangled names, through @command{c++filt} and see the same source file
-containing demangled names.
-
-You can also use @command{c++filt} to decipher individual symbols by
-passing them on the command line:
-
-@example
-c++filt @var{symbol}
-@end example
-
-If no @var{symbol} arguments are given, @command{c++filt} reads symbol
-names from the standard input instead. All the results are printed on
-the standard output. The difference between reading names from the
-command line versus reading names from the standard input is that
-command line arguments are expected to be just mangled names and no
-checking is performed to separate them from surrounding text. Thus
-for example:
-
-@smallexample
-c++filt -n _Z1fv
-@end smallexample
-
-will work and demangle the name to ``f()'' whereas:
-
-@smallexample
-c++filt -n _Z1fv,
-@end smallexample
-
-will not work. (Note the extra comma at the end of the mangled
-name which makes it invalid). This command however will work:
-
-@smallexample
-echo _Z1fv, | c++filt -n
-@end smallexample
-
-and will display ``f(),'', i.e., the demangled name followed by a
-trailing comma. This behaviour is because when the names are read
-from the standard input it is expected that they might be part of an
-assembler source file where there might be extra, extraneous
-characters trailing after a mangled name. For example:
-
-@smallexample
- .type _Z1fv, @@function
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS cxxfilt
-
-@table @env
-@item -_
-@itemx --strip-underscore
-On some systems, both the C and C++ compilers put an underscore in front
-of every name. For example, the C name @code{foo} gets the low-level
-name @code{_foo}. This option removes the initial underscore. Whether
-@command{c++filt} removes the underscore by default is target dependent.
-
-@item -n
-@itemx --no-strip-underscore
-Do not remove the initial underscore.
-
-@item -p
-@itemx --no-params
-When demangling the name of a function, do not display the types of
-the function's parameters.
-
-@item -t
-@itemx --types
-Attempt to demangle types as well as function names. This is disabled
-by default since mangled types are normally only used internally in
-the compiler, and they can be confused with non-mangled names. For example,
-a function called ``a'' treated as a mangled type name would be
-demangled to ``signed char''.
-
-@item -i
-@itemx --no-verbose
-Do not include implementation details (if any) in the demangled
-output.
-
-@item -s @var{format}
-@itemx --format=@var{format}
-@command{c++filt} can decode various methods of mangling, used by
-different compilers. The argument to this option selects which
-method it uses:
-
-@table @code
-@item auto
-Automatic selection based on executable (the default method)
-@item gnu
-the one used by the @sc{gnu} C++ compiler (g++)
-@item lucid
-the one used by the Lucid compiler (lcc)
-@item arm
-the one specified by the C++ Annotated Reference Manual
-@item hp
-the one used by the HP compiler (aCC)
-@item edg
-the one used by the EDG compiler
-@item gnu-v3
-the one used by the @sc{gnu} C++ compiler (g++) with the V3 ABI.
-@item java
-the one used by the @sc{gnu} Java compiler (gcj)
-@item gnat
-the one used by the @sc{gnu} Ada compiler (GNAT).
-@end table
-
-@item --help
-Print a summary of the options to @command{c++filt} and exit.
-
-@item --version
-Print the version number of @command{c++filt} and exit.
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO cxxfilt
-the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@quotation
-@emph{Warning:} @command{c++filt} is a new utility, and the details of its
-user interface are subject to change in future releases. In particular,
-a command-line option may be required in the future to decode a name
-passed as an argument on the command line; in other words,
-
-@example
-c++filt @var{symbol}
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-may in a future release become
-
-@example
-c++filt @var{option} @var{symbol}
-@end example
-@end quotation
-
-@node addr2line
-@chapter addr2line
-
-@kindex addr2line
-@cindex address to file name and line number
-
-@c man title addr2line convert addresses into file names and line numbers.
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS addr2line
-addr2line [@option{-a}|@option{--addresses}]
- [@option{-b} @var{bfdname}|@option{--target=}@var{bfdname}]
- [@option{-C}|@option{--demangle}[=@var{style}]]
- [@option{-e} @var{filename}|@option{--exe=}@var{filename}]
- [@option{-f}|@option{--functions}] [@option{-s}|@option{--basename}]
- [@option{-i}|@option{--inlines}]
- [@option{-p}|@option{--pretty-print}]
- [@option{-j}|@option{--section=}@var{name}]
- [@option{-H}|@option{--help}] [@option{-V}|@option{--version}]
- [addr addr @dots{}]
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION addr2line
-
-@command{addr2line} translates addresses into file names and line numbers.
-Given an address in an executable or an offset in a section of a relocatable
-object, it uses the debugging information to figure out which file name and
-line number are associated with it.
-
-The executable or relocatable object to use is specified with the @option{-e}
-option. The default is the file @file{a.out}. The section in the relocatable
-object to use is specified with the @option{-j} option.
-
-@command{addr2line} has two modes of operation.
-
-In the first, hexadecimal addresses are specified on the command line,
-and @command{addr2line} displays the file name and line number for each
-address.
-
-In the second, @command{addr2line} reads hexadecimal addresses from
-standard input, and prints the file name and line number for each
-address on standard output. In this mode, @command{addr2line} may be used
-in a pipe to convert dynamically chosen addresses.
-
-The format of the output is @samp{FILENAME:LINENO}. The file name and
-line number for each input address is printed on separate lines.
-
-If the @option{-f} option is used, then each @samp{FILENAME:LINENO}
-line is preceded by @samp{FUNCTIONNAME} which is the name of the
-function containing the address.
-
-If the @option{-i} option is used and the code at the given address is
-present there because of inlining by the compiler then the
-@samp{@{FUNCTIONNAME@} FILENAME:LINENO} information for the inlining
-function will be displayed afterwards. This continues recursively
-until there is no more inlining to report.
-
-If the @option{-a} option is used then the output is prefixed by the
-input address.
-
-If the @option{-p} option is used then the output for each input
-address is displayed on one, possibly quite long, line. If
-@option{-p} is not used then the output is broken up into multiple
-lines, based on the paragraphs above.
-
-If the file name or function name can not be determined,
-@command{addr2line} will print two question marks in their place. If the
-line number can not be determined, @command{addr2line} will print 0.
-
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS addr2line
-
-The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent.
-
-@table @env
-@item -a
-@itemx --addresses
-Display the address before the function name, file and line number
-information. The address is printed with a @samp{0x} prefix to easily
-identify it.
-
-@item -b @var{bfdname}
-@itemx --target=@var{bfdname}
-@cindex object code format
-Specify that the object-code format for the object files is
-@var{bfdname}.
-
-@item -C
-@itemx --demangle[=@var{style}]
-@cindex demangling in objdump
-Decode (@dfn{demangle}) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
-Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
-makes C++ function names readable. Different compilers have different
-mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to
-choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler. @xref{c++filt},
-for more information on demangling.
-
-@item -e @var{filename}
-@itemx --exe=@var{filename}
-Specify the name of the executable for which addresses should be
-translated. The default file is @file{a.out}.
-
-@item -f
-@itemx --functions
-Display function names as well as file and line number information.
-
-@item -s
-@itemx --basenames
-Display only the base of each file name.
-
-@item -i
-@itemx --inlines
-If the address belongs to a function that was inlined, the source
-information for all enclosing scopes back to the first non-inlined
-function will also be printed. For example, if @code{main} inlines
-@code{callee1} which inlines @code{callee2}, and address is from
-@code{callee2}, the source information for @code{callee1} and @code{main}
-will also be printed.
-
-@item -j
-@itemx --section
-Read offsets relative to the specified section instead of absolute addresses.
-
-@item -p
-@itemx --pretty-print
-Make the output more human friendly: each location are printed on one line.
-If option @option{-i} is specified, lines for all enclosing scopes are
-prefixed with @samp{(inlined by)}.
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO addr2line
-Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node nlmconv
-@chapter nlmconv
-
-@command{nlmconv} converts a relocatable object file into a NetWare
-Loadable Module.
-
-@ignore
-@command{nlmconv} currently works with @samp{i386} object
-files in @code{coff}, @sc{elf}, or @code{a.out} format, and @sc{SPARC}
-object files in @sc{elf}, or @code{a.out} format@footnote{
-@command{nlmconv} should work with any @samp{i386} or @sc{sparc} object
-format in the Binary File Descriptor library. It has only been tested
-with the above formats.}.
-@end ignore
-
-@quotation
-@emph{Warning:} @command{nlmconv} is not always built as part of the binary
-utilities, since it is only useful for NLM targets.
-@end quotation
-
-@c man title nlmconv converts object code into an NLM.
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS nlmconv
-nlmconv [@option{-I} @var{bfdname}|@option{--input-target=}@var{bfdname}]
- [@option{-O} @var{bfdname}|@option{--output-target=}@var{bfdname}]
- [@option{-T} @var{headerfile}|@option{--header-file=}@var{headerfile}]
- [@option{-d}|@option{--debug}] [@option{-l} @var{linker}|@option{--linker=}@var{linker}]
- [@option{-h}|@option{--help}] [@option{-V}|@option{--version}]
- @var{infile} @var{outfile}
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION nlmconv
-
-@command{nlmconv} converts the relocatable @samp{i386} object file
-@var{infile} into the NetWare Loadable Module @var{outfile}, optionally
-reading @var{headerfile} for NLM header information. For instructions
-on writing the NLM command file language used in header files, see the
-@samp{linkers} section, @samp{NLMLINK} in particular, of the @cite{NLM
-Development and Tools Overview}, which is part of the NLM Software
-Developer's Kit (``NLM SDK''), available from Novell, Inc.
-@command{nlmconv} uses the @sc{gnu} Binary File Descriptor library to read
-@var{infile};
-@ifclear man
-see @ref{BFD,,BFD,ld.info,Using LD}, for more information.
-@end ifclear
-
-@command{nlmconv} can perform a link step. In other words, you can list
-more than one object file for input if you list them in the definitions
-file (rather than simply specifying one input file on the command line).
-In this case, @command{nlmconv} calls the linker for you.
-
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS nlmconv
-
-@table @env
-@item -I @var{bfdname}
-@itemx --input-target=@var{bfdname}
-Object format of the input file. @command{nlmconv} can usually determine
-the format of a given file (so no default is necessary).
-@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
-
-@item -O @var{bfdname}
-@itemx --output-target=@var{bfdname}
-Object format of the output file. @command{nlmconv} infers the output
-format based on the input format, e.g. for a @samp{i386} input file the
-output format is @samp{nlm32-i386}.
-@xref{Target Selection}, for more information.
-
-@item -T @var{headerfile}
-@itemx --header-file=@var{headerfile}
-Reads @var{headerfile} for NLM header information. For instructions on
-writing the NLM command file language used in header files, see@ see the
-@samp{linkers} section, of the @cite{NLM Development and Tools
-Overview}, which is part of the NLM Software Developer's Kit, available
-from Novell, Inc.
-
-@item -d
-@itemx --debug
-Displays (on standard error) the linker command line used by @command{nlmconv}.
-
-@item -l @var{linker}
-@itemx --linker=@var{linker}
-Use @var{linker} for any linking. @var{linker} can be an absolute or a
-relative pathname.
-
-@item -h
-@itemx --help
-Prints a usage summary.
-
-@item -V
-@itemx --version
-Prints the version number for @command{nlmconv}.
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO nlmconv
-the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node windmc
-@chapter windmc
-
-@command{windmc} may be used to generator Windows message resources.
-
-@quotation
-@emph{Warning:} @command{windmc} is not always built as part of the binary
-utilities, since it is only useful for Windows targets.
-@end quotation
-
-@c man title windmc generates Windows message resources.
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS windmc
-windmc [options] input-file
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION windmc
-
-@command{windmc} reads message definitions from an input file (.mc) and
-translate them into a set of output files. The output files may be of
-four kinds:
-
-@table @code
-@item h
-A C header file containing the message definitions.
-
-@item rc
-A resource file compilable by the @command{windres} tool.
-
-@item bin
-One or more binary files containing the resource data for a specific
-message language.
-
-@item dbg
-A C include file that maps message id's to their symbolic name.
-@end table
-
-The exact description of these different formats is available in
-documentation from Microsoft.
-
-When @command{windmc} converts from the @code{mc} format to the @code{bin}
-format, @code{rc}, @code{h}, and optional @code{dbg} it is acting like the
-Windows Message Compiler.
-
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS windmc
-
-@table @env
-@item -a
-@itemx --ascii_in
-Specifies that the input file specified is ASCII. This is the default
-behaviour.
-
-@item -A
-@itemx --ascii_out
-Specifies that messages in the output @code{bin} files should be in ASCII
-format.
-
-@item -b
-@itemx --binprefix
-Specifies that @code{bin} filenames should have to be prefixed by the
-basename of the source file.
-
-@item -c
-@itemx --customflag
-Sets the customer bit in all message id's.
-
-@item -C @var{codepage}
-@itemx --codepage_in @var{codepage}
-Sets the default codepage to be used to convert input file to UTF16. The
-default is ocdepage 1252.
-
-@item -d
-@itemx --decimal_values
-Outputs the constants in the header file in decimal. Default is using
-hexadecimal output.
-
-@item -e @var{ext}
-@itemx --extension @var{ext}
-The extension for the header file. The default is .h extension.
-
-@item -F @var{target}
-@itemx --target @var{target}
-Specify the BFD format to use for a bin file as output. This
-is a BFD target name; you can use the @option{--help} option to see a list
-of supported targets. Normally @command{windmc} will use the default
-format, which is the first one listed by the @option{--help} option.
-@ifclear man
-@ref{Target Selection}.
-@end ifclear
-
-@item -h @var{path}
-@itemx --headerdir @var{path}
-The target directory of the generated header file. The default is the
-current directory.
-
-@item -H
-@itemx --help
-Displays a list of command line options and then exits.
-
-@item -m @var{characters}
-@itemx --maxlength @var{characters}
-Instructs @command{windmc} to generate a warning if the length
-of any message exceeds the number specified.
-
-@item -n
-@itemx --nullterminate
-Terminate message text in @code{bin} files by zero. By default they are
-terminated by CR/LF.
-
-@item -o
-@itemx --hresult_use
-Not yet implemented. Instructs @code{windmc} to generate an OLE2 header
-file, using HRESULT definitions. Status codes are used if the flag is not
-specified.
-
-@item -O @var{codepage}
-@itemx --codepage_out @var{codepage}
-Sets the default codepage to be used to output text files. The default
-is ocdepage 1252.
-
-@item -r @var{path}
-@itemx --rcdir @var{path}
-The target directory for the generated @code{rc} script and the generated
-@code{bin} files that the resource compiler script includes. The default
-is the current directory.
-
-@item -u
-@itemx --unicode_in
-Specifies that the input file is UTF16.
-
-@item -U
-@itemx --unicode_out
-Specifies that messages in the output @code{bin} file should be in UTF16
-format. This is the default behaviour.
-
-@item -v
-@item --verbose
-Enable verbose mode.
-
-@item -V
-@item --version
-Prints the version number for @command{windmc}.
-
-@item -x @var{path}
-@itemx --xdgb @var{path}
-The path of the @code{dbg} C include file that maps message id's to the
-symbolic name. No such file is generated without specifying the switch.
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO windmc
-the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node windres
-@chapter windres
-
-@command{windres} may be used to manipulate Windows resources.
-
-@quotation
-@emph{Warning:} @command{windres} is not always built as part of the binary
-utilities, since it is only useful for Windows targets.
-@end quotation
-
-@c man title windres manipulate Windows resources.
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS windres
-windres [options] [input-file] [output-file]
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION windres
-
-@command{windres} reads resources from an input file and copies them into
-an output file. Either file may be in one of three formats:
-
-@table @code
-@item rc
-A text format read by the Resource Compiler.
-
-@item res
-A binary format generated by the Resource Compiler.
-
-@item coff
-A COFF object or executable.
-@end table
-
-The exact description of these different formats is available in
-documentation from Microsoft.
-
-When @command{windres} converts from the @code{rc} format to the @code{res}
-format, it is acting like the Windows Resource Compiler. When
-@command{windres} converts from the @code{res} format to the @code{coff}
-format, it is acting like the Windows @code{CVTRES} program.
-
-When @command{windres} generates an @code{rc} file, the output is similar
-but not identical to the format expected for the input. When an input
-@code{rc} file refers to an external filename, an output @code{rc} file
-will instead include the file contents.
-
-If the input or output format is not specified, @command{windres} will
-guess based on the file name, or, for the input file, the file contents.
-A file with an extension of @file{.rc} will be treated as an @code{rc}
-file, a file with an extension of @file{.res} will be treated as a
-@code{res} file, and a file with an extension of @file{.o} or
-@file{.exe} will be treated as a @code{coff} file.
-
-If no output file is specified, @command{windres} will print the resources
-in @code{rc} format to standard output.
-
-The normal use is for you to write an @code{rc} file, use @command{windres}
-to convert it to a COFF object file, and then link the COFF file into
-your application. This will make the resources described in the
-@code{rc} file available to Windows.
-
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS windres
-
-@table @env
-@item -i @var{filename}
-@itemx --input @var{filename}
-The name of the input file. If this option is not used, then
-@command{windres} will use the first non-option argument as the input file
-name. If there are no non-option arguments, then @command{windres} will
-read from standard input. @command{windres} can not read a COFF file from
-standard input.
-
-@item -o @var{filename}
-@itemx --output @var{filename}
-The name of the output file. If this option is not used, then
-@command{windres} will use the first non-option argument, after any used
-for the input file name, as the output file name. If there is no
-non-option argument, then @command{windres} will write to standard output.
-@command{windres} can not write a COFF file to standard output. Note,
-for compatibility with @command{rc} the option @option{-fo} is also
-accepted, but its use is not recommended.
-
-@item -J @var{format}
-@itemx --input-format @var{format}
-The input format to read. @var{format} may be @samp{res}, @samp{rc}, or
-@samp{coff}. If no input format is specified, @command{windres} will
-guess, as described above.
-
-@item -O @var{format}
-@itemx --output-format @var{format}
-The output format to generate. @var{format} may be @samp{res},
-@samp{rc}, or @samp{coff}. If no output format is specified,
-@command{windres} will guess, as described above.
-
-@item -F @var{target}
-@itemx --target @var{target}
-Specify the BFD format to use for a COFF file as input or output. This
-is a BFD target name; you can use the @option{--help} option to see a list
-of supported targets. Normally @command{windres} will use the default
-format, which is the first one listed by the @option{--help} option.
-@ifclear man
-@ref{Target Selection}.
-@end ifclear
-
-@item --preprocessor @var{program}
-When @command{windres} reads an @code{rc} file, it runs it through the C
-preprocessor first. This option may be used to specify the preprocessor
-to use, including any leading arguments. The default preprocessor
-argument is @code{gcc -E -xc-header -DRC_INVOKED}.
-
-@item --preprocessor-arg @var{option}
-When @command{windres} reads an @code{rc} file, it runs it through
-the C preprocessor first. This option may be used to specify additional
-text to be passed to preprocessor on its command line.
-This option can be used multiple times to add multiple options to the
-preprocessor command line.
-
-@item -I @var{directory}
-@itemx --include-dir @var{directory}
-Specify an include directory to use when reading an @code{rc} file.
-@command{windres} will pass this to the preprocessor as an @option{-I}
-option. @command{windres} will also search this directory when looking for
-files named in the @code{rc} file. If the argument passed to this command
-matches any of the supported @var{formats} (as described in the @option{-J}
-option), it will issue a deprecation warning, and behave just like the
-@option{-J} option. New programs should not use this behaviour. If a
-directory happens to match a @var{format}, simple prefix it with @samp{./}
-to disable the backward compatibility.
-
-@item -D @var{target}
-@itemx --define @var{sym}[=@var{val}]
-Specify a @option{-D} option to pass to the preprocessor when reading an
-@code{rc} file.
-
-@item -U @var{target}
-@itemx --undefine @var{sym}
-Specify a @option{-U} option to pass to the preprocessor when reading an
-@code{rc} file.
-
-@item -r
-Ignored for compatibility with rc.
-
-@item -v
-Enable verbose mode. This tells you what the preprocessor is if you
-didn't specify one.
-
-@item -c @var{val}
-@item --codepage @var{val}
-Specify the default codepage to use when reading an @code{rc} file.
-@var{val} should be a hexadecimal prefixed by @samp{0x} or decimal
-codepage code. The valid range is from zero up to 0xffff, but the
-validity of the codepage is host and configuration dependent.
-
-@item -l @var{val}
-@item --language @var{val}
-Specify the default language to use when reading an @code{rc} file.
-@var{val} should be a hexadecimal language code. The low eight bits are
-the language, and the high eight bits are the sublanguage.
-
-@item --use-temp-file
-Use a temporary file to instead of using popen to read the output of
-the preprocessor. Use this option if the popen implementation is buggy
-on the host (eg., certain non-English language versions of Windows 95 and
-Windows 98 are known to have buggy popen where the output will instead
-go the console).
-
-@item --no-use-temp-file
-Use popen, not a temporary file, to read the output of the preprocessor.
-This is the default behaviour.
-
-@item -h
-@item --help
-Prints a usage summary.
-
-@item -V
-@item --version
-Prints the version number for @command{windres}.
-
-@item --yydebug
-If @command{windres} is compiled with @code{YYDEBUG} defined as @code{1},
-this will turn on parser debugging.
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO windres
-the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node dlltool
-@chapter dlltool
-@cindex DLL
-@kindex dlltool
-
-@command{dlltool} is used to create the files needed to create dynamic
-link libraries (DLLs) on systems which understand PE format image
-files such as Windows. A DLL contains an export table which contains
-information that the runtime loader needs to resolve references from a
-referencing program.
-
-The export table is generated by this program by reading in a
-@file{.def} file or scanning the @file{.a} and @file{.o} files which
-will be in the DLL. A @file{.o} file can contain information in
-special @samp{.drectve} sections with export information.
-
-@quotation
-@emph{Note:} @command{dlltool} is not always built as part of the
-binary utilities, since it is only useful for those targets which
-support DLLs.
-@end quotation
-
-@c man title dlltool Create files needed to build and use DLLs.
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS dlltool
-dlltool [@option{-d}|@option{--input-def} @var{def-file-name}]
- [@option{-b}|@option{--base-file} @var{base-file-name}]
- [@option{-e}|@option{--output-exp} @var{exports-file-name}]
- [@option{-z}|@option{--output-def} @var{def-file-name}]
- [@option{-l}|@option{--output-lib} @var{library-file-name}]
- [@option{-y}|@option{--output-delaylib} @var{library-file-name}]
- [@option{--export-all-symbols}] [@option{--no-export-all-symbols}]
- [@option{--exclude-symbols} @var{list}]
- [@option{--no-default-excludes}]
- [@option{-S}|@option{--as} @var{path-to-assembler}] [@option{-f}|@option{--as-flags} @var{options}]
- [@option{-D}|@option{--dllname} @var{name}] [@option{-m}|@option{--machine} @var{machine}]
- [@option{-a}|@option{--add-indirect}]
- [@option{-U}|@option{--add-underscore}] [@option{--add-stdcall-underscore}]
- [@option{-k}|@option{--kill-at}] [@option{-A}|@option{--add-stdcall-alias}]
- [@option{-p}|@option{--ext-prefix-alias} @var{prefix}]
- [@option{-x}|@option{--no-idata4}] [@option{-c}|@option{--no-idata5}]
- [@option{--use-nul-prefixed-import-tables}]
- [@option{-I}|@option{--identify} @var{library-file-name}] [@option{--identify-strict}]
- [@option{-i}|@option{--interwork}]
- [@option{-n}|@option{--nodelete}] [@option{-t}|@option{--temp-prefix} @var{prefix}]
- [@option{-v}|@option{--verbose}]
- [@option{-h}|@option{--help}] [@option{-V}|@option{--version}]
- [@option{--no-leading-underscore}] [@option{--leading-underscore}]
- [object-file @dots{}]
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION dlltool
-
-@command{dlltool} reads its inputs, which can come from the @option{-d} and
-@option{-b} options as well as object files specified on the command
-line. It then processes these inputs and if the @option{-e} option has
-been specified it creates a exports file. If the @option{-l} option
-has been specified it creates a library file and if the @option{-z} option
-has been specified it creates a def file. Any or all of the @option{-e},
-@option{-l} and @option{-z} options can be present in one invocation of
-dlltool.
-
-When creating a DLL, along with the source for the DLL, it is necessary
-to have three other files. @command{dlltool} can help with the creation of
-these files.
-
-The first file is a @file{.def} file which specifies which functions are
-exported from the DLL, which functions the DLL imports, and so on. This
-is a text file and can be created by hand, or @command{dlltool} can be used
-to create it using the @option{-z} option. In this case @command{dlltool}
-will scan the object files specified on its command line looking for
-those functions which have been specially marked as being exported and
-put entries for them in the @file{.def} file it creates.
-
-In order to mark a function as being exported from a DLL, it needs to
-have an @option{-export:<name_of_function>} entry in the @samp{.drectve}
-section of the object file. This can be done in C by using the
-asm() operator:
-
-@smallexample
- asm (".section .drectve");
- asm (".ascii \"-export:my_func\"");
-
- int my_func (void) @{ @dots{} @}
-@end smallexample
-
-The second file needed for DLL creation is an exports file. This file
-is linked with the object files that make up the body of the DLL and it
-handles the interface between the DLL and the outside world. This is a
-binary file and it can be created by giving the @option{-e} option to
-@command{dlltool} when it is creating or reading in a @file{.def} file.
-
-The third file needed for DLL creation is the library file that programs
-will link with in order to access the functions in the DLL (an `import
-library'). This file can be created by giving the @option{-l} option to
-dlltool when it is creating or reading in a @file{.def} file.
-
-If the @option{-y} option is specified, dlltool generates a delay-import
-library that can be used instead of the normal import library to allow
-a program to link to the dll only as soon as an imported function is
-called for the first time. The resulting executable will need to be
-linked to the static delayimp library containing __delayLoadHelper2(),
-which in turn will import LoadLibraryA and GetProcAddress from kernel32.
-
-@command{dlltool} builds the library file by hand, but it builds the
-exports file by creating temporary files containing assembler statements
-and then assembling these. The @option{-S} command line option can be
-used to specify the path to the assembler that dlltool will use,
-and the @option{-f} option can be used to pass specific flags to that
-assembler. The @option{-n} can be used to prevent dlltool from deleting
-these temporary assembler files when it is done, and if @option{-n} is
-specified twice then this will prevent dlltool from deleting the
-temporary object files it used to build the library.
-
-Here is an example of creating a DLL from a source file @samp{dll.c} and
-also creating a program (from an object file called @samp{program.o})
-that uses that DLL:
-
-@smallexample
- gcc -c dll.c
- dlltool -e exports.o -l dll.lib dll.o
- gcc dll.o exports.o -o dll.dll
- gcc program.o dll.lib -o program
-@end smallexample
-
-
-@command{dlltool} may also be used to query an existing import library
-to determine the name of the DLL to which it is associated. See the
-description of the @option{-I} or @option{--identify} option.
-
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS dlltool
-
-The command line options have the following meanings:
-
-@table @env
-
-@item -d @var{filename}
-@itemx --input-def @var{filename}
-@cindex input .def file
-Specifies the name of a @file{.def} file to be read in and processed.
-
-@item -b @var{filename}
-@itemx --base-file @var{filename}
-@cindex base files
-Specifies the name of a base file to be read in and processed. The
-contents of this file will be added to the relocation section in the
-exports file generated by dlltool.
-
-@item -e @var{filename}
-@itemx --output-exp @var{filename}
-Specifies the name of the export file to be created by dlltool.
-
-@item -z @var{filename}
-@itemx --output-def @var{filename}
-Specifies the name of the @file{.def} file to be created by dlltool.
-
-@item -l @var{filename}
-@itemx --output-lib @var{filename}
-Specifies the name of the library file to be created by dlltool.
-
-@item -y @var{filename}
-@itemx --output-delaylib @var{filename}
-Specifies the name of the delay-import library file to be created by dlltool.
-
-@item --export-all-symbols
-Treat all global and weak defined symbols found in the input object
-files as symbols to be exported. There is a small list of symbols which
-are not exported by default; see the @option{--no-default-excludes}
-option. You may add to the list of symbols to not export by using the
-@option{--exclude-symbols} option.
-
-@item --no-export-all-symbols
-Only export symbols explicitly listed in an input @file{.def} file or in
-@samp{.drectve} sections in the input object files. This is the default
-behaviour. The @samp{.drectve} sections are created by @samp{dllexport}
-attributes in the source code.
-
-@item --exclude-symbols @var{list}
-Do not export the symbols in @var{list}. This is a list of symbol names
-separated by comma or colon characters. The symbol names should not
-contain a leading underscore. This is only meaningful when
-@option{--export-all-symbols} is used.
-
-@item --no-default-excludes
-When @option{--export-all-symbols} is used, it will by default avoid
-exporting certain special symbols. The current list of symbols to avoid
-exporting is @samp{DllMain@@12}, @samp{DllEntryPoint@@0},
-@samp{impure_ptr}. You may use the @option{--no-default-excludes} option
-to go ahead and export these special symbols. This is only meaningful
-when @option{--export-all-symbols} is used.
-
-@item -S @var{path}
-@itemx --as @var{path}
-Specifies the path, including the filename, of the assembler to be used
-to create the exports file.
-
-@item -f @var{options}
-@itemx --as-flags @var{options}
-Specifies any specific command line options to be passed to the
-assembler when building the exports file. This option will work even if
-the @option{-S} option is not used. This option only takes one argument,
-and if it occurs more than once on the command line, then later
-occurrences will override earlier occurrences. So if it is necessary to
-pass multiple options to the assembler they should be enclosed in
-double quotes.
-
-@item -D @var{name}
-@itemx --dll-name @var{name}
-Specifies the name to be stored in the @file{.def} file as the name of
-the DLL when the @option{-e} option is used. If this option is not
-present, then the filename given to the @option{-e} option will be
-used as the name of the DLL.
-
-@item -m @var{machine}
-@itemx -machine @var{machine}
-Specifies the type of machine for which the library file should be
-built. @command{dlltool} has a built in default type, depending upon how
-it was created, but this option can be used to override that. This is
-normally only useful when creating DLLs for an ARM processor, when the
-contents of the DLL are actually encode using Thumb instructions.
-
-@item -a
-@itemx --add-indirect
-Specifies that when @command{dlltool} is creating the exports file it
-should add a section which allows the exported functions to be
-referenced without using the import library. Whatever the hell that
-means!
-
-@item -U
-@itemx --add-underscore
-Specifies that when @command{dlltool} is creating the exports file it
-should prepend an underscore to the names of @emph{all} exported symbols.
-
-@item --no-leading-underscore
-@item --leading-underscore
-Specifies whether standard symbol should be forced to be prefixed, or
-not.
-
-@item --add-stdcall-underscore
-Specifies that when @command{dlltool} is creating the exports file it
-should prepend an underscore to the names of exported @emph{stdcall}
-functions. Variable names and non-stdcall function names are not modified.
-This option is useful when creating GNU-compatible import libs for third
-party DLLs that were built with MS-Windows tools.
-
-@item -k
-@itemx --kill-at
-Specifies that when @command{dlltool} is creating the exports file it
-should not append the string @samp{@@ <number>}. These numbers are
-called ordinal numbers and they represent another way of accessing the
-function in a DLL, other than by name.
-
-@item -A
-@itemx --add-stdcall-alias
-Specifies that when @command{dlltool} is creating the exports file it
-should add aliases for stdcall symbols without @samp{@@ <number>}
-in addition to the symbols with @samp{@@ <number>}.
-
-@item -p
-@itemx --ext-prefix-alias @var{prefix}
-Causes @command{dlltool} to create external aliases for all DLL
-imports with the specified prefix. The aliases are created for both
-external and import symbols with no leading underscore.
-
-@item -x
-@itemx --no-idata4
-Specifies that when @command{dlltool} is creating the exports and library
-files it should omit the @code{.idata4} section. This is for compatibility
-with certain operating systems.
-
-@item --use-nul-prefixed-import-tables
-Specifies that when @command{dlltool} is creating the exports and library
-files it should prefix the @code{.idata4} and @code{.idata5} by zero an
-element. This emulates old gnu import library generation of
-@code{dlltool}. By default this option is turned off.
-
-@item -c
-@itemx --no-idata5
-Specifies that when @command{dlltool} is creating the exports and library
-files it should omit the @code{.idata5} section. This is for compatibility
-with certain operating systems.
-
-@item -I @var{filename}
-@itemx --identify @var{filename}
-Specifies that @command{dlltool} should inspect the import library
-indicated by @var{filename} and report, on @code{stdout}, the name(s)
-of the associated DLL(s). This can be performed in addition to any
-other operations indicated by the other options and arguments.
-@command{dlltool} fails if the import library does not exist or is not
-actually an import library. See also @option{--identify-strict}.
-
-@item --identify-strict
-Modifies the behavior of the @option{--identify} option, such
-that an error is reported if @var{filename} is associated with
-more than one DLL.
-
-@item -i
-@itemx --interwork
-Specifies that @command{dlltool} should mark the objects in the library
-file and exports file that it produces as supporting interworking
-between ARM and Thumb code.
-
-@item -n
-@itemx --nodelete
-Makes @command{dlltool} preserve the temporary assembler files it used to
-create the exports file. If this option is repeated then dlltool will
-also preserve the temporary object files it uses to create the library
-file.
-
-@item -t @var{prefix}
-@itemx --temp-prefix @var{prefix}
-Makes @command{dlltool} use @var{prefix} when constructing the names of
-temporary assembler and object files. By default, the temp file prefix
-is generated from the pid.
-
-@item -v
-@itemx --verbose
-Make dlltool describe what it is doing.
-
-@item -h
-@itemx --help
-Displays a list of command line options and then exits.
-
-@item -V
-@itemx --version
-Displays dlltool's version number and then exits.
-
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@menu
-* def file format:: The format of the dlltool @file{.def} file
-@end menu
-
-@node def file format
-@section The format of the @command{dlltool} @file{.def} file
-
-A @file{.def} file contains any number of the following commands:
-
-@table @asis
-
-@item @code{NAME} @var{name} @code{[ ,} @var{base} @code{]}
-The result is going to be named @var{name}@code{.exe}.
-
-@item @code{LIBRARY} @var{name} @code{[ ,} @var{base} @code{]}
-The result is going to be named @var{name}@code{.dll}.
-Note: If you want to use LIBRARY as name then you need to quote. Otherwise
-this will fail due a necessary hack for libtool (see PR binutils/13710 for more
-details).
-
-@item @code{EXPORTS ( ( (} @var{name1} @code{[ = } @var{name2} @code{] ) | ( } @var{name1} @code{=} @var{module-name} @code{.} @var{external-name} @code{) ) [ == } @var{its_name} @code{]}
-@item @code{[} @var{integer} @code{] [ NONAME ] [ CONSTANT ] [ DATA ] [ PRIVATE ] ) *}
-Declares @var{name1} as an exported symbol from the DLL, with optional
-ordinal number @var{integer}, or declares @var{name1} as an alias
-(forward) of the function @var{external-name} in the DLL.
-If @var{its_name} is specified, this name is used as string in export table.
-@var{module-name}.
-Note: The @code{EXPORTS} has to be the last command in .def file, as keywords
-are treated - beside @code{LIBRARY} - as simple name-identifiers.
-If you want to use LIBRARY as name then you need to quote it.
-
-@item @code{IMPORTS ( (} @var{internal-name} @code{=} @var{module-name} @code{.} @var{integer} @code{) | [} @var{internal-name} @code{= ]} @var{module-name} @code{.} @var{external-name} @code{) [ == ) @var{its_name} @code{]} *}
-Declares that @var{external-name} or the exported function whose
-ordinal number is @var{integer} is to be imported from the file
-@var{module-name}. If @var{internal-name} is specified then this is
-the name that the imported function will be referred to in the body of
-the DLL.
-If @var{its_name} is specified, this name is used as string in import table.
-Note: The @code{IMPORTS} has to be the last command in .def file, as keywords
-are treated - beside @code{LIBRARY} - as simple name-identifiers.
-If you want to use LIBRARY as name then you need to quote it.
-
-@item @code{DESCRIPTION} @var{string}
-Puts @var{string} into the output @file{.exp} file in the
-@code{.rdata} section.
-
-@item @code{STACKSIZE} @var{number-reserve} @code{[, } @var{number-commit} @code{]}
-@item @code{HEAPSIZE} @var{number-reserve} @code{[, } @var{number-commit} @code{]}
-Generates @code{--stack} or @code{--heap}
-@var{number-reserve},@var{number-commit} in the output @code{.drectve}
-section. The linker will see this and act upon it.
-
-@item @code{CODE} @var{attr} @code{+}
-@item @code{DATA} @var{attr} @code{+}
-@item @code{SECTIONS (} @var{section-name} @var{attr}@code{ + ) *}
-Generates @code{--attr} @var{section-name} @var{attr} in the output
-@code{.drectve} section, where @var{attr} is one of @code{READ},
-@code{WRITE}, @code{EXECUTE} or @code{SHARED}. The linker will see
-this and act upon it.
-
-@end table
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO dlltool
-The Info pages for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node readelf
-@chapter readelf
-
-@cindex ELF file information
-@kindex readelf
-
-@c man title readelf Displays information about ELF files.
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS readelf
-readelf [@option{-a}|@option{--all}]
- [@option{-h}|@option{--file-header}]
- [@option{-l}|@option{--program-headers}|@option{--segments}]
- [@option{-S}|@option{--section-headers}|@option{--sections}]
- [@option{-g}|@option{--section-groups}]
- [@option{-t}|@option{--section-details}]
- [@option{-e}|@option{--headers}]
- [@option{-s}|@option{--syms}|@option{--symbols}]
- [@option{--dyn-syms}]
- [@option{-n}|@option{--notes}]
- [@option{-r}|@option{--relocs}]
- [@option{-u}|@option{--unwind}]
- [@option{-d}|@option{--dynamic}]
- [@option{-V}|@option{--version-info}]
- [@option{-A}|@option{--arch-specific}]
- [@option{-D}|@option{--use-dynamic}]
- [@option{-x} <number or name>|@option{--hex-dump=}<number or name>]
- [@option{-p} <number or name>|@option{--string-dump=}<number or name>]
- [@option{-R} <number or name>|@option{--relocated-dump=}<number or name>]
- [@option{-c}|@option{--archive-index}]
- [@option{-w[lLiaprmfFsoRt]}|
- @option{--debug-dump}[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index]]
- [@option{--dwarf-depth=@var{n}}]
- [@option{--dwarf-start=@var{n}}]
- [@option{-I}|@option{--histogram}]
- [@option{-v}|@option{--version}]
- [@option{-W}|@option{--wide}]
- [@option{-H}|@option{--help}]
- @var{elffile}@dots{}
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION readelf
-
-@command{readelf} displays information about one or more ELF format object
-files. The options control what particular information to display.
-
-@var{elffile}@dots{} are the object files to be examined. 32-bit and
-64-bit ELF files are supported, as are archives containing ELF files.
-
-This program performs a similar function to @command{objdump} but it
-goes into more detail and it exists independently of the @sc{bfd}
-library, so if there is a bug in @sc{bfd} then readelf will not be
-affected.
-
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS readelf
-
-The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent. At least one option besides @samp{-v} or @samp{-H} must be
-given.
-
-@table @env
-@item -a
-@itemx --all
-Equivalent to specifying @option{--file-header},
-@option{--program-headers}, @option{--sections}, @option{--symbols},
-@option{--relocs}, @option{--dynamic}, @option{--notes} and
-@option{--version-info}.
-
-@item -h
-@itemx --file-header
-@cindex ELF file header information
-Displays the information contained in the ELF header at the start of the
-file.
-
-@item -l
-@itemx --program-headers
-@itemx --segments
-@cindex ELF program header information
-@cindex ELF segment information
-Displays the information contained in the file's segment headers, if it
-has any.
-
-@item -S
-@itemx --sections
-@itemx --section-headers
-@cindex ELF section information
-Displays the information contained in the file's section headers, if it
-has any.
-
-@item -g
-@itemx --section-groups
-@cindex ELF section group information
-Displays the information contained in the file's section groups, if it
-has any.
-
-@item -t
-@itemx --section-details
-@cindex ELF section information
-Displays the detailed section information. Implies @option{-S}.
-
-@item -s
-@itemx --symbols
-@itemx --syms
-@cindex ELF symbol table information
-Displays the entries in symbol table section of the file, if it has one.
-
-@item --dyn-syms
-@cindex ELF dynamic symbol table information
-Displays the entries in dynamic symbol table section of the file, if it
-has one.
-
-@item -e
-@itemx --headers
-Display all the headers in the file. Equivalent to @option{-h -l -S}.
-
-@item -n
-@itemx --notes
-@cindex ELF notes
-Displays the contents of the NOTE segments and/or sections, if any.
-
-@item -r
-@itemx --relocs
-@cindex ELF reloc information
-Displays the contents of the file's relocation section, if it has one.
-
-@item -u
-@itemx --unwind
-@cindex unwind information
-Displays the contents of the file's unwind section, if it has one. Only
-the unwind sections for IA64 ELF files, as well as ARM unwind tables
-(@code{.ARM.exidx} / @code{.ARM.extab}) are currently supported.
-
-@item -d
-@itemx --dynamic
-@cindex ELF dynamic section information
-Displays the contents of the file's dynamic section, if it has one.
-
-@item -V
-@itemx --version-info
-@cindex ELF version sections information
-Displays the contents of the version sections in the file, it they
-exist.
-
-@item -A
-@itemx --arch-specific
-Displays architecture-specific information in the file, if there
-is any.
-
-@item -D
-@itemx --use-dynamic
-When displaying symbols, this option makes @command{readelf} use the
-symbol hash tables in the file's dynamic section, rather than the
-symbol table sections.
-
-@item -x <number or name>
-@itemx --hex-dump=<number or name>
-Displays the contents of the indicated section as a hexadecimal bytes.
-A number identifies a particular section by index in the section table;
-any other string identifies all sections with that name in the object file.
-
-@item -R <number or name>
-@itemx --relocated-dump=<number or name>
-Displays the contents of the indicated section as a hexadecimal
-bytes. A number identifies a particular section by index in the
-section table; any other string identifies all sections with that name
-in the object file. The contents of the section will be relocated
-before they are displayed.
-
-@item -p <number or name>
-@itemx --string-dump=<number or name>
-Displays the contents of the indicated section as printable strings.
-A number identifies a particular section by index in the section table;
-any other string identifies all sections with that name in the object file.
-
-@item -c
-@itemx --archive-index
-@cindex Archive file symbol index information
-Displays the file symbol index information contained in the header part
-of binary archives. Performs the same function as the @option{t}
-command to @command{ar}, but without using the BFD library. @xref{ar}.
-
-@item -w[lLiaprmfFsoRt]
-@itemx --debug-dump[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index]
-Displays the contents of the debug sections in the file, if any are
-present. If one of the optional letters or words follows the switch
-then only data found in those specific sections will be dumped.
-
-Note that there is no single letter option to display the content of
-trace sections or .gdb_index.
-
-Note: the @option{=decodedline} option will display the interpreted
-contents of a .debug_line section whereas the @option{=rawline} option
-dumps the contents in a raw format.
-
-Note: the @option{=frames-interp} option will display the interpreted
-contents of a .debug_frame section whereas the @option{=frames} option
-dumps the contents in a raw format.
-
-Note: the output from the @option{=info} option can also be affected
-by the options @option{--dwarf-depth} and @option{--dwarf-start}.
-
-@item --dwarf-depth=@var{n}
-Limit the dump of the @code{.debug_info} section to @var{n} children.
-This is only useful with @option{--debug-dump=info}. The default is
-to print all DIEs; the special value 0 for @var{n} will also have this
-effect.
-
-With a non-zero value for @var{n}, DIEs at or deeper than @var{n}
-levels will not be printed. The range for @var{n} is zero-based.
-
-@item --dwarf-start=@var{n}
-Print only DIEs beginning with the DIE numbered @var{n}. This is only
-useful with @option{--debug-dump=info}.
-
-If specified, this option will suppress printing of any header
-information and all DIEs before the DIE numbered @var{n}. Only
-siblings and children of the specified DIE will be printed.
-
-This can be used in conjunction with @option{--dwarf-depth}.
-
-@item -I
-@itemx --histogram
-Display a histogram of bucket list lengths when displaying the contents
-of the symbol tables.
-
-@item -v
-@itemx --version
-Display the version number of readelf.
-
-@item -W
-@itemx --wide
-Don't break output lines to fit into 80 columns. By default
-@command{readelf} breaks section header and segment listing lines for
-64-bit ELF files, so that they fit into 80 columns. This option causes
-@command{readelf} to print each section header resp. each segment one a
-single line, which is far more readable on terminals wider than 80 columns.
-
-@item -H
-@itemx --help
-Display the command line options understood by @command{readelf}.
-
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO readelf
-objdump(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node elfedit
-@chapter elfedit
-
-@cindex Update ELF header
-@kindex elfedit
-
-@c man title elfedit Update the ELF header of ELF files.
-
-@smallexample
-@c man begin SYNOPSIS elfedit
-elfedit [@option{--input-mach=}@var{machine}]
- [@option{--input-type=}@var{type}]
- [@option{--input-osabi=}@var{osabi}]
- @option{--output-mach=}@var{machine}
- @option{--output-type=}@var{type}
- @option{--output-osabi=}@var{osabi}
- [@option{-v}|@option{--version}]
- [@option{-h}|@option{--help}]
- @var{elffile}@dots{}
-@c man end
-@end smallexample
-
-@c man begin DESCRIPTION elfedit
-
-@command{elfedit} updates the ELF header of ELF files which have
-the matching ELF machine and file types. The options control how and
-which fields in the ELF header should be updated.
-
-@var{elffile}@dots{} are the ELF files to be updated. 32-bit and
-64-bit ELF files are supported, as are archives containing ELF files.
-@c man end
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS elfedit
-
-The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent. At least one of the @option{--output-mach},
-@option{--output-type} and @option{--output-osabi} options must be given.
-
-@table @env
-
-@item --input-mach=@var{machine}
-Set the matching input ELF machine type to @var{machine}. If
-@option{--input-mach} isn't specified, it will match any ELF
-machine types.
-
-The supported ELF machine types are, @var{L1OM}, @var{K1OM} and
-@var{x86-64}.
-
-@item --output-mach=@var{machine}
-Change the ELF machine type in the ELF header to @var{machine}. The
-supported ELF machine types are the same as @option{--input-mach}.
-
-@item --input-type=@var{type}
-Set the matching input ELF file type to @var{type}. If
-@option{--input-type} isn't specified, it will match any ELF file types.
-
-The supported ELF file types are, @var{rel}, @var{exec} and @var{dyn}.
-
-@item --output-type=@var{type}
-Change the ELF file type in the ELF header to @var{type}. The
-supported ELF types are the same as @option{--input-type}.
-
-@item --input-osabi=@var{osabi}
-Set the matching input ELF file OSABI to @var{osabi}. If
-@option{--input-osabi} isn't specified, it will match any ELF OSABIs.
-
-The supported ELF OSABIs are, @var{none}, @var{HPUX}, @var{NetBSD},
-@var{GNU}, @var{Linux} (alias for @var{GNU}),
-@var{Solaris}, @var{AIX}, @var{Irix},
-@var{FreeBSD}, @var{TRU64}, @var{Modesto}, @var{OpenBSD}, @var{OpenVMS},
-@var{NSK}, @var{AROS} and @var{FenixOS}.
-
-@item --output-osabi=@var{osabi}
-Change the ELF OSABI in the ELF header to @var{osabi}. The
-supported ELF OSABI are the same as @option{--input-osabi}.
-
-@item -v
-@itemx --version
-Display the version number of @command{elfedit}.
-
-@item -h
-@itemx --help
-Display the command line options understood by @command{elfedit}.
-
-@end table
-
-@c man end
-
-@ignore
-@c man begin SEEALSO elfedit
-readelf(1), and the Info entries for @file{binutils}.
-@c man end
-@end ignore
-
-@node Common Options
-@chapter Common Options
-
-The following command-line options are supported by all of the
-programs described in this manual.
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS
-@table @env
-@include at-file.texi
-@c man end
-
-@item --help
-Display the command-line options supported by the program.
-
-@item --version
-Display the version number of the program.
-
-@c man begin OPTIONS
-@end table
-@c man end
-
-@node Selecting the Target System
-@chapter Selecting the Target System
-
-You can specify two aspects of the target system to the @sc{gnu}
-binary file utilities, each in several ways:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-the target
-
-@item
-the architecture
-@end itemize
-
-In the following summaries, the lists of ways to specify values are in
-order of decreasing precedence. The ways listed first override those
-listed later.
-
-The commands to list valid values only list the values for which the
-programs you are running were configured. If they were configured with
-@option{--enable-targets=all}, the commands list most of the available
-values, but a few are left out; not all targets can be configured in at
-once because some of them can only be configured @dfn{native} (on hosts
-with the same type as the target system).
-
-@menu
-* Target Selection::
-* Architecture Selection::
-@end menu
-
-@node Target Selection
-@section Target Selection
-
-A @dfn{target} is an object file format. A given target may be
-supported for multiple architectures (@pxref{Architecture Selection}).
-A target selection may also have variations for different operating
-systems or architectures.
-
-The command to list valid target values is @samp{objdump -i}
-(the first column of output contains the relevant information).
-
-Some sample values are: @samp{a.out-hp300bsd}, @samp{ecoff-littlemips},
-@samp{a.out-sunos-big}.
-
-You can also specify a target using a configuration triplet. This is
-the same sort of name that is passed to @file{configure} to specify a
-target. When you use a configuration triplet as an argument, it must be
-fully canonicalized. You can see the canonical version of a triplet by
-running the shell script @file{config.sub} which is included with the
-sources.
-
-Some sample configuration triplets are: @samp{m68k-hp-bsd},
-@samp{mips-dec-ultrix}, @samp{sparc-sun-sunos}.
-
-@subheading @command{objdump} Target
-
-Ways to specify:
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-command line option: @option{-b} or @option{--target}
-
-@item
-environment variable @code{GNUTARGET}
-
-@item
-deduced from the input file
-@end enumerate
-
-@subheading @command{objcopy} and @command{strip} Input Target
-
-Ways to specify:
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-command line options: @option{-I} or @option{--input-target}, or @option{-F} or @option{--target}
-
-@item
-environment variable @code{GNUTARGET}
-
-@item
-deduced from the input file
-@end enumerate
-
-@subheading @command{objcopy} and @command{strip} Output Target
-
-Ways to specify:
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-command line options: @option{-O} or @option{--output-target}, or @option{-F} or @option{--target}
-
-@item
-the input target (see ``@command{objcopy} and @command{strip} Input Target'' above)
-
-@item
-environment variable @code{GNUTARGET}
-
-@item
-deduced from the input file
-@end enumerate
-
-@subheading @command{nm}, @command{size}, and @command{strings} Target
-
-Ways to specify:
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-command line option: @option{--target}
-
-@item
-environment variable @code{GNUTARGET}
-
-@item
-deduced from the input file
-@end enumerate
-
-@node Architecture Selection
-@section Architecture Selection
-
-An @dfn{architecture} is a type of @sc{cpu} on which an object file is
-to run. Its name may contain a colon, separating the name of the
-processor family from the name of the particular @sc{cpu}.
-
-The command to list valid architecture values is @samp{objdump -i} (the
-second column contains the relevant information).
-
-Sample values: @samp{m68k:68020}, @samp{mips:3000}, @samp{sparc}.
-
-@subheading @command{objdump} Architecture
-
-Ways to specify:
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-command line option: @option{-m} or @option{--architecture}
-
-@item
-deduced from the input file
-@end enumerate
-
-@subheading @command{objcopy}, @command{nm}, @command{size}, @command{strings} Architecture
-
-Ways to specify:
-
-@enumerate
-@item
-deduced from the input file
-@end enumerate
-
-@node Reporting Bugs
-@chapter Reporting Bugs
-@cindex bugs
-@cindex reporting bugs
-
-Your bug reports play an essential role in making the binary utilities
-reliable.
-
-Reporting a bug may help you by bringing a solution to your problem, or
-it may not. But in any case the principal function of a bug report is
-to help the entire community by making the next version of the binary
-utilities work better. Bug reports are your contribution to their
-maintenance.
-
-In order for a bug report to serve its purpose, you must include the
-information that enables us to fix the bug.
-
-@menu
-* Bug Criteria:: Have you found a bug?
-* Bug Reporting:: How to report bugs
-@end menu
-
-@node Bug Criteria
-@section Have You Found a Bug?
-@cindex bug criteria
-
-If you are not sure whether you have found a bug, here are some guidelines:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@cindex fatal signal
-@cindex crash
-@item
-If a binary utility gets a fatal signal, for any input whatever, that is
-a bug. Reliable utilities never crash.
-
-@cindex error on valid input
-@item
-If a binary utility produces an error message for valid input, that is a
-bug.
-
-@item
-If you are an experienced user of binary utilities, your suggestions for
-improvement are welcome in any case.
-@end itemize
-
-@node Bug Reporting
-@section How to Report Bugs
-@cindex bug reports
-@cindex bugs, reporting
-
-A number of companies and individuals offer support for @sc{gnu}
-products. If you obtained the binary utilities from a support
-organization, we recommend you contact that organization first.
-
-You can find contact information for many support companies and
-individuals in the file @file{etc/SERVICE} in the @sc{gnu} Emacs
-distribution.
-
-@ifset BUGURL
-In any event, we also recommend that you send bug reports for the binary
-utilities to @value{BUGURL}.
-@end ifset
-
-The fundamental principle of reporting bugs usefully is this:
-@strong{report all the facts}. If you are not sure whether to state a
-fact or leave it out, state it!
-
-Often people omit facts because they think they know what causes the
-problem and assume that some details do not matter. Thus, you might
-assume that the name of a file you use in an example does not matter.
-Well, probably it does not, but one cannot be sure. Perhaps the bug is
-a stray memory reference which happens to fetch from the location where
-that pathname is stored in memory; perhaps, if the pathname were
-different, the contents of that location would fool the utility into
-doing the right thing despite the bug. Play it safe and give a
-specific, complete example. That is the easiest thing for you to do,
-and the most helpful.
-
-Keep in mind that the purpose of a bug report is to enable us to fix the bug if
-it is new to us. Therefore, always write your bug reports on the assumption
-that the bug has not been reported previously.
-
-Sometimes people give a few sketchy facts and ask, ``Does this ring a
-bell?'' This cannot help us fix a bug, so it is basically useless. We
-respond by asking for enough details to enable us to investigate.
-You might as well expedite matters by sending them to begin with.
-
-To enable us to fix the bug, you should include all these things:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-The version of the utility. Each utility announces it if you start it
-with the @option{--version} argument.
-
-Without this, we will not know whether there is any point in looking for
-the bug in the current version of the binary utilities.
-
-@item
-Any patches you may have applied to the source, including any patches
-made to the @code{BFD} library.
-
-@item
-The type of machine you are using, and the operating system name and
-version number.
-
-@item
-What compiler (and its version) was used to compile the utilities---e.g.
-``@code{gcc-2.7}''.
-
-@item
-The command arguments you gave the utility to observe the bug. To
-guarantee you will not omit something important, list them all. A copy
-of the Makefile (or the output from make) is sufficient.
-
-If we were to try to guess the arguments, we would probably guess wrong
-and then we might not encounter the bug.
-
-@item
-A complete input file, or set of input files, that will reproduce the
-bug. If the utility is reading an object file or files, then it is
-generally most helpful to send the actual object files.
-
-If the source files were produced exclusively using @sc{gnu} programs
-(e.g., @command{gcc}, @command{gas}, and/or the @sc{gnu} @command{ld}), then it
-may be OK to send the source files rather than the object files. In
-this case, be sure to say exactly what version of @command{gcc}, or
-whatever, was used to produce the object files. Also say how
-@command{gcc}, or whatever, was configured.
-
-@item
-A description of what behavior you observe that you believe is
-incorrect. For example, ``It gets a fatal signal.''
-
-Of course, if the bug is that the utility gets a fatal signal, then we
-will certainly notice it. But if the bug is incorrect output, we might
-not notice unless it is glaringly wrong. You might as well not give us
-a chance to make a mistake.
-
-Even if the problem you experience is a fatal signal, you should still
-say so explicitly. Suppose something strange is going on, such as your
-copy of the utility is out of sync, or you have encountered a bug in
-the C library on your system. (This has happened!) Your copy might
-crash and ours would not. If you told us to expect a crash, then when
-ours fails to crash, we would know that the bug was not happening for
-us. If you had not told us to expect a crash, then we would not be able
-to draw any conclusion from our observations.
-
-@item
-If you wish to suggest changes to the source, send us context diffs, as
-generated by @command{diff} with the @option{-u}, @option{-c}, or @option{-p}
-option. Always send diffs from the old file to the new file. If you
-wish to discuss something in the @command{ld} source, refer to it by
-context, not by line number.
-
-The line numbers in our development sources will not match those in your
-sources. Your line numbers would convey no useful information to us.
-@end itemize
-
-Here are some things that are not necessary:
-
-@itemize @bullet
-@item
-A description of the envelope of the bug.
-
-Often people who encounter a bug spend a lot of time investigating
-which changes to the input file will make the bug go away and which
-changes will not affect it.
-
-This is often time consuming and not very useful, because the way we
-will find the bug is by running a single example under the debugger
-with breakpoints, not by pure deduction from a series of examples.
-We recommend that you save your time for something else.
-
-Of course, if you can find a simpler example to report @emph{instead}
-of the original one, that is a convenience for us. Errors in the
-output will be easier to spot, running under the debugger will take
-less time, and so on.
-
-However, simplification is not vital; if you do not want to do this,
-report the bug anyway and send us the entire test case you used.
-
-@item
-A patch for the bug.
-
-A patch for the bug does help us if it is a good one. But do not omit
-the necessary information, such as the test case, on the assumption that
-a patch is all we need. We might see problems with your patch and decide
-to fix the problem another way, or we might not understand it at all.
-
-Sometimes with programs as complicated as the binary utilities it is
-very hard to construct an example that will make the program follow a
-certain path through the code. If you do not send us the example, we
-will not be able to construct one, so we will not be able to verify that
-the bug is fixed.
-
-And if we cannot understand what bug you are trying to fix, or why your
-patch should be an improvement, we will not install it. A test case will
-help us to understand.
-
-@item
-A guess about what the bug is or what it depends on.
-
-Such guesses are usually wrong. Even we cannot guess right about such
-things without first using the debugger to find the facts.
-@end itemize
-
-@node GNU Free Documentation License
-@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
-
-@include fdl.texi
-
-@node Binutils Index
-@unnumbered Binutils Index
-
-@printindex cp
-
-@bye
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/cxxfilt.man b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/cxxfilt.man
deleted file mode 100644
index 772982e8..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/cxxfilt.man
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,336 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "C++FILT 1"
-.TH C++FILT 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-cxxfilt \- Demangle C++ and Java symbols.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-c++filt [\fB\-_\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-underscore\fR]
- [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-\-no\-strip\-underscore\fR]
- [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-no\-params\fR]
- [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-types\fR]
- [\fB\-i\fR|\fB\-\-no\-verbose\fR]
- [\fB\-s\fR \fIformat\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR]
- [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-version\fR] [\fIsymbol\fR...]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-The \*(C+ and Java languages provide function overloading, which means
-that you can write many functions with the same name, providing that
-each function takes parameters of different types. In order to be
-able to distinguish these similarly named functions \*(C+ and Java
-encode them into a low-level assembler name which uniquely identifies
-each different version. This process is known as \fImangling\fR. The
-\&\fBc++filt\fR
-[1]
-program does the inverse mapping: it decodes (\fIdemangles\fR) low-level
-names into user-level names so that they can be read.
-.PP
-Every alphanumeric word (consisting of letters, digits, underscores,
-dollars, or periods) seen in the input is a potential mangled name.
-If the name decodes into a \*(C+ name, the \*(C+ name replaces the
-low-level name in the output, otherwise the original word is output.
-In this way you can pass an entire assembler source file, containing
-mangled names, through \fBc++filt\fR and see the same source file
-containing demangled names.
-.PP
-You can also use \fBc++filt\fR to decipher individual symbols by
-passing them on the command line:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& c++filt <symbol>
-.Ve
-.PP
-If no \fIsymbol\fR arguments are given, \fBc++filt\fR reads symbol
-names from the standard input instead. All the results are printed on
-the standard output. The difference between reading names from the
-command line versus reading names from the standard input is that
-command line arguments are expected to be just mangled names and no
-checking is performed to separate them from surrounding text. Thus
-for example:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& c++filt \-n _Z1fv
-.Ve
-.PP
-will work and demangle the name to \*(L"f()\*(R" whereas:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& c++filt \-n _Z1fv,
-.Ve
-.PP
-will not work. (Note the extra comma at the end of the mangled
-name which makes it invalid). This command however will work:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& echo _Z1fv, | c++filt \-n
-.Ve
-.PP
-and will display \*(L"f(),\*(R", i.e., the demangled name followed by a
-trailing comma. This behaviour is because when the names are read
-from the standard input it is expected that they might be part of an
-assembler source file where there might be extra, extraneous
-characters trailing after a mangled name. For example:
-.PP
-.Vb 1
-\& .type _Z1fv, @function
-.Ve
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-_\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-_"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-underscore\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strip-underscore"
-.PD
-On some systems, both the C and \*(C+ compilers put an underscore in front
-of every name. For example, the C name \f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR gets the low-level
-name \f(CW\*(C`_foo\*(C'\fR. This option removes the initial underscore. Whether
-\&\fBc++filt\fR removes the underscore by default is target dependent.
-.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-n"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-strip\-underscore\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-strip-underscore"
-.PD
-Do not remove the initial underscore.
-.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-p"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-params\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-params"
-.PD
-When demangling the name of a function, do not display the types of
-the function's parameters.
-.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-t"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-types\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--types"
-.PD
-Attempt to demangle types as well as function names. This is disabled
-by default since mangled types are normally only used internally in
-the compiler, and they can be confused with non-mangled names. For example,
-a function called \*(L"a\*(R" treated as a mangled type name would be
-demangled to \*(L"signed char\*(R".
-.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-i"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-verbose\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-verbose"
-.PD
-Do not include implementation details (if any) in the demangled
-output.
-.IP "\fB\-s\fR \fIformat\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-s format"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--format=format"
-.PD
-\&\fBc++filt\fR can decode various methods of mangling, used by
-different compilers. The argument to this option selects which
-method it uses:
-.RS 4
-.ie n .IP """auto""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWauto\fR" 4
-.IX Item "auto"
-Automatic selection based on executable (the default method)
-.ie n .IP """gnu""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWgnu\fR" 4
-.IX Item "gnu"
-the one used by the \s-1GNU\s0 \*(C+ compiler (g++)
-.ie n .IP """lucid""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWlucid\fR" 4
-.IX Item "lucid"
-the one used by the Lucid compiler (lcc)
-.ie n .IP """arm""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWarm\fR" 4
-.IX Item "arm"
-the one specified by the \*(C+ Annotated Reference Manual
-.ie n .IP """hp""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWhp\fR" 4
-.IX Item "hp"
-the one used by the \s-1HP\s0 compiler (aCC)
-.ie n .IP """edg""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWedg\fR" 4
-.IX Item "edg"
-the one used by the \s-1EDG\s0 compiler
-.ie n .IP """gnu\-v3""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWgnu\-v3\fR" 4
-.IX Item "gnu-v3"
-the one used by the \s-1GNU\s0 \*(C+ compiler (g++) with the V3 \s-1ABI\s0.
-.ie n .IP """java""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWjava\fR" 4
-.IX Item "java"
-the one used by the \s-1GNU\s0 Java compiler (gcj)
-.ie n .IP """gnat""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWgnat\fR" 4
-.IX Item "gnat"
-the one used by the \s-1GNU\s0 Ada compiler (\s-1GNAT\s0).
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.RE
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-Print a summary of the options to \fBc++filt\fR and exit.
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-Print the version number of \fBc++filt\fR and exit.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "FOOTNOTES"
-.IX Header "FOOTNOTES"
-.IP "1." 4
-MS-DOS does not allow \f(CW\*(C`+\*(C'\fR characters in file names, so on
-MS-DOS this program is named \fB\s-1CXXFILT\s0\fR.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/dlltool.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/dlltool.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 796f690e..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/dlltool.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,529 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "DLLTOOL 1"
-.TH DLLTOOL 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-dlltool \- Create files needed to build and use DLLs.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-dlltool [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-input\-def\fR \fIdef-file-name\fR]
- [\fB\-b\fR|\fB\-\-base\-file\fR \fIbase-file-name\fR]
- [\fB\-e\fR|\fB\-\-output\-exp\fR \fIexports-file-name\fR]
- [\fB\-z\fR|\fB\-\-output\-def\fR \fIdef-file-name\fR]
- [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-output\-lib\fR \fIlibrary-file-name\fR]
- [\fB\-y\fR|\fB\-\-output\-delaylib\fR \fIlibrary-file-name\fR]
- [\fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-export\-all\-symbols\fR]
- [\fB\-\-exclude\-symbols\fR \fIlist\fR]
- [\fB\-\-no\-default\-excludes\fR]
- [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-as\fR \fIpath-to-assembler\fR] [\fB\-f\fR|\fB\-\-as\-flags\fR \fIoptions\fR]
- [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-dllname\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-m\fR|\fB\-\-machine\fR \fImachine\fR]
- [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-add\-indirect\fR]
- [\fB\-U\fR|\fB\-\-add\-underscore\fR] [\fB\-\-add\-stdcall\-underscore\fR]
- [\fB\-k\fR|\fB\-\-kill\-at\fR] [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-\-add\-stdcall\-alias\fR]
- [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-ext\-prefix\-alias\fR \fIprefix\fR]
- [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-no\-idata4\fR] [\fB\-c\fR|\fB\-\-no\-idata5\fR]
- [\fB\-\-use\-nul\-prefixed\-import\-tables\fR]
- [\fB\-I\fR|\fB\-\-identify\fR \fIlibrary-file-name\fR] [\fB\-\-identify\-strict\fR]
- [\fB\-i\fR|\fB\-\-interwork\fR]
- [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-\-nodelete\fR] [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-temp\-prefix\fR \fIprefix\fR]
- [\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-verbose\fR]
- [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
- [\fB\-\-no\-leading\-underscore\fR] [\fB\-\-leading\-underscore\fR]
- [object\-file ...]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBdlltool\fR reads its inputs, which can come from the \fB\-d\fR and
-\&\fB\-b\fR options as well as object files specified on the command
-line. It then processes these inputs and if the \fB\-e\fR option has
-been specified it creates a exports file. If the \fB\-l\fR option
-has been specified it creates a library file and if the \fB\-z\fR option
-has been specified it creates a def file. Any or all of the \fB\-e\fR,
-\&\fB\-l\fR and \fB\-z\fR options can be present in one invocation of
-dlltool.
-.PP
-When creating a \s-1DLL\s0, along with the source for the \s-1DLL\s0, it is necessary
-to have three other files. \fBdlltool\fR can help with the creation of
-these files.
-.PP
-The first file is a \fI.def\fR file which specifies which functions are
-exported from the \s-1DLL\s0, which functions the \s-1DLL\s0 imports, and so on. This
-is a text file and can be created by hand, or \fBdlltool\fR can be used
-to create it using the \fB\-z\fR option. In this case \fBdlltool\fR
-will scan the object files specified on its command line looking for
-those functions which have been specially marked as being exported and
-put entries for them in the \fI.def\fR file it creates.
-.PP
-In order to mark a function as being exported from a \s-1DLL\s0, it needs to
-have an \fB\-export:<name_of_function>\fR entry in the \fB.drectve\fR
-section of the object file. This can be done in C by using the
-\&\fIasm()\fR operator:
-.PP
-.Vb 2
-\& asm (".section .drectve");
-\& asm (".ascii \e"\-export:my_func\e"");
-\&
-\& int my_func (void) { ... }
-.Ve
-.PP
-The second file needed for \s-1DLL\s0 creation is an exports file. This file
-is linked with the object files that make up the body of the \s-1DLL\s0 and it
-handles the interface between the \s-1DLL\s0 and the outside world. This is a
-binary file and it can be created by giving the \fB\-e\fR option to
-\&\fBdlltool\fR when it is creating or reading in a \fI.def\fR file.
-.PP
-The third file needed for \s-1DLL\s0 creation is the library file that programs
-will link with in order to access the functions in the \s-1DLL\s0 (an `import
-library'). This file can be created by giving the \fB\-l\fR option to
-dlltool when it is creating or reading in a \fI.def\fR file.
-.PP
-If the \fB\-y\fR option is specified, dlltool generates a delay-import
-library that can be used instead of the normal import library to allow
-a program to link to the dll only as soon as an imported function is
-called for the first time. The resulting executable will need to be
-linked to the static delayimp library containing _\|\fI_delayLoadHelper2()\fR,
-which in turn will import LoadLibraryA and GetProcAddress from kernel32.
-.PP
-\&\fBdlltool\fR builds the library file by hand, but it builds the
-exports file by creating temporary files containing assembler statements
-and then assembling these. The \fB\-S\fR command line option can be
-used to specify the path to the assembler that dlltool will use,
-and the \fB\-f\fR option can be used to pass specific flags to that
-assembler. The \fB\-n\fR can be used to prevent dlltool from deleting
-these temporary assembler files when it is done, and if \fB\-n\fR is
-specified twice then this will prevent dlltool from deleting the
-temporary object files it used to build the library.
-.PP
-Here is an example of creating a \s-1DLL\s0 from a source file \fBdll.c\fR and
-also creating a program (from an object file called \fBprogram.o\fR)
-that uses that \s-1DLL:\s0
-.PP
-.Vb 4
-\& gcc \-c dll.c
-\& dlltool \-e exports.o \-l dll.lib dll.o
-\& gcc dll.o exports.o \-o dll.dll
-\& gcc program.o dll.lib \-o program
-.Ve
-.PP
-\&\fBdlltool\fR may also be used to query an existing import library
-to determine the name of the \s-1DLL\s0 to which it is associated. See the
-description of the \fB\-I\fR or \fB\-\-identify\fR option.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-The command line options have the following meanings:
-.IP "\fB\-d\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-d filename"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-input\-def\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--input-def filename"
-.PD
-Specifies the name of a \fI.def\fR file to be read in and processed.
-.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-b filename"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-base\-file\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--base-file filename"
-.PD
-Specifies the name of a base file to be read in and processed. The
-contents of this file will be added to the relocation section in the
-exports file generated by dlltool.
-.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-e filename"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-output\-exp\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--output-exp filename"
-.PD
-Specifies the name of the export file to be created by dlltool.
-.IP "\fB\-z\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-z filename"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-output\-def\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--output-def filename"
-.PD
-Specifies the name of the \fI.def\fR file to be created by dlltool.
-.IP "\fB\-l\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-l filename"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-output\-lib\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--output-lib filename"
-.PD
-Specifies the name of the library file to be created by dlltool.
-.IP "\fB\-y\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-y filename"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-output\-delaylib\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--output-delaylib filename"
-.PD
-Specifies the name of the delay-import library file to be created by dlltool.
-.IP "\fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--export-all-symbols"
-Treat all global and weak defined symbols found in the input object
-files as symbols to be exported. There is a small list of symbols which
-are not exported by default; see the \fB\-\-no\-default\-excludes\fR
-option. You may add to the list of symbols to not export by using the
-\&\fB\-\-exclude\-symbols\fR option.
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-export\-all\-symbols\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-export-all-symbols"
-Only export symbols explicitly listed in an input \fI.def\fR file or in
-\&\fB.drectve\fR sections in the input object files. This is the default
-behaviour. The \fB.drectve\fR sections are created by \fBdllexport\fR
-attributes in the source code.
-.IP "\fB\-\-exclude\-symbols\fR \fIlist\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--exclude-symbols list"
-Do not export the symbols in \fIlist\fR. This is a list of symbol names
-separated by comma or colon characters. The symbol names should not
-contain a leading underscore. This is only meaningful when
-\&\fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR is used.
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-default\-excludes\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-default-excludes"
-When \fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR is used, it will by default avoid
-exporting certain special symbols. The current list of symbols to avoid
-exporting is \fBDllMain@12\fR, \fBDllEntryPoint@0\fR,
-\&\fBimpure_ptr\fR. You may use the \fB\-\-no\-default\-excludes\fR option
-to go ahead and export these special symbols. This is only meaningful
-when \fB\-\-export\-all\-symbols\fR is used.
-.IP "\fB\-S\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-S path"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-as\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--as path"
-.PD
-Specifies the path, including the filename, of the assembler to be used
-to create the exports file.
-.IP "\fB\-f\fR \fIoptions\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-f options"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-as\-flags\fR \fIoptions\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--as-flags options"
-.PD
-Specifies any specific command line options to be passed to the
-assembler when building the exports file. This option will work even if
-the \fB\-S\fR option is not used. This option only takes one argument,
-and if it occurs more than once on the command line, then later
-occurrences will override earlier occurrences. So if it is necessary to
-pass multiple options to the assembler they should be enclosed in
-double quotes.
-.IP "\fB\-D\fR \fIname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-D name"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-dll\-name\fR \fIname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dll-name name"
-.PD
-Specifies the name to be stored in the \fI.def\fR file as the name of
-the \s-1DLL\s0 when the \fB\-e\fR option is used. If this option is not
-present, then the filename given to the \fB\-e\fR option will be
-used as the name of the \s-1DLL\s0.
-.IP "\fB\-m\fR \fImachine\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-m machine"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-machine\fR \fImachine\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-machine machine"
-.PD
-Specifies the type of machine for which the library file should be
-built. \fBdlltool\fR has a built in default type, depending upon how
-it was created, but this option can be used to override that. This is
-normally only useful when creating DLLs for an \s-1ARM\s0 processor, when the
-contents of the \s-1DLL\s0 are actually encode using Thumb instructions.
-.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-a"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-add\-indirect\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--add-indirect"
-.PD
-Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it
-should add a section which allows the exported functions to be
-referenced without using the import library. Whatever the hell that
-means!
-.IP "\fB\-U\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-U"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-add\-underscore\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--add-underscore"
-.PD
-Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it
-should prepend an underscore to the names of \fIall\fR exported symbols.
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-leading\-underscore\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-leading-underscore"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-leading\-underscore\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--leading-underscore"
-.PD
-Specifies whether standard symbol should be forced to be prefixed, or
-not.
-.IP "\fB\-\-add\-stdcall\-underscore\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--add-stdcall-underscore"
-Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it
-should prepend an underscore to the names of exported \fIstdcall\fR
-functions. Variable names and non-stdcall function names are not modified.
-This option is useful when creating GNU-compatible import libs for third
-party DLLs that were built with MS-Windows tools.
-.IP "\fB\-k\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-k"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-kill\-at\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--kill-at"
-.PD
-Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it
-should not append the string \fB@ <number>\fR. These numbers are
-called ordinal numbers and they represent another way of accessing the
-function in a \s-1DLL\s0, other than by name.
-.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-A"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-add\-stdcall\-alias\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--add-stdcall-alias"
-.PD
-Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports file it
-should add aliases for stdcall symbols without \fB@ <number>\fR
-in addition to the symbols with \fB@ <number>\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-p"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-ext\-prefix\-alias\fR \fIprefix\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--ext-prefix-alias prefix"
-.PD
-Causes \fBdlltool\fR to create external aliases for all \s-1DLL\s0
-imports with the specified prefix. The aliases are created for both
-external and import symbols with no leading underscore.
-.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-x"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-idata4\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-idata4"
-.PD
-Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports and library
-files it should omit the \f(CW\*(C`.idata4\*(C'\fR section. This is for compatibility
-with certain operating systems.
-.IP "\fB\-\-use\-nul\-prefixed\-import\-tables\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--use-nul-prefixed-import-tables"
-Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports and library
-files it should prefix the \f(CW\*(C`.idata4\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`.idata5\*(C'\fR by zero an
-element. This emulates old gnu import library generation of
-\&\f(CW\*(C`dlltool\*(C'\fR. By default this option is turned off.
-.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-c"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-idata5\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-idata5"
-.PD
-Specifies that when \fBdlltool\fR is creating the exports and library
-files it should omit the \f(CW\*(C`.idata5\*(C'\fR section. This is for compatibility
-with certain operating systems.
-.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-I filename"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-identify\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--identify filename"
-.PD
-Specifies that \fBdlltool\fR should inspect the import library
-indicated by \fIfilename\fR and report, on \f(CW\*(C`stdout\*(C'\fR, the name(s)
-of the associated \s-1DLL\s0(s). This can be performed in addition to any
-other operations indicated by the other options and arguments.
-\&\fBdlltool\fR fails if the import library does not exist or is not
-actually an import library. See also \fB\-\-identify\-strict\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-identify\-strict\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--identify-strict"
-Modifies the behavior of the \fB\-\-identify\fR option, such
-that an error is reported if \fIfilename\fR is associated with
-more than one \s-1DLL\s0.
-.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-i"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-interwork\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--interwork"
-.PD
-Specifies that \fBdlltool\fR should mark the objects in the library
-file and exports file that it produces as supporting interworking
-between \s-1ARM\s0 and Thumb code.
-.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-n"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-nodelete\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--nodelete"
-.PD
-Makes \fBdlltool\fR preserve the temporary assembler files it used to
-create the exports file. If this option is repeated then dlltool will
-also preserve the temporary object files it uses to create the library
-file.
-.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIprefix\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-t prefix"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-temp\-prefix\fR \fIprefix\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--temp-prefix prefix"
-.PD
-Makes \fBdlltool\fR use \fIprefix\fR when constructing the names of
-temporary assembler and object files. By default, the temp file prefix
-is generated from the pid.
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--verbose"
-.PD
-Make dlltool describe what it is doing.
-.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-h"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-.PD
-Displays a list of command line options and then exits.
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-V"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-.PD
-Displays dlltool's version number and then exits.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-The Info pages for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/elfedit.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/elfedit.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 16f2cbba..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/elfedit.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,233 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "ELFEDIT 1"
-.TH ELFEDIT 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-elfedit \- Update the ELF header of ELF files.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-elfedit [\fB\-\-input\-mach=\fR\fImachine\fR]
- [\fB\-\-input\-type=\fR\fItype\fR]
- [\fB\-\-input\-osabi=\fR\fIosabi\fR]
- \fB\-\-output\-mach=\fR\fImachine\fR
- \fB\-\-output\-type=\fR\fItype\fR
- \fB\-\-output\-osabi=\fR\fIosabi\fR
- [\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
- [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR]
- \fIelffile\fR...
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBelfedit\fR updates the \s-1ELF\s0 header of \s-1ELF\s0 files which have
-the matching \s-1ELF\s0 machine and file types. The options control how and
-which fields in the \s-1ELF\s0 header should be updated.
-.PP
-\&\fIelffile\fR... are the \s-1ELF\s0 files to be updated. 32\-bit and
-64\-bit \s-1ELF\s0 files are supported, as are archives containing \s-1ELF\s0 files.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent. At least one of the \fB\-\-output\-mach\fR,
-\&\fB\-\-output\-type\fR and \fB\-\-output\-osabi\fR options must be given.
-.IP "\fB\-\-input\-mach=\fR\fImachine\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--input-mach=machine"
-Set the matching input \s-1ELF\s0 machine type to \fImachine\fR. If
-\&\fB\-\-input\-mach\fR isn't specified, it will match any \s-1ELF\s0
-machine types.
-.Sp
-The supported \s-1ELF\s0 machine types are, \fIL1OM\fR, \fIK1OM\fR and
-\&\fIx86\-64\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-output\-mach=\fR\fImachine\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--output-mach=machine"
-Change the \s-1ELF\s0 machine type in the \s-1ELF\s0 header to \fImachine\fR. The
-supported \s-1ELF\s0 machine types are the same as \fB\-\-input\-mach\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-input\-type=\fR\fItype\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--input-type=type"
-Set the matching input \s-1ELF\s0 file type to \fItype\fR. If
-\&\fB\-\-input\-type\fR isn't specified, it will match any \s-1ELF\s0 file types.
-.Sp
-The supported \s-1ELF\s0 file types are, \fIrel\fR, \fIexec\fR and \fIdyn\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-output\-type=\fR\fItype\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--output-type=type"
-Change the \s-1ELF\s0 file type in the \s-1ELF\s0 header to \fItype\fR. The
-supported \s-1ELF\s0 types are the same as \fB\-\-input\-type\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-input\-osabi=\fR\fIosabi\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--input-osabi=osabi"
-Set the matching input \s-1ELF\s0 file \s-1OSABI\s0 to \fIosabi\fR. If
-\&\fB\-\-input\-osabi\fR isn't specified, it will match any \s-1ELF\s0 OSABIs.
-.Sp
-The supported \s-1ELF\s0 OSABIs are, \fInone\fR, \fI\s-1HPUX\s0\fR, \fINetBSD\fR,
-\&\fI\s-1GNU\s0\fR, \fILinux\fR (alias for \fI\s-1GNU\s0\fR),
-\&\fISolaris\fR, \fI\s-1AIX\s0\fR, \fIIrix\fR,
-\&\fIFreeBSD\fR, \fI\s-1TRU64\s0\fR, \fIModesto\fR, \fIOpenBSD\fR, \fIOpenVMS\fR,
-\&\fI\s-1NSK\s0\fR, \fI\s-1AROS\s0\fR and \fIFenixOS\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-output\-osabi=\fR\fIosabi\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--output-osabi=osabi"
-Change the \s-1ELF\s0 \s-1OSABI\s0 in the \s-1ELF\s0 header to \fIosabi\fR. The
-supported \s-1ELF\s0 \s-1OSABI\s0 are the same as \fB\-\-input\-osabi\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-.PD
-Display the version number of \fBelfedit\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-h"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-.PD
-Display the command line options understood by \fBelfedit\fR.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fIreadelf\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/fdl.texi b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/fdl.texi
deleted file mode 100644
index 8805f1a4..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/fdl.texi
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,506 +0,0 @@
-@c The GNU Free Documentation License.
-@center Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
-
-@c This file is intended to be included within another document,
-@c hence no sectioning command or @node.
-
-@display
-Copyright @copyright{} 2000, 2001, 2002, 2007, 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-@uref{http://fsf.org/}
-
-Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
-of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
-@end display
-
-@enumerate 0
-@item
-PREAMBLE
-
-The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other
-functional and useful document @dfn{free} in the sense of freedom: to
-assure everyone the effective freedom to copy and redistribute it,
-with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially.
-Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way
-to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible
-for modifications made by others.
-
-This License is a kind of ``copyleft'', which means that derivative
-works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It
-complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft
-license designed for free software.
-
-We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free
-software, because free software needs free documentation: a free
-program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the
-software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals;
-it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or
-whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License
-principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference.
-
-@item
-APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS
-
-This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that
-contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be
-distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a
-world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that
-work under the conditions stated herein. The ``Document'', below,
-refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a
-licensee, and is addressed as ``you''. You accept the license if you
-copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission
-under copyright law.
-
-A ``Modified Version'' of the Document means any work containing the
-Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with
-modifications and/or translated into another language.
-
-A ``Secondary Section'' is a named appendix or a front-matter section
-of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the
-publishers or authors of the Document to the Document's overall
-subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall
-directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in
-part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain
-any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical
-connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal,
-commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding
-them.
-
-The ``Invariant Sections'' are certain Secondary Sections whose titles
-are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice
-that says that the Document is released under this License. If a
-section does not fit the above definition of Secondary then it is not
-allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero
-Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant
-Sections then there are none.
-
-The ``Cover Texts'' are certain short passages of text that are listed,
-as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that
-the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may
-be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words.
-
-A ``Transparent'' copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy,
-represented in a format whose specification is available to the
-general public, that is suitable for revising the document
-straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of
-pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available
-drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or
-for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input
-to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent file
-format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart
-or discourage subsequent modification by readers is not Transparent.
-An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
-of text. A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
-
-Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
-@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
-format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
-@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML},
-PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification. Examples
-of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and
-@acronym{JPG}. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
-read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or
-@acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are
-not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML},
-PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for
-output purposes only.
-
-The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
-plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material
-this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in
-formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
-the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
-preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
-
-The ``publisher'' means any person or entity that distributes copies
-of the Document to the public.
-
-A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
-title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
-text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a
-specific section name mentioned below, such as ``Acknowledgements'',
-``Dedications'', ``Endorsements'', or ``History''.) To ``Preserve the Title''
-of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a
-section ``Entitled XYZ'' according to this definition.
-
-The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which
-states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty
-Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this
-License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other
-implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has
-no effect on the meaning of this License.
-
-@item
-VERBATIM COPYING
-
-You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either
-commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the
-copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies
-to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and that you add no other
-conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use
-technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further
-copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept
-compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough
-number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3.
-
-You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and
-you may publicly display copies.
-
-@item
-COPYING IN QUANTITY
-
-If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have
-printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the
-Document's license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the
-copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover
-Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on
-the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify
-you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present
-the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and
-visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition.
-Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve
-the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated
-as verbatim copying in other respects.
-
-If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to fit
-legibly, you should put the first ones listed (as many as fit
-reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent
-pages.
-
-If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering
-more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent
-copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy
-a computer-network location from which the general network-using
-public has access to download using public-standard network protocols
-a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material.
-If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps,
-when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure
-that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated
-location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an
-Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that
-edition to the public.
-
-It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the
-Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give
-them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document.
-
-@item
-MODIFICATIONS
-
-You may copy and distribute a Modified Version of the Document under
-the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release
-the Modified Version under precisely this License, with the Modified
-Version filling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution
-and modification of the Modified Version to whoever possesses a copy
-of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modified Version:
-
-@enumerate A
-@item
-Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct
-from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions
-(which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section
-of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version
-if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
-
-@item
-List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities
-responsible for authorship of the modifications in the Modified
-Version, together with at least five of the principal authors of the
-Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than five),
-unless they release you from this requirement.
-
-@item
-State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the
-Modified Version, as the publisher.
-
-@item
-Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document.
-
-@item
-Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modifications
-adjacent to the other copyright notices.
-
-@item
-Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice
-giving the public permission to use the Modified Version under the
-terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below.
-
-@item
-Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections
-and required Cover Texts given in the Document's license notice.
-
-@item
-Include an unaltered copy of this License.
-
-@item
-Preserve the section Entitled ``History'', Preserve its Title, and add
-to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and
-publisher of the Modified Version as given on the Title Page. If
-there is no section Entitled ``History'' in the Document, create one
-stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as
-given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modified
-Version as stated in the previous sentence.
-
-@item
-Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for
-public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise
-the network locations given in the Document for previous versions
-it was based on. These may be placed in the ``History'' section.
-You may omit a network location for a work that was published at
-least four years before the Document itself, or if the original
-publisher of the version it refers to gives permission.
-
-@item
-For any section Entitled ``Acknowledgements'' or ``Dedications'', Preserve
-the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the
-substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or
-dedications given therein.
-
-@item
-Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document,
-unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers
-or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles.
-
-@item
-Delete any section Entitled ``Endorsements''. Such a section
-may not be included in the Modified Version.
-
-@item
-Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled ``Endorsements'' or
-to conflict in title with any Invariant Section.
-
-@item
-Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers.
-@end enumerate
-
-If the Modified Version includes new front-matter sections or
-appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material
-copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all
-of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the
-list of Invariant Sections in the Modified Version's license notice.
-These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
-
-You may add a section Entitled ``Endorsements'', provided it contains
-nothing but endorsements of your Modified Version by various
-parties---for example, statements of peer review or that the text has
-been approved by an organization as the authoritative definition of a
-standard.
-
-You may add a passage of up to five words as a Front-Cover Text, and a
-passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list
-of Cover Texts in the Modified Version. Only one passage of
-Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or
-through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already
-includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or
-by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of,
-you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit
-permission from the previous publisher that added the old one.
-
-The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License
-give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or
-imply endorsement of any Modified Version.
-
-@item
-COMBINING DOCUMENTS
-
-You may combine the Document with other documents released under this
-License, under the terms defined in section 4 above for modified
-versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the
-Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodified, and
-list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its
-license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers.
-
-The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and
-multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single
-copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but
-different contents, make the title of each such section unique by
-adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original
-author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number.
-Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of
-Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work.
-
-In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled ``History''
-in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled
-``History''; likewise combine any sections Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
-and any sections Entitled ``Dedications''. You must delete all
-sections Entitled ``Endorsements.''
-
-@item
-COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS
-
-You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents
-released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this
-License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in
-the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for
-verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects.
-
-You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute
-it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this
-License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all
-other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document.
-
-@item
-AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS
-
-A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate
-and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or
-distribution medium, is called an ``aggregate'' if the copyright
-resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights
-of the compilation's users beyond what the individual works permit.
-When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not
-apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves
-derivative works of the Document.
-
-If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these
-copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of
-the entire aggregate, the Document's Cover Texts may be placed on
-covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the
-electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form.
-Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole
-aggregate.
-
-@item
-TRANSLATION
-
-Translation is considered a kind of modification, so you may
-distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4.
-Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special
-permission from their copyright holders, but you may include
-translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the
-original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a
-translation of this License, and all the license notices in the
-Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include
-the original English version of this License and the original versions
-of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between
-the translation and the original version of this License or a notice
-or disclaimer, the original version will prevail.
-
-If a section in the Document is Entitled ``Acknowledgements'',
-``Dedications'', or ``History'', the requirement (section 4) to Preserve
-its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual
-title.
-
-@item
-TERMINATION
-
-You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
-except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt
-otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and
-will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
-
-However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
-from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
-unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
-terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
-fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
-60 days after the cessation.
-
-Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
-reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
-violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
-received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
-copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
-your receipt of the notice.
-
-Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
-licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
-this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
-reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does
-not give you any rights to use it.
-
-@item
-FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
-
-The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions
-of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new
-versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may
-differ in detail to address new problems or concerns. See
-@uref{http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/}.
-
-Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number.
-If the Document specifies that a particular numbered version of this
-License ``or any later version'' applies to it, you have the option of
-following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
-of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
-Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version
-number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
-as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document
-specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this
-License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a
-version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the
-Document.
-
-@item
-RELICENSING
-
-``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site'' (or ``MMC Site'') means any
-World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
-provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works. A
-public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server. A
-``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration'' (or ``MMC'') contained in the
-site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
-site.
-
-``CC-BY-SA'' means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
-license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
-corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
-California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
-published by that same organization.
-
-``Incorporate'' means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
-in part, as part of another Document.
-
-An MMC is ``eligible for relicensing'' if it is licensed under this
-License, and if all works that were first published under this License
-somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole
-or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections,
-and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
-
-The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site
-under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009,
-provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
-
-@end enumerate
-
-@page
-@heading ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
-
-To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
-the License in the document and put the following copyright and
-license notices just after the title page:
-
-@smallexample
-@group
- Copyright (C) @var{year} @var{your name}.
- Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
- under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
- or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
- with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
- Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
- Free Documentation License''.
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-
-If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
-replace the ``with@dots{}Texts.'' line with this:
-
-@smallexample
-@group
- with the Invariant Sections being @var{list their titles}, with
- the Front-Cover Texts being @var{list}, and with the Back-Cover Texts
- being @var{list}.
-@end group
-@end smallexample
-
-If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other
-combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the
-situation.
-
-If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we
-recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of
-free software license, such as the GNU General Public License,
-to permit their use in free software.
-
-@c Local Variables:
-@c ispell-local-pdict: "ispell-dict"
-@c End:
-
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/nlmconv.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/nlmconv.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 26b22f3c..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/nlmconv.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,242 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "NLMCONV 1"
-.TH NLMCONV 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-nlmconv \- converts object code into an NLM.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-nlmconv [\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
- [\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
- [\fB\-T\fR \fIheaderfile\fR|\fB\-\-header\-file=\fR\fIheaderfile\fR]
- [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-debug\fR] [\fB\-l\fR \fIlinker\fR|\fB\-\-linker=\fR\fIlinker\fR]
- [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
- \fIinfile\fR \fIoutfile\fR
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBnlmconv\fR converts the relocatable \fBi386\fR object file
-\&\fIinfile\fR into the NetWare Loadable Module \fIoutfile\fR, optionally
-reading \fIheaderfile\fR for \s-1NLM\s0 header information. For instructions
-on writing the \s-1NLM\s0 command file language used in header files, see the
-\&\fBlinkers\fR section, \fB\s-1NLMLINK\s0\fR in particular, of the \fI\s-1NLM\s0
-Development and Tools Overview\fR, which is part of the \s-1NLM\s0 Software
-Developer's Kit (\*(L"\s-1NLM\s0 \s-1SDK\s0\*(R"), available from Novell, Inc.
-\&\fBnlmconv\fR uses the \s-1GNU\s0 Binary File Descriptor library to read
-\&\fIinfile\fR;
-.PP
-\&\fBnlmconv\fR can perform a link step. In other words, you can list
-more than one object file for input if you list them in the definitions
-file (rather than simply specifying one input file on the command line).
-In this case, \fBnlmconv\fR calls the linker for you.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-I bfdname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--input-target=bfdname"
-.PD
-Object format of the input file. \fBnlmconv\fR can usually determine
-the format of a given file (so no default is necessary).
-.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-O bfdname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--output-target=bfdname"
-.PD
-Object format of the output file. \fBnlmconv\fR infers the output
-format based on the input format, e.g. for a \fBi386\fR input file the
-output format is \fBnlm32\-i386\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-T\fR \fIheaderfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-T headerfile"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-header\-file=\fR\fIheaderfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--header-file=headerfile"
-.PD
-Reads \fIheaderfile\fR for \s-1NLM\s0 header information. For instructions on
-writing the \s-1NLM\s0 command file language used in header files, see see the
-\&\fBlinkers\fR section, of the \fI\s-1NLM\s0 Development and Tools
-Overview\fR, which is part of the \s-1NLM\s0 Software Developer's Kit, available
-from Novell, Inc.
-.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-d"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-debug\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--debug"
-.PD
-Displays (on standard error) the linker command line used by \fBnlmconv\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-l\fR \fIlinker\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-l linker"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-linker=\fR\fIlinker\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--linker=linker"
-.PD
-Use \fIlinker\fR for any linking. \fIlinker\fR can be an absolute or a
-relative pathname.
-.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-h"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-.PD
-Prints a usage summary.
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-V"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-.PD
-Prints the version number for \fBnlmconv\fR.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/nm.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/nm.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 793b5f3a..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/nm.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,530 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "NM 1"
-.TH NM 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-nm \- list symbols from object files
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-nm [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-o\fR|\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR] [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-debug\-syms\fR]
- [\fB\-B\fR|\fB\-\-format=bsd\fR] [\fB\-C\fR|\fB\-\-demangle\fR[=\fIstyle\fR]]
- [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\fR] [\fB\-f\fR\fIformat\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR]
- [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-extern\-only\fR] [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR]
- [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR] [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-numeric\-sort\fR]
- [\fB\-P\fR|\fB\-\-portability\fR] [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-no\-sort\fR]
- [\fB\-r\fR|\fB\-\-reverse\-sort\fR] [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-print\-size\fR]
- [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-print\-armap\fR] [\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR|\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR]
- [\fB\-u\fR|\fB\-\-undefined\-only\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
- [\fB\-X 32_64\fR] [\fB\-\-defined\-only\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR]
- [\fB\-\-plugin\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-\-size\-sort\fR] [\fB\-\-special\-syms\fR]
- [\fB\-\-synthetic\fR] [\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
- [\fIobjfile\fR...]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBnm\fR lists the symbols from object files \fIobjfile\fR....
-If no object files are listed as arguments, \fBnm\fR assumes the file
-\&\fIa.out\fR.
-.PP
-For each symbol, \fBnm\fR shows:
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-The symbol value, in the radix selected by options (see below), or
-hexadecimal by default.
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-The symbol type. At least the following types are used; others are, as
-well, depending on the object file format. If lowercase, the symbol is
-usually local; if uppercase, the symbol is global (external). There
-are however a few lowercase symbols that are shown for special global
-symbols (\f(CW\*(C`u\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`v\*(C'\fR and \f(CW\*(C`w\*(C'\fR).
-.RS 4
-.ie n .IP """A""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWA\fR" 4
-.IX Item "A"
-The symbol's value is absolute, and will not be changed by further
-linking.
-.ie n .IP """B""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWB\fR" 4
-.IX Item "B"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP """b""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWb\fR" 4
-.IX Item "b"
-.PD
-The symbol is in the uninitialized data section (known as \s-1BSS\s0).
-.ie n .IP """C""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWC\fR" 4
-.IX Item "C"
-The symbol is common. Common symbols are uninitialized data. When
-linking, multiple common symbols may appear with the same name. If the
-symbol is defined anywhere, the common symbols are treated as undefined
-references.
-.ie n .IP """D""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWD\fR" 4
-.IX Item "D"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP """d""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWd\fR" 4
-.IX Item "d"
-.PD
-The symbol is in the initialized data section.
-.ie n .IP """G""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWG\fR" 4
-.IX Item "G"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP """g""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWg\fR" 4
-.IX Item "g"
-.PD
-The symbol is in an initialized data section for small objects. Some
-object file formats permit more efficient access to small data objects,
-such as a global int variable as opposed to a large global array.
-.ie n .IP """i""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWi\fR" 4
-.IX Item "i"
-For \s-1PE\s0 format files this indicates that the symbol is in a section
-specific to the implementation of DLLs. For \s-1ELF\s0 format files this
-indicates that the symbol is an indirect function. This is a \s-1GNU\s0
-extension to the standard set of \s-1ELF\s0 symbol types. It indicates a
-symbol which if referenced by a relocation does not evaluate to its
-address, but instead must be invoked at runtime. The runtime
-execution will then return the value to be used in the relocation.
-.ie n .IP """I""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWI\fR" 4
-.IX Item "I"
-The symbol is an indirect reference to another symbol.
-.ie n .IP """N""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWN\fR" 4
-.IX Item "N"
-The symbol is a debugging symbol.
-.ie n .IP """p""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWp\fR" 4
-.IX Item "p"
-The symbols is in a stack unwind section.
-.ie n .IP """R""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWR\fR" 4
-.IX Item "R"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP """r""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWr\fR" 4
-.IX Item "r"
-.PD
-The symbol is in a read only data section.
-.ie n .IP """S""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWS\fR" 4
-.IX Item "S"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP """s""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWs\fR" 4
-.IX Item "s"
-.PD
-The symbol is in an uninitialized data section for small objects.
-.ie n .IP """T""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWT\fR" 4
-.IX Item "T"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP """t""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWt\fR" 4
-.IX Item "t"
-.PD
-The symbol is in the text (code) section.
-.ie n .IP """U""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWU\fR" 4
-.IX Item "U"
-The symbol is undefined.
-.ie n .IP """u""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWu\fR" 4
-.IX Item "u"
-The symbol is a unique global symbol. This is a \s-1GNU\s0 extension to the
-standard set of \s-1ELF\s0 symbol bindings. For such a symbol the dynamic linker
-will make sure that in the entire process there is just one symbol with
-this name and type in use.
-.ie n .IP """V""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWV\fR" 4
-.IX Item "V"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP """v""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWv\fR" 4
-.IX Item "v"
-.PD
-The symbol is a weak object. When a weak defined symbol is linked with
-a normal defined symbol, the normal defined symbol is used with no error.
-When a weak undefined symbol is linked and the symbol is not defined,
-the value of the weak symbol becomes zero with no error. On some
-systems, uppercase indicates that a default value has been specified.
-.ie n .IP """W""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWW\fR" 4
-.IX Item "W"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP """w""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWw\fR" 4
-.IX Item "w"
-.PD
-The symbol is a weak symbol that has not been specifically tagged as a
-weak object symbol. When a weak defined symbol is linked with a normal
-defined symbol, the normal defined symbol is used with no error.
-When a weak undefined symbol is linked and the symbol is not defined,
-the value of the symbol is determined in a system-specific manner without
-error. On some systems, uppercase indicates that a default value has been
-specified.
-.ie n .IP """\-""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW\-\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-"
-The symbol is a stabs symbol in an a.out object file. In this case, the
-next values printed are the stabs other field, the stabs desc field, and
-the stab type. Stabs symbols are used to hold debugging information.
-.ie n .IP """?""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW?\fR" 4
-.IX Item "?"
-The symbol type is unknown, or object file format specific.
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.RE
-.IP "\(bu" 4
-The symbol name.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent.
-.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-A"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-o"
-.IP "\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--print-file-name"
-.PD
-Precede each symbol by the name of the input file (or archive member)
-in which it was found, rather than identifying the input file once only,
-before all of its symbols.
-.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-a"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-debug\-syms\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--debug-syms"
-.PD
-Display all symbols, even debugger-only symbols; normally these are not
-listed.
-.IP "\fB\-B\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-B"
-The same as \fB\-\-format=bsd\fR (for compatibility with the \s-1MIPS\s0 \fBnm\fR).
-.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-C"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--demangle[=style]"
-.PD
-Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
-Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
-makes \*(C+ function names readable. Different compilers have different
-mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to
-choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler.
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-demangle\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-demangle"
-Do not demangle low-level symbol names. This is the default.
-.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-D"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dynamic"
-.PD
-Display the dynamic symbols rather than the normal symbols. This is
-only meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
-libraries.
-.IP "\fB\-f\fR \fIformat\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-f format"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIformat\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--format=format"
-.PD
-Use the output format \fIformat\fR, which can be \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`sysv\*(C'\fR, or \f(CW\*(C`posix\*(C'\fR. The default is \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR.
-Only the first character of \fIformat\fR is significant; it can be
-either upper or lower case.
-.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-g"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-extern\-only\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--extern-only"
-.PD
-Display only external symbols.
-.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-h"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-.PD
-Show a summary of the options to \fBnm\fR and exit.
-.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-l"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--line-numbers"
-.PD
-For each symbol, use debugging information to try to find a filename and
-line number. For a defined symbol, look for the line number of the
-address of the symbol. For an undefined symbol, look for the line
-number of a relocation entry which refers to the symbol. If line number
-information can be found, print it after the other symbol information.
-.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-n"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v"
-.IP "\fB\-\-numeric\-sort\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--numeric-sort"
-.PD
-Sort symbols numerically by their addresses, rather than alphabetically
-by their names.
-.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-p"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-sort\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-sort"
-.PD
-Do not bother to sort the symbols in any order; print them in the order
-encountered.
-.IP "\fB\-P\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-P"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-portability\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--portability"
-.PD
-Use the \s-1POSIX\s0.2 standard output format instead of the default format.
-Equivalent to \fB\-f posix\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-r"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-reverse\-sort\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--reverse-sort"
-.PD
-Reverse the order of the sort (whether numeric or alphabetic); let the
-last come first.
-.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-S"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-print\-size\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--print-size"
-.PD
-Print both value and size of defined symbols for the \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR output style.
-This option has no effect for object formats that do not record symbol
-sizes, unless \fB\-\-size\-sort\fR is also used in which case a
-calculated size is displayed.
-.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-s"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-print\-armap\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--print-armap"
-.PD
-When listing symbols from archive members, include the index: a mapping
-(stored in the archive by \fBar\fR or \fBranlib\fR) of which modules
-contain definitions for which names.
-.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-t radix"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--radix=radix"
-.PD
-Use \fIradix\fR as the radix for printing the symbol values. It must be
-\&\fBd\fR for decimal, \fBo\fR for octal, or \fBx\fR for hexadecimal.
-.IP "\fB\-u\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-u"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-undefined\-only\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--undefined-only"
-.PD
-Display only undefined symbols (those external to each object file).
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-V"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-.PD
-Show the version number of \fBnm\fR and exit.
-.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-X"
-This option is ignored for compatibility with the \s-1AIX\s0 version of
-\&\fBnm\fR. It takes one parameter which must be the string
-\&\fB32_64\fR. The default mode of \s-1AIX\s0 \fBnm\fR corresponds
-to \fB\-X 32\fR, which is not supported by \s-1GNU\s0 \fBnm\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-defined\-only\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--defined-only"
-Display only defined symbols for each object file.
-.IP "\fB\-\-plugin\fR \fIname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--plugin name"
-Load the plugin called \fIname\fR to add support for extra target
-types. This option is only available if the toolchain has been built
-with plugin support enabled.
-.IP "\fB\-\-size\-sort\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--size-sort"
-Sort symbols by size. The size is computed as the difference between
-the value of the symbol and the value of the symbol with the next higher
-value. If the \f(CW\*(C`bsd\*(C'\fR output format is used the size of the symbol
-is printed, rather than the value, and \fB\-S\fR must be used in order
-both size and value to be printed.
-.IP "\fB\-\-special\-syms\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--special-syms"
-Display symbols which have a target-specific special meaning. These
-symbols are usually used by the target for some special processing and
-are not normally helpful when included in the normal symbol lists.
-For example for \s-1ARM\s0 targets this option would skip the mapping symbols
-used to mark transitions between \s-1ARM\s0 code, \s-1THUMB\s0 code and data.
-.IP "\fB\-\-synthetic\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--synthetic"
-Include synthetic symbols in the output. These are special symbols
-created by the linker for various purposes. They are not shown by
-default since they are not part of the binary's original source code.
-.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
-Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIranlib\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/objcopy.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/objcopy.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 25004e03..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/objcopy.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1012 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "OBJCOPY 1"
-.TH OBJCOPY 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-objcopy \- copy and translate object files
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-objcopy [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
- [\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
- [\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
- [\fB\-B\fR \fIbfdarch\fR|\fB\-\-binary\-architecture=\fR\fIbfdarch\fR]
- [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR]
- [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR]
- [\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
- [\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
- [\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
- [\fB\-G\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
- [\fB\-\-localize\-hidden\fR]
- [\fB\-L\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
- [\fB\-\-globalize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
- [\fB\-W\fR \fIsymbolname\fR|\fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
- [\fB\-w\fR|\fB\-\-wildcard\fR]
- [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR]
- [\fB\-X\fR|\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR]
- [\fB\-b\fR \fIbyte\fR|\fB\-\-byte=\fR\fIbyte\fR]
- [\fB\-i\fR [\fIbreadth\fR]|\fB\-\-interleave\fR[=\fIbreadth\fR]]
- [\fB\-\-interleave\-width=\fR\fIwidth\fR]
- [\fB\-j\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR|\fB\-\-only\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR]
- [\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR|\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR]
- [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR]
- [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR]
- [\fB\-U\fR|\fB\-\-disable\-deterministic\-archives\fR]
- [\fB\-\-debugging\fR]
- [\fB\-\-gap\-fill=\fR\fIval\fR]
- [\fB\-\-pad\-to=\fR\fIaddress\fR]
- [\fB\-\-set\-start=\fR\fIval\fR]
- [\fB\-\-adjust\-start=\fR\fIincr\fR]
- [\fB\-\-change\-addresses=\fR\fIincr\fR]
- [\fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR]
- [\fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR]
- [\fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR{=,+,\-}\fIval\fR]
- [\fB\-\-change\-warnings\fR] [\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR]
- [\fB\-\-set\-section\-flags\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR=\fIflags\fR]
- [\fB\-\-add\-section\fR \fIsectionname\fR=\fIfilename\fR]
- [\fB\-\-rename\-section\fR \fIoldname\fR=\fInewname\fR[,\fIflags\fR]]
- [\fB\-\-long\-section\-names\fR {enable,disable,keep}]
- [\fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR] [\fB\-\-remove\-leading\-char\fR]
- [\fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=\fR\fInum\fR]
- [\fB\-\-srec\-len=\fR\fIival\fR] [\fB\-\-srec\-forceS3\fR]
- [\fB\-\-redefine\-sym\fR \fIold\fR=\fInew\fR]
- [\fB\-\-redefine\-syms=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
- [\fB\-\-weaken\fR]
- [\fB\-\-keep\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
- [\fB\-\-strip\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
- [\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
- [\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
- [\fB\-\-localize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
- [\fB\-\-globalize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
- [\fB\-\-weaken\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR]
- [\fB\-\-alt\-machine\-code=\fR\fIindex\fR]
- [\fB\-\-prefix\-symbols=\fR\fIstring\fR]
- [\fB\-\-prefix\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR]
- [\fB\-\-prefix\-alloc\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR]
- [\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=\fR\fIpath-to-file\fR]
- [\fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR]
- [\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR]
- [\fB\-\-strip\-dwo\fR]
- [\fB\-\-extract\-dwo\fR]
- [\fB\-\-extract\-symbol\fR]
- [\fB\-\-writable\-text\fR]
- [\fB\-\-readonly\-text\fR]
- [\fB\-\-pure\fR]
- [\fB\-\-impure\fR]
- [\fB\-\-file\-alignment=\fR\fInum\fR]
- [\fB\-\-heap=\fR\fIsize\fR]
- [\fB\-\-image\-base=\fR\fIaddress\fR]
- [\fB\-\-section\-alignment=\fR\fInum\fR]
- [\fB\-\-stack=\fR\fIsize\fR]
- [\fB\-\-subsystem=\fR\fIwhich\fR:\fImajor\fR.\fIminor\fR]
- [\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections\fR]
- [\fB\-\-decompress\-debug\-sections\fR]
- [\fB\-\-dwarf\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR]
- [\fB\-\-dwarf\-start=\fR\fIn\fR]
- [\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-verbose\fR]
- [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
- [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-info\fR]
- \fIinfile\fR [\fIoutfile\fR]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBobjcopy\fR utility copies the contents of an object
-file to another. \fBobjcopy\fR uses the \s-1GNU\s0 \s-1BFD\s0 Library to
-read and write the object files. It can write the destination object
-file in a format different from that of the source object file. The
-exact behavior of \fBobjcopy\fR is controlled by command-line options.
-Note that \fBobjcopy\fR should be able to copy a fully linked file
-between any two formats. However, copying a relocatable object file
-between any two formats may not work as expected.
-.PP
-\&\fBobjcopy\fR creates temporary files to do its translations and
-deletes them afterward. \fBobjcopy\fR uses \s-1BFD\s0 to do all its
-translation work; it has access to all the formats described in \s-1BFD\s0
-and thus is able to recognize most formats without being told
-explicitly.
-.PP
-\&\fBobjcopy\fR can be used to generate S\-records by using an output
-target of \fBsrec\fR (e.g., use \fB\-O srec\fR).
-.PP
-\&\fBobjcopy\fR can be used to generate a raw binary file by using an
-output target of \fBbinary\fR (e.g., use \fB\-O binary\fR). When
-\&\fBobjcopy\fR generates a raw binary file, it will essentially produce
-a memory dump of the contents of the input object file. All symbols and
-relocation information will be discarded. The memory dump will start at
-the load address of the lowest section copied into the output file.
-.PP
-When generating an S\-record or a raw binary file, it may be helpful to
-use \fB\-S\fR to remove sections containing debugging information. In
-some cases \fB\-R\fR will be useful to remove sections which contain
-information that is not needed by the binary file.
-.PP
-Note\-\-\-\fBobjcopy\fR is not able to change the endianness of its input
-files. If the input format has an endianness (some formats do not),
-\&\fBobjcopy\fR can only copy the inputs into file formats that have the
-same endianness or which have no endianness (e.g., \fBsrec\fR).
-(However, see the \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes\fR option.)
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fIinfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "infile"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fIoutfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "outfile"
-.PD
-The input and output files, respectively.
-If you do not specify \fIoutfile\fR, \fBobjcopy\fR creates a
-temporary file and destructively renames the result with
-the name of \fIinfile\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-I bfdname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--input-target=bfdname"
-.PD
-Consider the source file's object format to be \fIbfdname\fR, rather than
-attempting to deduce it.
-.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-O bfdname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--output-target=bfdname"
-.PD
-Write the output file using the object format \fIbfdname\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-F bfdname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
-.PD
-Use \fIbfdname\fR as the object format for both the input and the output
-file; i.e., simply transfer data from source to destination with no
-translation.
-.IP "\fB\-B\fR \fIbfdarch\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-B bfdarch"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-binary\-architecture=\fR\fIbfdarch\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--binary-architecture=bfdarch"
-.PD
-Useful when transforming a architecture-less input file into an object file.
-In this case the output architecture can be set to \fIbfdarch\fR. This
-option will be ignored if the input file has a known \fIbfdarch\fR. You
-can access this binary data inside a program by referencing the special
-symbols that are created by the conversion process. These symbols are
-called _binary_\fIobjfile\fR_start, _binary_\fIobjfile\fR_end and
-_binary_\fIobjfile\fR_size. e.g. you can transform a picture file into
-an object file and then access it in your code using these symbols.
-.IP "\fB\-j\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-j sectionpattern"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-only\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--only-section=sectionpattern"
-.PD
-Copy only the indicated sections from the input file to the output file.
-This option may be given more than once. Note that using this option
-inappropriately may make the output file unusable. Wildcard
-characters are accepted in \fIsectionpattern\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-R sectionpattern"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionpattern\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--remove-section=sectionpattern"
-.PD
-Remove any section matching \fIsectionpattern\fR from the output file.
-This option may be given more than once. Note that using this option
-inappropriately may make the output file unusable. Wildcard
-characters are accepted in \fIsectionpattern\fR. Using both the
-\&\fB\-j\fR and \fB\-R\fR options together results in undefined
-behaviour.
-.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-S"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strip-all"
-.PD
-Do not copy relocation and symbol information from the source file.
-.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-g"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strip-debug"
-.PD
-Do not copy debugging symbols or sections from the source file.
-.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strip-unneeded"
-Strip all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
-.IP "\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-K symbolname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--keep-symbol=symbolname"
-.PD
-When stripping symbols, keep symbol \fIsymbolname\fR even if it would
-normally be stripped. This option may be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-N symbolname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strip-symbol=symbolname"
-.PD
-Do not copy symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file. This option
-may be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strip-unneeded-symbol=symbolname"
-Do not copy symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file unless it is needed
-by a relocation. This option may be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-G\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-G symbolname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--keep-global-symbol=symbolname"
-.PD
-Keep only symbol \fIsymbolname\fR global. Make all other symbols local
-to the file, so that they are not visible externally. This option may
-be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-\-localize\-hidden\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--localize-hidden"
-In an \s-1ELF\s0 object, mark all symbols that have hidden or internal visibility
-as local. This option applies on top of symbol-specific localization options
-such as \fB\-L\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-L\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-L symbolname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-localize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--localize-symbol=symbolname"
-.PD
-Make symbol \fIsymbolname\fR local to the file, so that it is not
-visible externally. This option may be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-W\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-W symbolname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--weaken-symbol=symbolname"
-.PD
-Make symbol \fIsymbolname\fR weak. This option may be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-\-globalize\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--globalize-symbol=symbolname"
-Give symbol \fIsymbolname\fR global scoping so that it is visible
-outside of the file in which it is defined. This option may be given
-more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-w"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-wildcard\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--wildcard"
-.PD
-Permit regular expressions in \fIsymbolname\fRs used in other command
-line options. The question mark (?), asterisk (*), backslash (\e) and
-square brackets ([]) operators can be used anywhere in the symbol
-name. If the first character of the symbol name is the exclamation
-point (!) then the sense of the switch is reversed for that symbol.
-For example:
-.Sp
-.Vb 1
-\& \-w \-W !foo \-W fo*
-.Ve
-.Sp
-would cause objcopy to weaken all symbols that start with \*(L"fo\*(R"
-except for the symbol \*(L"foo\*(R".
-.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-x"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--discard-all"
-.PD
-Do not copy non-global symbols from the source file.
-.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-X"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--discard-locals"
-.PD
-Do not copy compiler-generated local symbols.
-(These usually start with \fBL\fR or \fB.\fR.)
-.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbyte\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-b byte"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-byte=\fR\fIbyte\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--byte=byte"
-.PD
-If interleaving has been enabled via the \fB\-\-interleave\fR option
-then start the range of bytes to keep at the \fIbyte\fRth byte.
-\&\fIbyte\fR can be in the range from 0 to \fIbreadth\fR\-1, where
-\&\fIbreadth\fR is the value given by the \fB\-\-interleave\fR option.
-.IP "\fB\-i [\fR\fIbreadth\fR\fB]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-i [breadth]"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-interleave[=\fR\fIbreadth\fR\fB]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--interleave[=breadth]"
-.PD
-Only copy a range out of every \fIbreadth\fR bytes. (Header data is
-not affected). Select which byte in the range begins the copy with
-the \fB\-\-byte\fR option. Select the width of the range with the
-\&\fB\-\-interleave\-width\fR option.
-.Sp
-This option is useful for creating files to program \s-1ROM\s0. It is
-typically used with an \f(CW\*(C`srec\*(C'\fR output target. Note that
-\&\fBobjcopy\fR will complain if you do not specify the
-\&\fB\-\-byte\fR option as well.
-.Sp
-The default interleave breadth is 4, so with \fB\-\-byte\fR set to 0,
-\&\fBobjcopy\fR would copy the first byte out of every four bytes
-from the input to the output.
-.IP "\fB\-\-interleave\-width=\fR\fIwidth\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--interleave-width=width"
-When used with the \fB\-\-interleave\fR option, copy \fIwidth\fR
-bytes at a time. The start of the range of bytes to be copied is set
-by the \fB\-\-byte\fR option, and the extent of the range is set with
-the \fB\-\-interleave\fR option.
-.Sp
-The default value for this option is 1. The value of \fIwidth\fR plus
-the \fIbyte\fR value set by the \fB\-\-byte\fR option must not exceed
-the interleave breadth set by the \fB\-\-interleave\fR option.
-.Sp
-This option can be used to create images for two 16\-bit flashes interleaved
-in a 32\-bit bus by passing \fB\-b 0 \-i 4 \-\-interleave\-width=2\fR
-and \fB\-b 2 \-i 4 \-\-interleave\-width=2\fR to two \fBobjcopy\fR
-commands. If the input was '12345678' then the outputs would be
-\&'1256' and '3478' respectively.
-.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-p"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--preserve-dates"
-.PD
-Set the access and modification dates of the output file to be the same
-as those of the input file.
-.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-D"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--enable-deterministic-archives"
-.PD
-Operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. When copying archive members
-and writing the archive index, use zero for UIDs, GIDs, timestamps,
-and use consistent file modes for all files.
-.Sp
-If \fIbinutils\fR was configured with
-\&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR, then this mode is on by default.
-It can be disabled with the \fB\-U\fR option, below.
-.IP "\fB\-U\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-U"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-deterministic\-archives\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--disable-deterministic-archives"
-.PD
-Do \fInot\fR operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. This is the
-inverse of the \fB\-D\fR option, above: when copying archive members
-and writing the archive index, use their actual \s-1UID\s0, \s-1GID\s0, timestamp,
-and file mode values.
-.Sp
-This is the default unless \fIbinutils\fR was configured with
-\&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-debugging\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--debugging"
-Convert debugging information, if possible. This is not the default
-because only certain debugging formats are supported, and the
-conversion process can be time consuming.
-.IP "\fB\-\-gap\-fill\fR \fIval\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--gap-fill val"
-Fill gaps between sections with \fIval\fR. This operation applies to
-the \fIload address\fR (\s-1LMA\s0) of the sections. It is done by increasing
-the size of the section with the lower address, and filling in the extra
-space created with \fIval\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-pad\-to\fR \fIaddress\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--pad-to address"
-Pad the output file up to the load address \fIaddress\fR. This is
-done by increasing the size of the last section. The extra space is
-filled in with the value specified by \fB\-\-gap\-fill\fR (default zero).
-.IP "\fB\-\-set\-start\fR \fIval\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--set-start val"
-Set the start address of the new file to \fIval\fR. Not all object file
-formats support setting the start address.
-.IP "\fB\-\-change\-start\fR \fIincr\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--change-start incr"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-start\fR \fIincr\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--adjust-start incr"
-.PD
-Change the start address by adding \fIincr\fR. Not all object file
-formats support setting the start address.
-.IP "\fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR \fIincr\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--change-addresses incr"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-vma\fR \fIincr\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--adjust-vma incr"
-.PD
-Change the \s-1VMA\s0 and \s-1LMA\s0 addresses of all sections, as well as the start
-address, by adding \fIincr\fR. Some object file formats do not permit
-section addresses to be changed arbitrarily. Note that this does not
-relocate the sections; if the program expects sections to be loaded at a
-certain address, and this option is used to change the sections such
-that they are loaded at a different address, the program may fail.
-.IP "\fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--change-section-address sectionpattern{=,+,-}val"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--adjust-section-vma sectionpattern{=,+,-}val"
-.PD
-Set or change both the \s-1VMA\s0 address and the \s-1LMA\s0 address of any section
-matching \fIsectionpattern\fR. If \fB=\fR is used, the section
-address is set to \fIval\fR. Otherwise, \fIval\fR is added to or
-subtracted from the section address. See the comments under
-\&\fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR, above. If \fIsectionpattern\fR does not
-match any sections in the input file, a warning will be issued, unless
-\&\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR is used.
-.IP "\fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--change-section-lma sectionpattern{=,+,-}val"
-Set or change the \s-1LMA\s0 address of any sections matching
-\&\fIsectionpattern\fR. The \s-1LMA\s0 address is the address where the
-section will be loaded into memory at program load time. Normally
-this is the same as the \s-1VMA\s0 address, which is the address of the
-section at program run time, but on some systems, especially those
-where a program is held in \s-1ROM\s0, the two can be different. If \fB=\fR
-is used, the section address is set to \fIval\fR. Otherwise,
-\&\fIval\fR is added to or subtracted from the section address. See the
-comments under \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR, above. If
-\&\fIsectionpattern\fR does not match any sections in the input file, a
-warning will be issued, unless \fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR is used.
-.IP "\fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR\fB{=,+,\-}\fR\fIval\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--change-section-vma sectionpattern{=,+,-}val"
-Set or change the \s-1VMA\s0 address of any section matching
-\&\fIsectionpattern\fR. The \s-1VMA\s0 address is the address where the
-section will be located once the program has started executing.
-Normally this is the same as the \s-1LMA\s0 address, which is the address
-where the section will be loaded into memory, but on some systems,
-especially those where a program is held in \s-1ROM\s0, the two can be
-different. If \fB=\fR is used, the section address is set to
-\&\fIval\fR. Otherwise, \fIval\fR is added to or subtracted from the
-section address. See the comments under \fB\-\-change\-addresses\fR,
-above. If \fIsectionpattern\fR does not match any sections in the
-input file, a warning will be issued, unless
-\&\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR is used.
-.IP "\fB\-\-change\-warnings\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--change-warnings"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-warnings\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--adjust-warnings"
-.PD
-If \fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR or \fB\-\-change\-section\-lma\fR or
-\&\fB\-\-change\-section\-vma\fR is used, and the section pattern does not
-match any sections, issue a warning. This is the default.
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-change\-warnings\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-change-warnings"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-adjust\-warnings\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-adjust-warnings"
-.PD
-Do not issue a warning if \fB\-\-change\-section\-address\fR or
-\&\fB\-\-adjust\-section\-lma\fR or \fB\-\-adjust\-section\-vma\fR is used, even
-if the section pattern does not match any sections.
-.IP "\fB\-\-set\-section\-flags\fR \fIsectionpattern\fR\fB=\fR\fIflags\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--set-section-flags sectionpattern=flags"
-Set the flags for any sections matching \fIsectionpattern\fR. The
-\&\fIflags\fR argument is a comma separated string of flag names. The
-recognized names are \fBalloc\fR, \fBcontents\fR, \fBload\fR,
-\&\fBnoload\fR, \fBreadonly\fR, \fBcode\fR, \fBdata\fR, \fBrom\fR,
-\&\fBshare\fR, and \fBdebug\fR. You can set the \fBcontents\fR flag
-for a section which does not have contents, but it is not meaningful
-to clear the \fBcontents\fR flag of a section which does have
-contents\*(--just remove the section instead. Not all flags are
-meaningful for all object file formats.
-.IP "\fB\-\-add\-section\fR \fIsectionname\fR\fB=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--add-section sectionname=filename"
-Add a new section named \fIsectionname\fR while copying the file. The
-contents of the new section are taken from the file \fIfilename\fR. The
-size of the section will be the size of the file. This option only
-works on file formats which can support sections with arbitrary names.
-.IP "\fB\-\-rename\-section\fR \fIoldname\fR\fB=\fR\fInewname\fR\fB[,\fR\fIflags\fR\fB]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--rename-section oldname=newname[,flags]"
-Rename a section from \fIoldname\fR to \fInewname\fR, optionally
-changing the section's flags to \fIflags\fR in the process. This has
-the advantage over usng a linker script to perform the rename in that
-the output stays as an object file and does not become a linked
-executable.
-.Sp
-This option is particularly helpful when the input format is binary,
-since this will always create a section called .data. If for example,
-you wanted instead to create a section called .rodata containing binary
-data you could use the following command line to achieve it:
-.Sp
-.Vb 3
-\& objcopy \-I binary \-O <output_format> \-B <architecture> \e
-\& \-\-rename\-section .data=.rodata,alloc,load,readonly,data,contents \e
-\& <input_binary_file> <output_object_file>
-.Ve
-.IP "\fB\-\-long\-section\-names {enable,disable,keep}\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--long-section-names {enable,disable,keep}"
-Controls the handling of long section names when processing \f(CW\*(C`COFF\*(C'\fR
-and \f(CW\*(C`PE\-COFF\*(C'\fR object formats. The default behaviour, \fBkeep\fR,
-is to preserve long section names if any are present in the input file.
-The \fBenable\fR and \fBdisable\fR options forcibly enable or disable
-the use of long section names in the output object; when \fBdisable\fR
-is in effect, any long section names in the input object will be truncated.
-The \fBenable\fR option will only emit long section names if any are
-present in the inputs; this is mostly the same as \fBkeep\fR, but it
-is left undefined whether the \fBenable\fR option might force the
-creation of an empty string table in the output file.
-.IP "\fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--change-leading-char"
-Some object file formats use special characters at the start of
-symbols. The most common such character is underscore, which compilers
-often add before every symbol. This option tells \fBobjcopy\fR to
-change the leading character of every symbol when it converts between
-object file formats. If the object file formats use the same leading
-character, this option has no effect. Otherwise, it will add a
-character, or remove a character, or change a character, as
-appropriate.
-.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-leading\-char\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--remove-leading-char"
-If the first character of a global symbol is a special symbol leading
-character used by the object file format, remove the character. The
-most common symbol leading character is underscore. This option will
-remove a leading underscore from all global symbols. This can be useful
-if you want to link together objects of different file formats with
-different conventions for symbol names. This is different from
-\&\fB\-\-change\-leading\-char\fR because it always changes the symbol name
-when appropriate, regardless of the object file format of the output
-file.
-.IP "\fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=\fR\fInum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--reverse-bytes=num"
-Reverse the bytes in a section with output contents. A section length must
-be evenly divisible by the value given in order for the swap to be able to
-take place. Reversing takes place before the interleaving is performed.
-.Sp
-This option is used typically in generating \s-1ROM\s0 images for problematic
-target systems. For example, on some target boards, the 32\-bit words
-fetched from 8\-bit ROMs are re-assembled in little-endian byte order
-regardless of the \s-1CPU\s0 byte order. Depending on the programming model, the
-endianness of the \s-1ROM\s0 may need to be modified.
-.Sp
-Consider a simple file with a section containing the following eight
-bytes: \f(CW12345678\fR.
-.Sp
-Using \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=2\fR for the above example, the bytes in the
-output file would be ordered \f(CW21436587\fR.
-.Sp
-Using \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=4\fR for the above example, the bytes in the
-output file would be ordered \f(CW43218765\fR.
-.Sp
-By using \fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=2\fR for the above example, followed by
-\&\fB\-\-reverse\-bytes=4\fR on the output file, the bytes in the second
-output file would be ordered \f(CW34127856\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-srec\-len=\fR\fIival\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--srec-len=ival"
-Meaningful only for srec output. Set the maximum length of the Srecords
-being produced to \fIival\fR. This length covers both address, data and
-crc fields.
-.IP "\fB\-\-srec\-forceS3\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--srec-forceS3"
-Meaningful only for srec output. Avoid generation of S1/S2 records,
-creating S3\-only record format.
-.IP "\fB\-\-redefine\-sym\fR \fIold\fR\fB=\fR\fInew\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--redefine-sym old=new"
-Change the name of a symbol \fIold\fR, to \fInew\fR. This can be useful
-when one is trying link two things together for which you have no
-source, and there are name collisions.
-.IP "\fB\-\-redefine\-syms=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--redefine-syms=filename"
-Apply \fB\-\-redefine\-sym\fR to each symbol pair "\fIold\fR \fInew\fR"
-listed in the file \fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file,
-with one symbol pair per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash
-character. This option may be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--weaken"
-Change all global symbols in the file to be weak. This can be useful
-when building an object which will be linked against other objects using
-the \fB\-R\fR option to the linker. This option is only effective when
-using an object file format which supports weak symbols.
-.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--keep-symbols=filename"
-Apply \fB\-\-keep\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
-\&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
-name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
-This option may be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strip-symbols=filename"
-Apply \fB\-\-strip\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
-\&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
-name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
-This option may be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strip-unneeded-symbols=filename"
-Apply \fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in
-the file \fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one
-symbol name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash
-character. This option may be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--keep-global-symbols=filename"
-Apply \fB\-\-keep\-global\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the
-file \fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one
-symbol name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash
-character. This option may be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-\-localize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--localize-symbols=filename"
-Apply \fB\-\-localize\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
-\&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
-name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
-This option may be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-\-globalize\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--globalize-symbols=filename"
-Apply \fB\-\-globalize\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
-\&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
-name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
-This option may be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-\-weaken\-symbols=\fR\fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--weaken-symbols=filename"
-Apply \fB\-\-weaken\-symbol\fR option to each symbol listed in the file
-\&\fIfilename\fR. \fIfilename\fR is simply a flat file, with one symbol
-name per line. Line comments may be introduced by the hash character.
-This option may be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-\-alt\-machine\-code=\fR\fIindex\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--alt-machine-code=index"
-If the output architecture has alternate machine codes, use the
-\&\fIindex\fRth code instead of the default one. This is useful in case
-a machine is assigned an official code and the tool-chain adopts the
-new code, but other applications still depend on the original code
-being used. For \s-1ELF\s0 based architectures if the \fIindex\fR
-alternative does not exist then the value is treated as an absolute
-number to be stored in the e_machine field of the \s-1ELF\s0 header.
-.IP "\fB\-\-writable\-text\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--writable-text"
-Mark the output text as writable. This option isn't meaningful for all
-object file formats.
-.IP "\fB\-\-readonly\-text\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--readonly-text"
-Make the output text write protected. This option isn't meaningful for all
-object file formats.
-.IP "\fB\-\-pure\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--pure"
-Mark the output file as demand paged. This option isn't meaningful for all
-object file formats.
-.IP "\fB\-\-impure\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--impure"
-Mark the output file as impure. This option isn't meaningful for all
-object file formats.
-.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-symbols=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--prefix-symbols=string"
-Prefix all symbols in the output file with \fIstring\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--prefix-sections=string"
-Prefix all section names in the output file with \fIstring\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-alloc\-sections=\fR\fIstring\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--prefix-alloc-sections=string"
-Prefix all the names of all allocated sections in the output file with
-\&\fIstring\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=\fR\fIpath-to-file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--add-gnu-debuglink=path-to-file"
-Creates a .gnu_debuglink section which contains a reference to \fIpath-to-file\fR
-and adds it to the output file.
-.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--keep-file-symbols"
-When stripping a file, perhaps with \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR or
-\&\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR, retain any symbols specifying source file names,
-which would otherwise get stripped.
-.IP "\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--only-keep-debug"
-Strip a file, removing contents of any sections that would not be
-stripped by \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR and leaving the debugging sections
-intact. In \s-1ELF\s0 files, this preserves all note sections in the output.
-.Sp
-The intention is that this option will be used in conjunction with
-\&\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink\fR to create a two part executable. One a
-stripped binary which will occupy less space in \s-1RAM\s0 and in a
-distribution and the second a debugging information file which is only
-needed if debugging abilities are required. The suggested procedure
-to create these files is as follows:
-.RS 4
-.IP "1.<Link the executable as normal. Assuming that is is called>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Link the executable as normal. Assuming that is is called>"
-\&\f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR then...
-.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-only\-keep\-debug foo foo.dbg"" to>" 4
-.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-only\-keep\-debug foo foo.dbg\fR to>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --only-keep-debug foo foo.dbg to>"
-create a file containing the debugging info.
-.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo"" to create a>" 4
-.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo\fR to create a>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --strip-debug foo to create a>"
-stripped executable.
-.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.dbg foo"">" 4
-.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.dbg foo\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.dbg foo>"
-to add a link to the debugging info into the stripped executable.
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.Sp
-Note\-\-\-the choice of \f(CW\*(C`.dbg\*(C'\fR as an extension for the debug info
-file is arbitrary. Also the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-only\-keep\-debug\*(C'\fR step is
-optional. You could instead do this:
-.IP "1.<Link the executable as normal.>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Link the executable as normal.>"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP "1.<Copy ""foo"" to ""foo.full"">" 4
-.el .IP "1.<Copy \f(CWfoo\fR to \f(CWfoo.full\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Copy foo to foo.full>"
-.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo"">" 4
-.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --strip-debug foo>"
-.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.full foo"">" 4
-.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.full foo\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.full foo>"
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.PD
-.Sp
-i.e., the file pointed to by the \fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink\fR can be the
-full executable. It does not have to be a file created by the
-\&\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR switch.
-.Sp
-Note\-\-\-this switch is only intended for use on fully linked files. It
-does not make sense to use it on object files where the debugging
-information may be incomplete. Besides the gnu_debuglink feature
-currently only supports the presence of one filename containing
-debugging information, not multiple filenames on a one-per-object-file
-basis.
-.RE
-.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-dwo\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strip-dwo"
-Remove the contents of all \s-1DWARF\s0 .dwo sections, leaving the
-remaining debugging sections and all symbols intact.
-This option is intended for use by the compiler as part of
-the \fB\-gsplit\-dwarf\fR option, which splits debug information
-between the .o file and a separate .dwo file. The compiler
-generates all debug information in the same file, then uses
-the \fB\-\-extract\-dwo\fR option to copy the .dwo sections to
-the .dwo file, then the \fB\-\-strip\-dwo\fR option to remove
-those sections from the original .o file.
-.IP "\fB\-\-extract\-dwo\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--extract-dwo"
-Extract the contents of all \s-1DWARF\s0 .dwo sections. See the
-\&\fB\-\-strip\-dwo\fR option for more information.
-.IP "\fB\-\-file\-alignment\fR \fInum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--file-alignment num"
-Specify the file alignment. Sections in the file will always begin at
-file offsets which are multiples of this number. This defaults to
-512.
-[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.]
-.IP "\fB\-\-heap\fR \fIreserve\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--heap reserve"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-heap\fR \fIreserve\fR\fB,\fR\fIcommit\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--heap reserve,commit"
-.PD
-Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally commit)
-to be used as heap for this program.
-[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.]
-.IP "\fB\-\-image\-base\fR \fIvalue\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--image-base value"
-Use \fIvalue\fR as the base address of your program or dll. This is
-the lowest memory location that will be used when your program or dll
-is loaded. To reduce the need to relocate and improve performance of
-your dlls, each should have a unique base address and not overlap any
-other dlls. The default is 0x400000 for executables, and 0x10000000
-for dlls.
-[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.]
-.IP "\fB\-\-section\-alignment\fR \fInum\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--section-alignment num"
-Sets the section alignment. Sections in memory will always begin at
-addresses which are a multiple of this number. Defaults to 0x1000.
-[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.]
-.IP "\fB\-\-stack\fR \fIreserve\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--stack reserve"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-stack\fR \fIreserve\fR\fB,\fR\fIcommit\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--stack reserve,commit"
-.PD
-Specify the number of bytes of memory to reserve (and optionally commit)
-to be used as stack for this program.
-[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.]
-.IP "\fB\-\-subsystem\fR \fIwhich\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--subsystem which"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-subsystem\fR \fIwhich\fR\fB:\fR\fImajor\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--subsystem which:major"
-.IP "\fB\-\-subsystem\fR \fIwhich\fR\fB:\fR\fImajor\fR\fB.\fR\fIminor\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--subsystem which:major.minor"
-.PD
-Specifies the subsystem under which your program will execute. The
-legal values for \fIwhich\fR are \f(CW\*(C`native\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`windows\*(C'\fR,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`console\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`posix\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`efi\-app\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`efi\-bsd\*(C'\fR,
-\&\f(CW\*(C`efi\-rtd\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`sal\-rtd\*(C'\fR, and \f(CW\*(C`xbox\*(C'\fR. You may optionally set
-the subsystem version also. Numeric values are also accepted for
-\&\fIwhich\fR.
-[This option is specific to \s-1PE\s0 targets.]
-.IP "\fB\-\-extract\-symbol\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--extract-symbol"
-Keep the file's section flags and symbols but remove all section data.
-Specifically, the option:
-.RS 4
-.IP "*<removes the contents of all sections;>" 4
-.IX Item "*<removes the contents of all sections;>"
-.PD 0
-.IP "*<sets the size of every section to zero; and>" 4
-.IX Item "*<sets the size of every section to zero; and>"
-.IP "*<sets the file's start address to zero.>" 4
-.IX Item "*<sets the file's start address to zero.>"
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.PD
-.Sp
-This option is used to build a \fI.sym\fR file for a VxWorks kernel.
-It can also be a useful way of reducing the size of a \fB\-\-just\-symbols\fR
-linker input file.
-.RE
-.IP "\fB\-\-compress\-debug\-sections\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--compress-debug-sections"
-Compress \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections using zlib.
-.IP "\fB\-\-decompress\-debug\-sections\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--decompress-debug-sections"
-Decompress \s-1DWARF\s0 debug sections using zlib.
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-V"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-.PD
-Show the version number of \fBobjcopy\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--verbose"
-.PD
-Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of
-archives, \fBobjcopy \-V\fR lists all members of the archive.
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-Show a summary of the options to \fBobjcopy\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-info\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--info"
-Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fIld\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/objdump.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/objdump.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 4170414d..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/objdump.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,842 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "OBJDUMP 1"
-.TH OBJDUMP 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-objdump \- display information from object files.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-objdump [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-archive\-headers\fR]
- [\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR|\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
- [\fB\-C\fR|\fB\-\-demangle\fR[=\fIstyle\fR] ]
- [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-disassemble\fR]
- [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-disassemble\-all\fR]
- [\fB\-z\fR|\fB\-\-disassemble\-zeroes\fR]
- [\fB\-EB\fR|\fB\-EL\fR|\fB\-\-endian=\fR{big | little }]
- [\fB\-f\fR|\fB\-\-file\-headers\fR]
- [\fB\-F\fR|\fB\-\-file\-offsets\fR]
- [\fB\-\-file\-start\-context\fR]
- [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-debugging\fR]
- [\fB\-e\fR|\fB\-\-debugging\-tags\fR]
- [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR|\fB\-\-headers\fR]
- [\fB\-i\fR|\fB\-\-info\fR]
- [\fB\-j\fR \fIsection\fR|\fB\-\-section=\fR\fIsection\fR]
- [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR]
- [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-source\fR]
- [\fB\-m\fR \fImachine\fR|\fB\-\-architecture=\fR\fImachine\fR]
- [\fB\-M\fR \fIoptions\fR|\fB\-\-disassembler\-options=\fR\fIoptions\fR]
- [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-private\-headers\fR]
- [\fB\-P\fR \fIoptions\fR|\fB\-\-private=\fR\fIoptions\fR]
- [\fB\-r\fR|\fB\-\-reloc\fR]
- [\fB\-R\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\-reloc\fR]
- [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-full\-contents\fR]
- [\fB\-W[lLiaprmfFsoRt]\fR|
- \fB\-\-dwarf\fR[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index]]
- [\fB\-G\fR|\fB\-\-stabs\fR]
- [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-syms\fR]
- [\fB\-T\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\-syms\fR]
- [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-all\-headers\fR]
- [\fB\-w\fR|\fB\-\-wide\fR]
- [\fB\-\-start\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR]
- [\fB\-\-stop\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR]
- [\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR]
- [\fB\-\-[no\-]show\-raw\-insn\fR]
- [\fB\-\-adjust\-vma=\fR\fIoffset\fR]
- [\fB\-\-special\-syms\fR]
- [\fB\-\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR]
- [\fB\-\-prefix\-strip=\fR\fIlevel\fR]
- [\fB\-\-insn\-width=\fR\fIwidth\fR]
- [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
- [\fB\-H\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR]
- \fIobjfile\fR...
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBobjdump\fR displays information about one or more object files.
-The options control what particular information to display. This
-information is mostly useful to programmers who are working on the
-compilation tools, as opposed to programmers who just want their
-program to compile and work.
-.PP
-\&\fIobjfile\fR... are the object files to be examined. When you
-specify archives, \fBobjdump\fR shows information on each of the member
-object files.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent. At least one option from the list
-\&\fB\-a,\-d,\-D,\-e,\-f,\-g,\-G,\-h,\-H,\-p,\-P,\-r,\-R,\-s,\-S,\-t,\-T,\-V,\-x\fR must be given.
-.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-a"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-archive\-header\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--archive-header"
-.PD
-If any of the \fIobjfile\fR files are archives, display the archive
-header information (in a format similar to \fBls \-l\fR). Besides the
-information you could list with \fBar tv\fR, \fBobjdump \-a\fR shows
-the object file format of each archive member.
-.IP "\fB\-\-adjust\-vma=\fR\fIoffset\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--adjust-vma=offset"
-When dumping information, first add \fIoffset\fR to all the section
-addresses. This is useful if the section addresses do not correspond to
-the symbol table, which can happen when putting sections at particular
-addresses when using a format which can not represent section addresses,
-such as a.out.
-.IP "\fB\-b\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-b bfdname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
-.PD
-Specify that the object-code format for the object files is
-\&\fIbfdname\fR. This option may not be necessary; \fIobjdump\fR can
-automatically recognize many formats.
-.Sp
-For example,
-.Sp
-.Vb 1
-\& objdump \-b oasys \-m vax \-h fu.o
-.Ve
-.Sp
-displays summary information from the section headers (\fB\-h\fR) of
-\&\fIfu.o\fR, which is explicitly identified (\fB\-m\fR) as a \s-1VAX\s0 object
-file in the format produced by Oasys compilers. You can list the
-formats available with the \fB\-i\fR option.
-.IP "\fB\-C\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-C"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-demangle[=\fR\fIstyle\fR\fB]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--demangle[=style]"
-.PD
-Decode (\fIdemangle\fR) low-level symbol names into user-level names.
-Besides removing any initial underscore prepended by the system, this
-makes \*(C+ function names readable. Different compilers have different
-mangling styles. The optional demangling style argument can be used to
-choose an appropriate demangling style for your compiler.
-.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-g"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-debugging\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--debugging"
-.PD
-Display debugging information. This attempts to parse \s-1STABS\s0 and \s-1IEEE\s0
-debugging format information stored in the file and print it out using
-a C like syntax. If neither of these formats are found this option
-falls back on the \fB\-W\fR option to print any \s-1DWARF\s0 information in
-the file.
-.IP "\fB\-e\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-e"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-debugging\-tags\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--debugging-tags"
-.PD
-Like \fB\-g\fR, but the information is generated in a format compatible
-with ctags tool.
-.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-d"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--disassemble"
-.PD
-Display the assembler mnemonics for the machine instructions from
-\&\fIobjfile\fR. This option only disassembles those sections which are
-expected to contain instructions.
-.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-D"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--disassemble-all"
-.PD
-Like \fB\-d\fR, but disassemble the contents of all sections, not just
-those expected to contain instructions.
-.Sp
-If the target is an \s-1ARM\s0 architecture this switch also has the effect
-of forcing the disassembler to decode pieces of data found in code
-sections as if they were instructions.
-.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--prefix-addresses"
-When disassembling, print the complete address on each line. This is
-the older disassembly format.
-.IP "\fB\-EB\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-EB"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-EL\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-EL"
-.IP "\fB\-\-endian={big|little}\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--endian={big|little}"
-.PD
-Specify the endianness of the object files. This only affects
-disassembly. This can be useful when disassembling a file format which
-does not describe endianness information, such as S\-records.
-.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-f"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-file\-headers\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--file-headers"
-.PD
-Display summary information from the overall header of
-each of the \fIobjfile\fR files.
-.IP "\fB\-F\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-F"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-file\-offsets\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--file-offsets"
-.PD
-When disassembling sections, whenever a symbol is displayed, also
-display the file offset of the region of data that is about to be
-dumped. If zeroes are being skipped, then when disassembly resumes,
-tell the user how many zeroes were skipped and the file offset of the
-location from where the disassembly resumes. When dumping sections,
-display the file offset of the location from where the dump starts.
-.IP "\fB\-\-file\-start\-context\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--file-start-context"
-Specify that when displaying interlisted source code/disassembly
-(assumes \fB\-S\fR) from a file that has not yet been displayed, extend the
-context to the start of the file.
-.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-h"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--section-headers"
-.IP "\fB\-\-headers\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--headers"
-.PD
-Display summary information from the section headers of the
-object file.
-.Sp
-File segments may be relocated to nonstandard addresses, for example by
-using the \fB\-Ttext\fR, \fB\-Tdata\fR, or \fB\-Tbss\fR options to
-\&\fBld\fR. However, some object file formats, such as a.out, do not
-store the starting address of the file segments. In those situations,
-although \fBld\fR relocates the sections correctly, using \fBobjdump
-\&\-h\fR to list the file section headers cannot show the correct addresses.
-Instead, it shows the usual addresses, which are implicit for the
-target.
-.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-H"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-.PD
-Print a summary of the options to \fBobjdump\fR and exit.
-.IP "\fB\-i\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-i"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-info\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--info"
-.PD
-Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available
-for specification with \fB\-b\fR or \fB\-m\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-j\fR \fIname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-j name"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-section=\fR\fIname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--section=name"
-.PD
-Display information only for section \fIname\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-l"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-line\-numbers\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--line-numbers"
-.PD
-Label the display (using debugging information) with the filename and
-source line numbers corresponding to the object code or relocs shown.
-Only useful with \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-D\fR, or \fB\-r\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-m\fR \fImachine\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-m machine"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-architecture=\fR\fImachine\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--architecture=machine"
-.PD
-Specify the architecture to use when disassembling object files. This
-can be useful when disassembling object files which do not describe
-architecture information, such as S\-records. You can list the available
-architectures with the \fB\-i\fR option.
-.Sp
-If the target is an \s-1ARM\s0 architecture then this switch has an
-additional effect. It restricts the disassembly to only those
-instructions supported by the architecture specified by \fImachine\fR.
-If it is necessary to use this switch because the input file does not
-contain any architecture information, but it is also desired to
-disassemble all the instructions use \fB\-marm\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-M\fR \fIoptions\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-M options"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-disassembler\-options=\fR\fIoptions\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--disassembler-options=options"
-.PD
-Pass target specific information to the disassembler. Only supported on
-some targets. If it is necessary to specify more than one
-disassembler option then multiple \fB\-M\fR options can be used or
-can be placed together into a comma separated list.
-.Sp
-If the target is an \s-1ARM\s0 architecture then this switch can be used to
-select which register name set is used during disassembler. Specifying
-\&\fB\-M reg-names-std\fR (the default) will select the register names as
-used in \s-1ARM\s0's instruction set documentation, but with register 13 called
-\&'sp', register 14 called 'lr' and register 15 called 'pc'. Specifying
-\&\fB\-M reg-names-apcs\fR will select the name set used by the \s-1ARM\s0
-Procedure Call Standard, whilst specifying \fB\-M reg-names-raw\fR will
-just use \fBr\fR followed by the register number.
-.Sp
-There are also two variants on the \s-1APCS\s0 register naming scheme enabled
-by \fB\-M reg-names-atpcs\fR and \fB\-M reg-names-special-atpcs\fR which
-use the ARM/Thumb Procedure Call Standard naming conventions. (Either
-with the normal register names or the special register names).
-.Sp
-This option can also be used for \s-1ARM\s0 architectures to force the
-disassembler to interpret all instructions as Thumb instructions by
-using the switch \fB\-\-disassembler\-options=force\-thumb\fR. This can be
-useful when attempting to disassemble thumb code produced by other
-compilers.
-.Sp
-For the x86, some of the options duplicate functions of the \fB\-m\fR
-switch, but allow finer grained control. Multiple selections from the
-following may be specified as a comma separated string.
-\&\fBx86\-64\fR, \fBi386\fR and \fBi8086\fR select disassembly for
-the given architecture. \fBintel\fR and \fBatt\fR select between
-intel syntax mode and \s-1AT&T\s0 syntax mode.
-\&\fBintel-mnemonic\fR and \fBatt-mnemonic\fR select between
-intel mnemonic mode and \s-1AT&T\s0 mnemonic mode. \fBintel-mnemonic\fR
-implies \fBintel\fR and \fBatt-mnemonic\fR implies \fBatt\fR.
-\&\fBaddr64\fR, \fBaddr32\fR,
-\&\fBaddr16\fR, \fBdata32\fR and \fBdata16\fR specify the default
-address size and operand size. These four options will be overridden if
-\&\fBx86\-64\fR, \fBi386\fR or \fBi8086\fR appear later in the
-option string. Lastly, \fBsuffix\fR, when in \s-1AT&T\s0 mode,
-instructs the disassembler to print a mnemonic suffix even when the
-suffix could be inferred by the operands.
-.Sp
-For PowerPC, \fBbooke\fR controls the disassembly of BookE
-instructions. \fB32\fR and \fB64\fR select PowerPC and
-PowerPC64 disassembly, respectively. \fBe300\fR selects
-disassembly for the e300 family. \fB440\fR selects disassembly for
-the PowerPC 440. \fBppcps\fR selects disassembly for the paired
-single instructions of the \s-1PPC750CL\s0.
-.Sp
-For \s-1MIPS\s0, this option controls the printing of instruction mnemonic
-names and register names in disassembled instructions. Multiple
-selections from the following may be specified as a comma separated
-string, and invalid options are ignored:
-.RS 4
-.ie n .IP """no\-aliases""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWno\-aliases\fR" 4
-.IX Item "no-aliases"
-Print the 'raw' instruction mnemonic instead of some pseudo
-instruction mnemonic. I.e., print 'daddu' or 'or' instead of 'move',
-\&'sll' instead of 'nop', etc.
-.ie n .IP """virt""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWvirt\fR" 4
-.IX Item "virt"
-Disassemble the virtualization \s-1ASE\s0 instructions.
-.ie n .IP """gpr\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWgpr\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW\fR" 4
-.IX Item "gpr-names=ABI"
-Print \s-1GPR\s0 (general-purpose register) names as appropriate
-for the specified \s-1ABI\s0. By default, \s-1GPR\s0 names are selected according to
-the \s-1ABI\s0 of the binary being disassembled.
-.ie n .IP """fpr\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWfpr\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW\fR" 4
-.IX Item "fpr-names=ABI"
-Print \s-1FPR\s0 (floating-point register) names as
-appropriate for the specified \s-1ABI\s0. By default, \s-1FPR\s0 numbers are printed
-rather than names.
-.ie n .IP """cp0\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWcp0\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW\fR" 4
-.IX Item "cp0-names=ARCH"
-Print \s-1CP0\s0 (system control coprocessor; coprocessor 0) register names
-as appropriate for the \s-1CPU\s0 or architecture specified by
-\&\fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR. By default, \s-1CP0\s0 register names are selected according to
-the architecture and \s-1CPU\s0 of the binary being disassembled.
-.ie n .IP """hwr\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWhwr\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW\fR" 4
-.IX Item "hwr-names=ARCH"
-Print \s-1HWR\s0 (hardware register, used by the \f(CW\*(C`rdhwr\*(C'\fR instruction) names
-as appropriate for the \s-1CPU\s0 or architecture specified by
-\&\fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR. By default, \s-1HWR\s0 names are selected according to
-the architecture and \s-1CPU\s0 of the binary being disassembled.
-.ie n .IP """reg\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWreg\-names=\f(CIABI\f(CW\fR" 4
-.IX Item "reg-names=ABI"
-Print \s-1GPR\s0 and \s-1FPR\s0 names as appropriate for the selected \s-1ABI\s0.
-.ie n .IP """reg\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWreg\-names=\f(CIARCH\f(CW\fR" 4
-.IX Item "reg-names=ARCH"
-Print CPU-specific register names (\s-1CP0\s0 register and \s-1HWR\s0 names)
-as appropriate for the selected \s-1CPU\s0 or architecture.
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.Sp
-For any of the options listed above, \fI\s-1ABI\s0\fR or
-\&\fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR may be specified as \fBnumeric\fR to have numbers printed
-rather than names, for the selected types of registers.
-You can list the available values of \fI\s-1ABI\s0\fR and \fI\s-1ARCH\s0\fR using
-the \fB\-\-help\fR option.
-.Sp
-For \s-1VAX\s0, you can specify function entry addresses with \fB\-M
-entry:0xf00ba\fR. You can use this multiple times to properly
-disassemble \s-1VAX\s0 binary files that don't contain symbol tables (like
-\&\s-1ROM\s0 dumps). In these cases, the function entry mask would otherwise
-be decoded as \s-1VAX\s0 instructions, which would probably lead the rest
-of the function being wrongly disassembled.
-.RE
-.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-p"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-private\-headers\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--private-headers"
-.PD
-Print information that is specific to the object file format. The exact
-information printed depends upon the object file format. For some
-object file formats, no additional information is printed.
-.IP "\fB\-P\fR \fIoptions\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-P options"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-private=\fR\fIoptions\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--private=options"
-.PD
-Print information that is specific to the object file format. The
-argument \fIoptions\fR is a comma separated list that depends on the
-format (the lists of options is displayed with the help).
-.Sp
-For \s-1XCOFF\s0, the available options are: \fBheader\fR, \fBaout\fR,
-\&\fBsections\fR, \fBsyms\fR, \fBrelocs\fR, \fBlineno\fR,
-\&\fBloader\fR, \fBexcept\fR, \fBtypchk\fR, \fBtraceback\fR,
-\&\fBtoc\fR and \fBldinfo\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-r"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-reloc\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--reloc"
-.PD
-Print the relocation entries of the file. If used with \fB\-d\fR or
-\&\fB\-D\fR, the relocations are printed interspersed with the
-disassembly.
-.IP "\fB\-R\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-R"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-reloc\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dynamic-reloc"
-.PD
-Print the dynamic relocation entries of the file. This is only
-meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
-libraries. As for \fB\-r\fR, if used with \fB\-d\fR or
-\&\fB\-D\fR, the relocations are printed interspersed with the
-disassembly.
-.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-s"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-full\-contents\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--full-contents"
-.PD
-Display the full contents of any sections requested. By default all
-non-empty sections are displayed.
-.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-S"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-source\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--source"
-.PD
-Display source code intermixed with disassembly, if possible. Implies
-\&\fB\-d\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--prefix=prefix"
-Specify \fIprefix\fR to add to the absolute paths when used with
-\&\fB\-S\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-prefix\-strip=\fR\fIlevel\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--prefix-strip=level"
-Indicate how many initial directory names to strip off the hardwired
-absolute paths. It has no effect without \fB\-\-prefix=\fR\fIprefix\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-show\-raw\-insn\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--show-raw-insn"
-When disassembling instructions, print the instruction in hex as well as
-in symbolic form. This is the default except when
-\&\fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR is used.
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-show\-raw\-insn\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-show-raw-insn"
-When disassembling instructions, do not print the instruction bytes.
-This is the default when \fB\-\-prefix\-addresses\fR is used.
-.IP "\fB\-\-insn\-width=\fR\fIwidth\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--insn-width=width"
-Display \fIwidth\fR bytes on a single line when disassembling
-instructions.
-.IP "\fB\-W[lLiaprmfFsoRt]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-W[lLiaprmfFsoRt]"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-dwarf[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dwarf[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index]"
-.PD
-Displays the contents of the debug sections in the file, if any are
-present. If one of the optional letters or words follows the switch
-then only data found in those specific sections will be dumped.
-.Sp
-Note that there is no single letter option to display the content of
-trace sections or .gdb_index.
-.Sp
-Note: the output from the \fB=info\fR option can also be affected
-by the options \fB\-\-dwarf\-depth\fR, the \fB\-\-dwarf\-start\fR and
-the \fB\-\-dwarf\-check\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-dwarf\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dwarf-depth=n"
-Limit the dump of the \f(CW\*(C`.debug_info\*(C'\fR section to \fIn\fR children.
-This is only useful with \fB\-\-dwarf=info\fR. The default is
-to print all DIEs; the special value 0 for \fIn\fR will also have this
-effect.
-.Sp
-With a non-zero value for \fIn\fR, DIEs at or deeper than \fIn\fR
-levels will not be printed. The range for \fIn\fR is zero-based.
-.IP "\fB\-\-dwarf\-start=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dwarf-start=n"
-Print only DIEs beginning with the \s-1DIE\s0 numbered \fIn\fR. This is only
-useful with \fB\-\-dwarf=info\fR.
-.Sp
-If specified, this option will suppress printing of any header
-information and all DIEs before the \s-1DIE\s0 numbered \fIn\fR. Only
-siblings and children of the specified \s-1DIE\s0 will be printed.
-.Sp
-This can be used in conjunction with \fB\-\-dwarf\-depth\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-dwarf\-check\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dwarf-check"
-Enable additional checks for consistency of Dwarf information.
-.IP "\fB\-G\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-G"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-stabs\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--stabs"
-.PD
-Display the full contents of any sections requested. Display the
-contents of the .stab and .stab.index and .stab.excl sections from an
-\&\s-1ELF\s0 file. This is only useful on systems (such as Solaris 2.0) in which
-\&\f(CW\*(C`.stab\*(C'\fR debugging symbol-table entries are carried in an \s-1ELF\s0
-section. In most other file formats, debugging symbol-table entries are
-interleaved with linkage symbols, and are visible in the \fB\-\-syms\fR
-output.
-.IP "\fB\-\-start\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--start-address=address"
-Start displaying data at the specified address. This affects the output
-of the \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-r\fR and \fB\-s\fR options.
-.IP "\fB\-\-stop\-address=\fR\fIaddress\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--stop-address=address"
-Stop displaying data at the specified address. This affects the output
-of the \fB\-d\fR, \fB\-r\fR and \fB\-s\fR options.
-.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-t"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-syms\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--syms"
-.PD
-Print the symbol table entries of the file.
-This is similar to the information provided by the \fBnm\fR program,
-although the display format is different. The format of the output
-depends upon the format of the file being dumped, but there are two main
-types. One looks like this:
-.Sp
-.Vb 2
-\& [ 4](sec 3)(fl 0x00)(ty 0)(scl 3) (nx 1) 0x00000000 .bss
-\& [ 6](sec 1)(fl 0x00)(ty 0)(scl 2) (nx 0) 0x00000000 fred
-.Ve
-.Sp
-where the number inside the square brackets is the number of the entry
-in the symbol table, the \fIsec\fR number is the section number, the
-\&\fIfl\fR value are the symbol's flag bits, the \fIty\fR number is the
-symbol's type, the \fIscl\fR number is the symbol's storage class and
-the \fInx\fR value is the number of auxilary entries associated with
-the symbol. The last two fields are the symbol's value and its name.
-.Sp
-The other common output format, usually seen with \s-1ELF\s0 based files,
-looks like this:
-.Sp
-.Vb 2
-\& 00000000 l d .bss 00000000 .bss
-\& 00000000 g .text 00000000 fred
-.Ve
-.Sp
-Here the first number is the symbol's value (sometimes refered to as
-its address). The next field is actually a set of characters and
-spaces indicating the flag bits that are set on the symbol. These
-characters are described below. Next is the section with which the
-symbol is associated or \fI*ABS*\fR if the section is absolute (ie
-not connected with any section), or \fI*UND*\fR if the section is
-referenced in the file being dumped, but not defined there.
-.Sp
-After the section name comes another field, a number, which for common
-symbols is the alignment and for other symbol is the size. Finally
-the symbol's name is displayed.
-.Sp
-The flag characters are divided into 7 groups as follows:
-.RS 4
-.ie n .IP """l""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWl\fR" 4
-.IX Item "l"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP """g""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWg\fR" 4
-.IX Item "g"
-.ie n .IP """u""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWu\fR" 4
-.IX Item "u"
-.ie n .IP """!""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CW!\fR" 4
-.IX Item "!"
-.PD
-The symbol is a local (l), global (g), unique global (u), neither
-global nor local (a space) or both global and local (!). A
-symbol can be neither local or global for a variety of reasons, e.g.,
-because it is used for debugging, but it is probably an indication of
-a bug if it is ever both local and global. Unique global symbols are
-a \s-1GNU\s0 extension to the standard set of \s-1ELF\s0 symbol bindings. For such
-a symbol the dynamic linker will make sure that in the entire process
-there is just one symbol with this name and type in use.
-.ie n .IP """w""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWw\fR" 4
-.IX Item "w"
-The symbol is weak (w) or strong (a space).
-.ie n .IP """C""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWC\fR" 4
-.IX Item "C"
-The symbol denotes a constructor (C) or an ordinary symbol (a space).
-.ie n .IP """W""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWW\fR" 4
-.IX Item "W"
-The symbol is a warning (W) or a normal symbol (a space). A warning
-symbol's name is a message to be displayed if the symbol following the
-warning symbol is ever referenced.
-.ie n .IP """I""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWI\fR" 4
-.IX Item "I"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP """i""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWi\fR" 4
-.IX Item "i"
-.PD
-The symbol is an indirect reference to another symbol (I), a function
-to be evaluated during reloc processing (i) or a normal symbol (a
-space).
-.ie n .IP """d""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWd\fR" 4
-.IX Item "d"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP """D""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWD\fR" 4
-.IX Item "D"
-.PD
-The symbol is a debugging symbol (d) or a dynamic symbol (D) or a
-normal symbol (a space).
-.ie n .IP """F""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWF\fR" 4
-.IX Item "F"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP """f""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWf\fR" 4
-.IX Item "f"
-.ie n .IP """O""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWO\fR" 4
-.IX Item "O"
-.PD
-The symbol is the name of a function (F) or a file (f) or an object
-(O) or just a normal symbol (a space).
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.RE
-.IP "\fB\-T\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-T"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\-syms\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dynamic-syms"
-.PD
-Print the dynamic symbol table entries of the file. This is only
-meaningful for dynamic objects, such as certain types of shared
-libraries. This is similar to the information provided by the \fBnm\fR
-program when given the \fB\-D\fR (\fB\-\-dynamic\fR) option.
-.IP "\fB\-\-special\-syms\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--special-syms"
-When displaying symbols include those which the target considers to be
-special in some way and which would not normally be of interest to the
-user.
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-V"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-.PD
-Print the version number of \fBobjdump\fR and exit.
-.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-x"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-all\-headers\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--all-headers"
-.PD
-Display all available header information, including the symbol table and
-relocation entries. Using \fB\-x\fR is equivalent to specifying all of
-\&\fB\-a \-f \-h \-p \-r \-t\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-w"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-wide\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--wide"
-.PD
-Format some lines for output devices that have more than 80 columns.
-Also do not truncate symbol names when they are displayed.
-.IP "\fB\-z\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-z"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-disassemble\-zeroes\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--disassemble-zeroes"
-.PD
-Normally the disassembly output will skip blocks of zeroes. This
-option directs the disassembler to disassemble those blocks, just like
-any other data.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fInm\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/ranlib.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/ranlib.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 718f5bd3..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/ranlib.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "RANLIB 1"
-.TH RANLIB 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-ranlib \- generate index to archive.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-ranlib [\fB\-\-plugin\fR \fIname\fR] [\fB\-DhHvVt\fR] \fIarchive\fR
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBranlib\fR generates an index to the contents of an archive and
-stores it in the archive. The index lists each symbol defined by a
-member of an archive that is a relocatable object file.
-.PP
-You may use \fBnm \-s\fR or \fBnm \-\-print\-armap\fR to list this index.
-.PP
-An archive with such an index speeds up linking to the library and
-allows routines in the library to call each other without regard to
-their placement in the archive.
-.PP
-The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBranlib\fR program is another form of \s-1GNU\s0 \fBar\fR; running
-\&\fBranlib\fR is completely equivalent to executing \fBar \-s\fR.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-h"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-H"
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-.PD
-Show usage information for \fBranlib\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-V"
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-.PD
-Show the version number of \fBranlib\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-D"
-Operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. The symbol map archive member's
-header will show zero for the \s-1UID\s0, \s-1GID\s0, and timestamp. When this
-option is used, multiple runs will produce identical output files.
-.Sp
-If \fIbinutils\fR was configured with
-\&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR, then this mode is on by
-default. It can be disabled with the \fB\-U\fR option, described
-below.
-.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-t"
-Update the timestamp of the symbol map of an archive.
-.IP "\fB\-U\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-U"
-Do \fInot\fR operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. This is the
-inverse of the \fB\-D\fR option, above: the archive index will get
-actual \s-1UID\s0, \s-1GID\s0, timestamp, and file mode values.
-.Sp
-If \fIbinutils\fR was configured \fIwithout\fR
-\&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR, then this mode is on by
-default.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fInm\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/readelf.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/readelf.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 2cbec0f6..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/readelf.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,448 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "READELF 1"
-.TH READELF 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-readelf \- Displays information about ELF files.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-readelf [\fB\-a\fR|\fB\-\-all\fR]
- [\fB\-h\fR|\fB\-\-file\-header\fR]
- [\fB\-l\fR|\fB\-\-program\-headers\fR|\fB\-\-segments\fR]
- [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR|\fB\-\-sections\fR]
- [\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-\-section\-groups\fR]
- [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-section\-details\fR]
- [\fB\-e\fR|\fB\-\-headers\fR]
- [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-syms\fR|\fB\-\-symbols\fR]
- [\fB\-\-dyn\-syms\fR]
- [\fB\-n\fR|\fB\-\-notes\fR]
- [\fB\-r\fR|\fB\-\-relocs\fR]
- [\fB\-u\fR|\fB\-\-unwind\fR]
- [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-dynamic\fR]
- [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\-info\fR]
- [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-\-arch\-specific\fR]
- [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-use\-dynamic\fR]
- [\fB\-x\fR <number or name>|\fB\-\-hex\-dump=\fR<number or name>]
- [\fB\-p\fR <number or name>|\fB\-\-string\-dump=\fR<number or name>]
- [\fB\-R\fR <number or name>|\fB\-\-relocated\-dump=\fR<number or name>]
- [\fB\-c\fR|\fB\-\-archive\-index\fR]
- [\fB\-w[lLiaprmfFsoRt]\fR|
- \fB\-\-debug\-dump\fR[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index]]
- [\fB\-\-dwarf\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR]
- [\fB\-\-dwarf\-start=\fR\fIn\fR]
- [\fB\-I\fR|\fB\-\-histogram\fR]
- [\fB\-v\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
- [\fB\-W\fR|\fB\-\-wide\fR]
- [\fB\-H\fR|\fB\-\-help\fR]
- \fIelffile\fR...
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBreadelf\fR displays information about one or more \s-1ELF\s0 format object
-files. The options control what particular information to display.
-.PP
-\&\fIelffile\fR... are the object files to be examined. 32\-bit and
-64\-bit \s-1ELF\s0 files are supported, as are archives containing \s-1ELF\s0 files.
-.PP
-This program performs a similar function to \fBobjdump\fR but it
-goes into more detail and it exists independently of the \s-1BFD\s0
-library, so if there is a bug in \s-1BFD\s0 then readelf will not be
-affected.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-The long and short forms of options, shown here as alternatives, are
-equivalent. At least one option besides \fB\-v\fR or \fB\-H\fR must be
-given.
-.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-a"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--all"
-.PD
-Equivalent to specifying \fB\-\-file\-header\fR,
-\&\fB\-\-program\-headers\fR, \fB\-\-sections\fR, \fB\-\-symbols\fR,
-\&\fB\-\-relocs\fR, \fB\-\-dynamic\fR, \fB\-\-notes\fR and
-\&\fB\-\-version\-info\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-h"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-file\-header\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--file-header"
-.PD
-Displays the information contained in the \s-1ELF\s0 header at the start of the
-file.
-.IP "\fB\-l\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-l"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-program\-headers\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--program-headers"
-.IP "\fB\-\-segments\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--segments"
-.PD
-Displays the information contained in the file's segment headers, if it
-has any.
-.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-S"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-sections\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--sections"
-.IP "\fB\-\-section\-headers\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--section-headers"
-.PD
-Displays the information contained in the file's section headers, if it
-has any.
-.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-g"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-section\-groups\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--section-groups"
-.PD
-Displays the information contained in the file's section groups, if it
-has any.
-.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-t"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-section\-details\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--section-details"
-.PD
-Displays the detailed section information. Implies \fB\-S\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-s"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-symbols\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--symbols"
-.IP "\fB\-\-syms\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--syms"
-.PD
-Displays the entries in symbol table section of the file, if it has one.
-.IP "\fB\-\-dyn\-syms\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dyn-syms"
-Displays the entries in dynamic symbol table section of the file, if it
-has one.
-.IP "\fB\-e\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-e"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-headers\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--headers"
-.PD
-Display all the headers in the file. Equivalent to \fB\-h \-l \-S\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-n"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-notes\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--notes"
-.PD
-Displays the contents of the \s-1NOTE\s0 segments and/or sections, if any.
-.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-r"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-relocs\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--relocs"
-.PD
-Displays the contents of the file's relocation section, if it has one.
-.IP "\fB\-u\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-u"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-unwind\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--unwind"
-.PD
-Displays the contents of the file's unwind section, if it has one. Only
-the unwind sections for \s-1IA64\s0 \s-1ELF\s0 files, as well as \s-1ARM\s0 unwind tables
-(\f(CW\*(C`.ARM.exidx\*(C'\fR / \f(CW\*(C`.ARM.extab\*(C'\fR) are currently supported.
-.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-d"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-dynamic\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dynamic"
-.PD
-Displays the contents of the file's dynamic section, if it has one.
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-V"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\-info\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version-info"
-.PD
-Displays the contents of the version sections in the file, it they
-exist.
-.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-A"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-arch\-specific\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--arch-specific"
-.PD
-Displays architecture-specific information in the file, if there
-is any.
-.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-D"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-use\-dynamic\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--use-dynamic"
-.PD
-When displaying symbols, this option makes \fBreadelf\fR use the
-symbol hash tables in the file's dynamic section, rather than the
-symbol table sections.
-.IP "\fB\-x <number or name>\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-x <number or name>"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-hex\-dump=<number or name>\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--hex-dump=<number or name>"
-.PD
-Displays the contents of the indicated section as a hexadecimal bytes.
-A number identifies a particular section by index in the section table;
-any other string identifies all sections with that name in the object file.
-.IP "\fB\-R <number or name>\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-R <number or name>"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-relocated\-dump=<number or name>\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--relocated-dump=<number or name>"
-.PD
-Displays the contents of the indicated section as a hexadecimal
-bytes. A number identifies a particular section by index in the
-section table; any other string identifies all sections with that name
-in the object file. The contents of the section will be relocated
-before they are displayed.
-.IP "\fB\-p <number or name>\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-p <number or name>"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-string\-dump=<number or name>\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--string-dump=<number or name>"
-.PD
-Displays the contents of the indicated section as printable strings.
-A number identifies a particular section by index in the section table;
-any other string identifies all sections with that name in the object file.
-.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-c"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-archive\-index\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--archive-index"
-.PD
-Displays the file symbol index information contained in the header part
-of binary archives. Performs the same function as the \fBt\fR
-command to \fBar\fR, but without using the \s-1BFD\s0 library.
-.IP "\fB\-w[lLiaprmfFsoRt]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-w[lLiaprmfFsoRt]"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-debug\-dump[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames\-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--debug-dump[=rawline,=decodedline,=info,=abbrev,=pubnames,=aranges,=macro,=frames,=frames-interp,=str,=loc,=Ranges,=pubtypes,=trace_info,=trace_abbrev,=trace_aranges,=gdb_index]"
-.PD
-Displays the contents of the debug sections in the file, if any are
-present. If one of the optional letters or words follows the switch
-then only data found in those specific sections will be dumped.
-.Sp
-Note that there is no single letter option to display the content of
-trace sections or .gdb_index.
-.Sp
-Note: the \fB=decodedline\fR option will display the interpreted
-contents of a .debug_line section whereas the \fB=rawline\fR option
-dumps the contents in a raw format.
-.Sp
-Note: the \fB=frames\-interp\fR option will display the interpreted
-contents of a .debug_frame section whereas the \fB=frames\fR option
-dumps the contents in a raw format.
-.Sp
-Note: the output from the \fB=info\fR option can also be affected
-by the options \fB\-\-dwarf\-depth\fR and \fB\-\-dwarf\-start\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-dwarf\-depth=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dwarf-depth=n"
-Limit the dump of the \f(CW\*(C`.debug_info\*(C'\fR section to \fIn\fR children.
-This is only useful with \fB\-\-debug\-dump=info\fR. The default is
-to print all DIEs; the special value 0 for \fIn\fR will also have this
-effect.
-.Sp
-With a non-zero value for \fIn\fR, DIEs at or deeper than \fIn\fR
-levels will not be printed. The range for \fIn\fR is zero-based.
-.IP "\fB\-\-dwarf\-start=\fR\fIn\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--dwarf-start=n"
-Print only DIEs beginning with the \s-1DIE\s0 numbered \fIn\fR. This is only
-useful with \fB\-\-debug\-dump=info\fR.
-.Sp
-If specified, this option will suppress printing of any header
-information and all DIEs before the \s-1DIE\s0 numbered \fIn\fR. Only
-siblings and children of the specified \s-1DIE\s0 will be printed.
-.Sp
-This can be used in conjunction with \fB\-\-dwarf\-depth\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-I\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-I"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-histogram\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--histogram"
-.PD
-Display a histogram of bucket list lengths when displaying the contents
-of the symbol tables.
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-.PD
-Display the version number of readelf.
-.IP "\fB\-W\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-W"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-wide\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--wide"
-.PD
-Don't break output lines to fit into 80 columns. By default
-\&\fBreadelf\fR breaks section header and segment listing lines for
-64\-bit \s-1ELF\s0 files, so that they fit into 80 columns. This option causes
-\&\fBreadelf\fR to print each section header resp. each segment one a
-single line, which is far more readable on terminals wider than 80 columns.
-.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-H"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-.PD
-Display the command line options understood by \fBreadelf\fR.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fIobjdump\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/size.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/size.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 96f7b22c..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/size.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,266 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "SIZE 1"
-.TH SIZE 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-size \- list section sizes and total size.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-size [\fB\-A\fR|\fB\-B\fR|\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIcompatibility\fR]
- [\fB\-\-help\fR]
- [\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-o\fR|\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fInumber\fR]
- [\fB\-\-common\fR]
- [\fB\-t\fR|\fB\-\-totals\fR]
- [\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
- [\fIobjfile\fR...]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-The \s-1GNU\s0 \fBsize\fR utility lists the section sizes\-\-\-and the total
-size\-\-\-for each of the object or archive files \fIobjfile\fR in its
-argument list. By default, one line of output is generated for each
-object file or each module in an archive.
-.PP
-\&\fIobjfile\fR... are the object files to be examined.
-If none are specified, the file \f(CW\*(C`a.out\*(C'\fR will be used.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-The command line options have the following meanings:
-.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-A"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-B\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-B"
-.IP "\fB\-\-format=\fR\fIcompatibility\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--format=compatibility"
-.PD
-Using one of these options, you can choose whether the output from \s-1GNU\s0
-\&\fBsize\fR resembles output from System V \fBsize\fR (using \fB\-A\fR,
-or \fB\-\-format=sysv\fR), or Berkeley \fBsize\fR (using \fB\-B\fR, or
-\&\fB\-\-format=berkeley\fR). The default is the one-line format similar to
-Berkeley's.
-.Sp
-Here is an example of the Berkeley (default) format of output from
-\&\fBsize\fR:
-.Sp
-.Vb 4
-\& $ size \-\-format=Berkeley ranlib size
-\& text data bss dec hex filename
-\& 294880 81920 11592 388392 5ed28 ranlib
-\& 294880 81920 11888 388688 5ee50 size
-.Ve
-.Sp
-This is the same data, but displayed closer to System V conventions:
-.Sp
-.Vb 7
-\& $ size \-\-format=SysV ranlib size
-\& ranlib :
-\& section size addr
-\& .text 294880 8192
-\& .data 81920 303104
-\& .bss 11592 385024
-\& Total 388392
-\&
-\&
-\& size :
-\& section size addr
-\& .text 294880 8192
-\& .data 81920 303104
-\& .bss 11888 385024
-\& Total 388688
-.Ve
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-Show a summary of acceptable arguments and options.
-.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-d"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-o"
-.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-x"
-.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fInumber\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--radix=number"
-.PD
-Using one of these options, you can control whether the size of each
-section is given in decimal (\fB\-d\fR, or \fB\-\-radix=10\fR); octal
-(\fB\-o\fR, or \fB\-\-radix=8\fR); or hexadecimal (\fB\-x\fR, or
-\&\fB\-\-radix=16\fR). In \fB\-\-radix=\fR\fInumber\fR, only the three
-values (8, 10, 16) are supported. The total size is always given in two
-radices; decimal and hexadecimal for \fB\-d\fR or \fB\-x\fR output, or
-octal and hexadecimal if you're using \fB\-o\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-common\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--common"
-Print total size of common symbols in each file. When using Berkeley
-format these are included in the bss size.
-.IP "\fB\-t\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-t"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-totals\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--totals"
-.PD
-Show totals of all objects listed (Berkeley format listing mode only).
-.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
-Specify that the object-code format for \fIobjfile\fR is
-\&\fIbfdname\fR. This option may not be necessary; \fBsize\fR can
-automatically recognize many formats.
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-V"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-.PD
-Display the version number of \fBsize\fR.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1), and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/strings.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/strings.1
deleted file mode 100644
index fc8e1459..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/strings.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "STRINGS 1"
-.TH STRINGS 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-strings \- print the strings of printable characters in files.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-strings [\fB\-afovV\fR] [\fB\-\fR\fImin-len\fR]
- [\fB\-n\fR \fImin-len\fR] [\fB\-\-bytes=\fR\fImin-len\fR]
- [\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR] [\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR]
- [\fB\-e\fR \fIencoding\fR] [\fB\-\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR]
- [\fB\-\fR] [\fB\-\-all\fR] [\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR]
- [\fB\-T\fR \fIbfdname\fR] [\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
- [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-version\fR] \fIfile\fR...
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-For each \fIfile\fR given, \s-1GNU\s0 \fBstrings\fR prints the printable
-character sequences that are at least 4 characters long (or the number
-given with the options below) and are followed by an unprintable
-character. By default, it only prints the strings from the initialized
-and loaded sections of object files; for other types of files, it prints
-the strings from the whole file.
-.PP
-\&\fBstrings\fR is mainly useful for determining the contents of non-text
-files.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-a"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--all"
-.IP "\fB\-\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-"
-.PD
-Do not scan only the initialized and loaded sections of object files;
-scan the whole files.
-.IP "\fB\-f\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-f"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-print\-file\-name\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--print-file-name"
-.PD
-Print the name of the file before each string.
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-Print a summary of the program usage on the standard output and exit.
-.IP "\fB\-\fR\fImin-len\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-min-len"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-n\fR \fImin-len\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-n min-len"
-.IP "\fB\-\-bytes=\fR\fImin-len\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--bytes=min-len"
-.PD
-Print sequences of characters that are at least \fImin-len\fR characters
-long, instead of the default 4.
-.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-o"
-Like \fB\-t o\fR. Some other versions of \fBstrings\fR have \fB\-o\fR
-act like \fB\-t d\fR instead. Since we can not be compatible with both
-ways, we simply chose one.
-.IP "\fB\-t\fR \fIradix\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-t radix"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-radix=\fR\fIradix\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--radix=radix"
-.PD
-Print the offset within the file before each string. The single
-character argument specifies the radix of the offset\-\-\-\fBo\fR for
-octal, \fBx\fR for hexadecimal, or \fBd\fR for decimal.
-.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIencoding\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-e encoding"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-encoding=\fR\fIencoding\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--encoding=encoding"
-.PD
-Select the character encoding of the strings that are to be found.
-Possible values for \fIencoding\fR are: \fBs\fR = single\-7\-bit\-byte
-characters (\s-1ASCII\s0, \s-1ISO\s0 8859, etc., default), \fBS\fR =
-single\-8\-bit\-byte characters, \fBb\fR = 16\-bit bigendian, \fBl\fR =
-16\-bit littleendian, \fBB\fR = 32\-bit bigendian, \fBL\fR = 32\-bit
-littleendian. Useful for finding wide character strings. (\fBl\fR
-and \fBb\fR apply to, for example, Unicode \s-1UTF\-16/UCS\-2\s0 encodings).
-.IP "\fB\-T\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-T bfdname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
-.PD
-Specify an object code format other than your system's default format.
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-V"
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-.PD
-Print the program version number on the standard output and exit.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-\&\fIar\fR\|(1), \fInm\fR\|(1), \fIobjdump\fR\|(1), \fIranlib\fR\|(1), \fIreadelf\fR\|(1)
-and the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/strip.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/strip.1
deleted file mode 100644
index c6d64404..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/strip.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,427 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "STRIP 1"
-.TH STRIP 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-strip \- Discard symbols from object files.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-strip [\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
- [\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
- [\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR |\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR]
- [\fB\-s\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR]
- [\fB\-S\fR|\fB\-g\fR|\fB\-d\fR|\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR]
- [\fB\-\-strip\-dwo\fR]
- [\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR |\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
- [\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR |\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR]
- [\fB\-w\fR|\fB\-\-wildcard\fR]
- [\fB\-x\fR|\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR] [\fB\-X\fR |\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR]
- [\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR |\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR]
- [\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR] [\fB\-p\fR|\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR]
- [\fB\-D\fR|\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR]
- [\fB\-U\fR|\fB\-\-disable\-deterministic\-archives\fR]
- [\fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR]
- [\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR]
- [\fB\-v\fR |\fB\-\-verbose\fR] [\fB\-V\fR|\fB\-\-version\fR]
- [\fB\-\-help\fR] [\fB\-\-info\fR]
- \fIobjfile\fR...
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\s-1GNU\s0 \fBstrip\fR discards all symbols from object files
-\&\fIobjfile\fR. The list of object files may include archives.
-At least one object file must be given.
-.PP
-\&\fBstrip\fR modifies the files named in its argument,
-rather than writing modified copies under different names.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-F bfdname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--target=bfdname"
-.PD
-Treat the original \fIobjfile\fR as a file with the object
-code format \fIbfdname\fR, and rewrite it in the same format.
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-Show a summary of the options to \fBstrip\fR and exit.
-.IP "\fB\-\-info\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--info"
-Display a list showing all architectures and object formats available.
-.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-I bfdname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-input\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--input-target=bfdname"
-.PD
-Treat the original \fIobjfile\fR as a file with the object
-code format \fIbfdname\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-O bfdname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-output\-target=\fR\fIbfdname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--output-target=bfdname"
-.PD
-Replace \fIobjfile\fR with a file in the output format \fIbfdname\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-R\fR \fIsectionname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-R sectionname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-remove\-section=\fR\fIsectionname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--remove-section=sectionname"
-.PD
-Remove any section named \fIsectionname\fR from the output file. This
-option may be given more than once. Note that using this option
-inappropriately may make the output file unusable. The wildcard
-character \fB*\fR may be given at the end of \fIsectionname\fR. If
-so, then any section starting with \fIsectionname\fR will be removed.
-.IP "\fB\-s\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-s"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strip-all"
-.PD
-Remove all symbols.
-.IP "\fB\-g\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-g"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-S\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-S"
-.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-d"
-.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strip-debug"
-.PD
-Remove debugging symbols only.
-.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-dwo\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strip-dwo"
-Remove the contents of all \s-1DWARF\s0 .dwo sections, leaving the
-remaining debugging sections and all symbols intact.
-See the description of this option in the \fBobjcopy\fR section
-for more information.
-.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strip-unneeded"
-Remove all symbols that are not needed for relocation processing.
-.IP "\fB\-K\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-K symbolname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--keep-symbol=symbolname"
-.PD
-When stripping symbols, keep symbol \fIsymbolname\fR even if it would
-normally be stripped. This option may be given more than once.
-.IP "\fB\-N\fR \fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-N symbolname"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-strip\-symbol=\fR\fIsymbolname\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--strip-symbol=symbolname"
-.PD
-Remove symbol \fIsymbolname\fR from the source file. This option may be
-given more than once, and may be combined with strip options other than
-\&\fB\-K\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-o file"
-Put the stripped output in \fIfile\fR, rather than replacing the
-existing file. When this argument is used, only one \fIobjfile\fR
-argument may be specified.
-.IP "\fB\-p\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-p"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-preserve\-dates\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--preserve-dates"
-.PD
-Preserve the access and modification dates of the file.
-.IP "\fB\-D\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-D"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--enable-deterministic-archives"
-.PD
-Operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. When copying archive members
-and writing the archive index, use zero for UIDs, GIDs, timestamps,
-and use consistent file modes for all files.
-.Sp
-If \fIbinutils\fR was configured with
-\&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR, then this mode is on by default.
-It can be disabled with the \fB\-U\fR option, below.
-.IP "\fB\-U\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-U"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-disable\-deterministic\-archives\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--disable-deterministic-archives"
-.PD
-Do \fInot\fR operate in \fIdeterministic\fR mode. This is the
-inverse of the \fB\-D\fR option, above: when copying archive members
-and writing the archive index, use their actual \s-1UID\s0, \s-1GID\s0, timestamp,
-and file mode values.
-.Sp
-This is the default unless \fIbinutils\fR was configured with
-\&\fB\-\-enable\-deterministic\-archives\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-w\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-w"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-wildcard\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--wildcard"
-.PD
-Permit regular expressions in \fIsymbolname\fRs used in other command
-line options. The question mark (?), asterisk (*), backslash (\e) and
-square brackets ([]) operators can be used anywhere in the symbol
-name. If the first character of the symbol name is the exclamation
-point (!) then the sense of the switch is reversed for that symbol.
-For example:
-.Sp
-.Vb 1
-\& \-w \-K !foo \-K fo*
-.Ve
-.Sp
-would cause strip to only keep symbols that start with the letters
-\&\*(L"fo\*(R", but to discard the symbol \*(L"foo\*(R".
-.IP "\fB\-x\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-x"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-all\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--discard-all"
-.PD
-Remove non-global symbols.
-.IP "\fB\-X\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-X"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-discard\-locals\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--discard-locals"
-.PD
-Remove compiler-generated local symbols.
-(These usually start with \fBL\fR or \fB.\fR.)
-.IP "\fB\-\-keep\-file\-symbols\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--keep-file-symbols"
-When stripping a file, perhaps with \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR or
-\&\fB\-\-strip\-unneeded\fR, retain any symbols specifying source file names,
-which would otherwise get stripped.
-.IP "\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--only-keep-debug"
-Strip a file, removing contents of any sections that would not be
-stripped by \fB\-\-strip\-debug\fR and leaving the debugging sections
-intact. In \s-1ELF\s0 files, this preserves all note sections in the output.
-.Sp
-The intention is that this option will be used in conjunction with
-\&\fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink\fR to create a two part executable. One a
-stripped binary which will occupy less space in \s-1RAM\s0 and in a
-distribution and the second a debugging information file which is only
-needed if debugging abilities are required. The suggested procedure
-to create these files is as follows:
-.RS 4
-.IP "1.<Link the executable as normal. Assuming that is is called>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Link the executable as normal. Assuming that is is called>"
-\&\f(CW\*(C`foo\*(C'\fR then...
-.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-only\-keep\-debug foo foo.dbg"" to>" 4
-.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-only\-keep\-debug foo foo.dbg\fR to>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --only-keep-debug foo foo.dbg to>"
-create a file containing the debugging info.
-.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo"" to create a>" 4
-.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-strip\-debug foo\fR to create a>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --strip-debug foo to create a>"
-stripped executable.
-.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.dbg foo"">" 4
-.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.dbg foo\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.dbg foo>"
-to add a link to the debugging info into the stripped executable.
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.Sp
-Note\-\-\-the choice of \f(CW\*(C`.dbg\*(C'\fR as an extension for the debug info
-file is arbitrary. Also the \f(CW\*(C`\-\-only\-keep\-debug\*(C'\fR step is
-optional. You could instead do this:
-.IP "1.<Link the executable as normal.>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Link the executable as normal.>"
-.PD 0
-.ie n .IP "1.<Copy ""foo"" to ""foo.full"">" 4
-.el .IP "1.<Copy \f(CWfoo\fR to \f(CWfoo.full\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Copy foo to foo.full>"
-.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""strip \-\-strip\-debug foo"">" 4
-.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWstrip \-\-strip\-debug foo\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Run strip --strip-debug foo>"
-.ie n .IP "1.<Run ""objcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.full foo"">" 4
-.el .IP "1.<Run \f(CWobjcopy \-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink=foo.full foo\fR>" 4
-.IX Item "1.<Run objcopy --add-gnu-debuglink=foo.full foo>"
-.RE
-.RS 4
-.PD
-.Sp
-i.e., the file pointed to by the \fB\-\-add\-gnu\-debuglink\fR can be the
-full executable. It does not have to be a file created by the
-\&\fB\-\-only\-keep\-debug\fR switch.
-.Sp
-Note\-\-\-this switch is only intended for use on fully linked files. It
-does not make sense to use it on object files where the debugging
-information may be incomplete. Besides the gnu_debuglink feature
-currently only supports the presence of one filename containing
-debugging information, not multiple filenames on a one-per-object-file
-basis.
-.RE
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-V"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-.PD
-Show the version number for \fBstrip\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--verbose"
-.PD
-Verbose output: list all object files modified. In the case of
-archives, \fBstrip \-v\fR lists all members of the archive.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/windmc.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/windmc.1
deleted file mode 100644
index f4bf4bc4..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/windmc.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,351 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "WINDMC 1"
-.TH WINDMC 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-windmc \- generates Windows message resources.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-windmc [options] input-file
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBwindmc\fR reads message definitions from an input file (.mc) and
-translate them into a set of output files. The output files may be of
-four kinds:
-.ie n .IP """h""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWh\fR" 4
-.IX Item "h"
-A C header file containing the message definitions.
-.ie n .IP """rc""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWrc\fR" 4
-.IX Item "rc"
-A resource file compilable by the \fBwindres\fR tool.
-.ie n .IP """bin""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWbin\fR" 4
-.IX Item "bin"
-One or more binary files containing the resource data for a specific
-message language.
-.ie n .IP """dbg""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWdbg\fR" 4
-.IX Item "dbg"
-A C include file that maps message id's to their symbolic name.
-.PP
-The exact description of these different formats is available in
-documentation from Microsoft.
-.PP
-When \fBwindmc\fR converts from the \f(CW\*(C`mc\*(C'\fR format to the \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR
-format, \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR, \f(CW\*(C`h\*(C'\fR, and optional \f(CW\*(C`dbg\*(C'\fR it is acting like the
-Windows Message Compiler.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-a\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-a"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-ascii_in\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--ascii_in"
-.PD
-Specifies that the input file specified is \s-1ASCII\s0. This is the default
-behaviour.
-.IP "\fB\-A\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-A"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-ascii_out\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--ascii_out"
-.PD
-Specifies that messages in the output \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR files should be in \s-1ASCII\s0
-format.
-.IP "\fB\-b\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-b"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-binprefix\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--binprefix"
-.PD
-Specifies that \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR filenames should have to be prefixed by the
-basename of the source file.
-.IP "\fB\-c\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-c"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-customflag\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--customflag"
-.PD
-Sets the customer bit in all message id's.
-.IP "\fB\-C\fR \fIcodepage\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-C codepage"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-codepage_in\fR \fIcodepage\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--codepage_in codepage"
-.PD
-Sets the default codepage to be used to convert input file to \s-1UTF16\s0. The
-default is ocdepage 1252.
-.IP "\fB\-d\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-d"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-decimal_values\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--decimal_values"
-.PD
-Outputs the constants in the header file in decimal. Default is using
-hexadecimal output.
-.IP "\fB\-e\fR \fIext\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-e ext"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-extension\fR \fIext\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--extension ext"
-.PD
-The extension for the header file. The default is .h extension.
-.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-F target"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-target\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--target target"
-.PD
-Specify the \s-1BFD\s0 format to use for a bin file as output. This
-is a \s-1BFD\s0 target name; you can use the \fB\-\-help\fR option to see a list
-of supported targets. Normally \fBwindmc\fR will use the default
-format, which is the first one listed by the \fB\-\-help\fR option.
-.IP "\fB\-h\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-h path"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-headerdir\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--headerdir path"
-.PD
-The target directory of the generated header file. The default is the
-current directory.
-.IP "\fB\-H\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-H"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-.PD
-Displays a list of command line options and then exits.
-.IP "\fB\-m\fR \fIcharacters\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-m characters"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-maxlength\fR \fIcharacters\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--maxlength characters"
-.PD
-Instructs \fBwindmc\fR to generate a warning if the length
-of any message exceeds the number specified.
-.IP "\fB\-n\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-n"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-nullterminate\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--nullterminate"
-.PD
-Terminate message text in \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR files by zero. By default they are
-terminated by \s-1CR/LF\s0.
-.IP "\fB\-o\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-o"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-hresult_use\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--hresult_use"
-.PD
-Not yet implemented. Instructs \f(CW\*(C`windmc\*(C'\fR to generate an \s-1OLE2\s0 header
-file, using \s-1HRESULT\s0 definitions. Status codes are used if the flag is not
-specified.
-.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIcodepage\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-O codepage"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-codepage_out\fR \fIcodepage\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--codepage_out codepage"
-.PD
-Sets the default codepage to be used to output text files. The default
-is ocdepage 1252.
-.IP "\fB\-r\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-r path"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-rcdir\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--rcdir path"
-.PD
-The target directory for the generated \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR script and the generated
-\&\f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR files that the resource compiler script includes. The default
-is the current directory.
-.IP "\fB\-u\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-u"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-unicode_in\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--unicode_in"
-.PD
-Specifies that the input file is \s-1UTF16\s0.
-.IP "\fB\-U\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-U"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-unicode_out\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--unicode_out"
-.PD
-Specifies that messages in the output \f(CW\*(C`bin\*(C'\fR file should be in \s-1UTF16\s0
-format. This is the default behaviour.
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-verbose\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--verbose"
-.PD
-Enable verbose mode.
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-V"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-.PD
-Prints the version number for \fBwindmc\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-x\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-x path"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-xdgb\fR \fIpath\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--xdgb path"
-.PD
-The path of the \f(CW\*(C`dbg\*(C'\fR C include file that maps message id's to the
-symbolic name. No such file is generated without specifying the switch.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".
diff --git a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/windres.1 b/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/windres.1
deleted file mode 100644
index 9767e07d..00000000
--- a/binutils-2.24/binutils/doc/windres.1
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,359 +0,0 @@
-.\" Automatically generated by Pod::Man 2.23 (Pod::Simple 3.14)
-.\"
-.\" Standard preamble:
-.\" ========================================================================
-.de Sp \" Vertical space (when we can't use .PP)
-.if t .sp .5v
-.if n .sp
-..
-.de Vb \" Begin verbatim text
-.ft CW
-.nf
-.ne \\$1
-..
-.de Ve \" End verbatim text
-.ft R
-.fi
-..
-.\" Set up some character translations and predefined strings. \*(-- will
-.\" give an unbreakable dash, \*(PI will give pi, \*(L" will give a left
-.\" double quote, and \*(R" will give a right double quote. \*(C+ will
-.\" give a nicer C++. Capital omega is used to do unbreakable dashes and
-.\" therefore won't be available. \*(C` and \*(C' expand to `' in nroff,
-.\" nothing in troff, for use with C<>.
-.tr \(*W-
-.ds C+ C\v'-.1v'\h'-1p'\s-2+\h'-1p'+\s0\v'.1v'\h'-1p'
-.ie n \{\
-. ds -- \(*W-
-. ds PI pi
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=24u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-12u'-\" diablo 10 pitch
-. if (\n(.H=4u)&(1m=20u) .ds -- \(*W\h'-12u'\(*W\h'-8u'-\" diablo 12 pitch
-. ds L" ""
-. ds R" ""
-. ds C` ""
-. ds C' ""
-'br\}
-.el\{\
-. ds -- \|\(em\|
-. ds PI \(*p
-. ds L" ``
-. ds R" ''
-'br\}
-.\"
-.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
-.ie \n(.g .ds Aq \(aq
-.el .ds Aq '
-.\"
-.\" If the F register is turned on, we'll generate index entries on stderr for
-.\" titles (.TH), headers (.SH), subsections (.SS), items (.Ip), and index
-.\" entries marked with X<> in POD. Of course, you'll have to process the
-.\" output yourself in some meaningful fashion.
-.ie \nF \{\
-. de IX
-. tm Index:\\$1\t\\n%\t"\\$2"
-..
-. nr % 0
-. rr F
-.\}
-.el \{\
-. de IX
-..
-.\}
-.\"
-.\" Accent mark definitions (@(#)ms.acc 1.5 88/02/08 SMI; from UCB 4.2).
-.\" Fear. Run. Save yourself. No user-serviceable parts.
-. \" fudge factors for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds #H 0
-. ds #V .8m
-. ds #F .3m
-. ds #[ \f1
-. ds #] \fP
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds #H ((1u-(\\\\n(.fu%2u))*.13m)
-. ds #V .6m
-. ds #F 0
-. ds #[ \&
-. ds #] \&
-.\}
-. \" simple accents for nroff and troff
-.if n \{\
-. ds ' \&
-. ds ` \&
-. ds ^ \&
-. ds , \&
-. ds ~ ~
-. ds /
-.\}
-.if t \{\
-. ds ' \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\'\h"|\\n:u"
-. ds ` \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\`\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'^\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds , \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10)',\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu-\*(#H-.1m)'~\h'|\\n:u'
-. ds / \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H)'\z\(sl\h'|\\n:u'
-.\}
-. \" troff and (daisy-wheel) nroff accents
-.ds : \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*8/10-\*(#H+.1m+\*(#F)'\v'-\*(#V'\z.\h'.2m+\*(#F'.\h'|\\n:u'\v'\*(#V'
-.ds 8 \h'\*(#H'\(*b\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds o \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu+\w'\(de'u-\*(#H)/2u'\v'-.3n'\*(#[\z\(de\v'.3n'\h'|\\n:u'\*(#]
-.ds d- \h'\*(#H'\(pd\h'-\w'~'u'\v'-.25m'\f2\(hy\fP\v'.25m'\h'-\*(#H'
-.ds D- D\\k:\h'-\w'D'u'\v'-.11m'\z\(hy\v'.11m'\h'|\\n:u'
-.ds th \*(#[\v'.3m'\s+1I\s-1\v'-.3m'\h'-(\w'I'u*2/3)'\s-1o\s+1\*(#]
-.ds Th \*(#[\s+2I\s-2\h'-\w'I'u*3/5'\v'-.3m'o\v'.3m'\*(#]
-.ds ae a\h'-(\w'a'u*4/10)'e
-.ds Ae A\h'-(\w'A'u*4/10)'E
-. \" corrections for vroff
-.if v .ds ~ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*9/10-\*(#H)'\s-2\u~\d\s+2\h'|\\n:u'
-.if v .ds ^ \\k:\h'-(\\n(.wu*10/11-\*(#H)'\v'-.4m'^\v'.4m'\h'|\\n:u'
-. \" for low resolution devices (crt and lpr)
-.if \n(.H>23 .if \n(.V>19 \
-\{\
-. ds : e
-. ds 8 ss
-. ds o a
-. ds d- d\h'-1'\(ga
-. ds D- D\h'-1'\(hy
-. ds th \o'bp'
-. ds Th \o'LP'
-. ds ae ae
-. ds Ae AE
-.\}
-.rm #[ #] #H #V #F C
-.\" ========================================================================
-.\"
-.IX Title "WINDRES 1"
-.TH WINDRES 1 "2013-11-18" "binutils-2.23.91" "GNU Development Tools"
-.\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes
-.\" way too many mistakes in technical documents.
-.if n .ad l
-.nh
-.SH "NAME"
-windres \- manipulate Windows resources.
-.SH "SYNOPSIS"
-.IX Header "SYNOPSIS"
-windres [options] [input\-file] [output\-file]
-.SH "DESCRIPTION"
-.IX Header "DESCRIPTION"
-\&\fBwindres\fR reads resources from an input file and copies them into
-an output file. Either file may be in one of three formats:
-.ie n .IP """rc""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWrc\fR" 4
-.IX Item "rc"
-A text format read by the Resource Compiler.
-.ie n .IP """res""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWres\fR" 4
-.IX Item "res"
-A binary format generated by the Resource Compiler.
-.ie n .IP """coff""" 4
-.el .IP "\f(CWcoff\fR" 4
-.IX Item "coff"
-A \s-1COFF\s0 object or executable.
-.PP
-The exact description of these different formats is available in
-documentation from Microsoft.
-.PP
-When \fBwindres\fR converts from the \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR format to the \f(CW\*(C`res\*(C'\fR
-format, it is acting like the Windows Resource Compiler. When
-\&\fBwindres\fR converts from the \f(CW\*(C`res\*(C'\fR format to the \f(CW\*(C`coff\*(C'\fR
-format, it is acting like the Windows \f(CW\*(C`CVTRES\*(C'\fR program.
-.PP
-When \fBwindres\fR generates an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file, the output is similar
-but not identical to the format expected for the input. When an input
-\&\f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file refers to an external filename, an output \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file
-will instead include the file contents.
-.PP
-If the input or output format is not specified, \fBwindres\fR will
-guess based on the file name, or, for the input file, the file contents.
-A file with an extension of \fI.rc\fR will be treated as an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR
-file, a file with an extension of \fI.res\fR will be treated as a
-\&\f(CW\*(C`res\*(C'\fR file, and a file with an extension of \fI.o\fR or
-\&\fI.exe\fR will be treated as a \f(CW\*(C`coff\*(C'\fR file.
-.PP
-If no output file is specified, \fBwindres\fR will print the resources
-in \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR format to standard output.
-.PP
-The normal use is for you to write an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file, use \fBwindres\fR
-to convert it to a \s-1COFF\s0 object file, and then link the \s-1COFF\s0 file into
-your application. This will make the resources described in the
-\&\f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file available to Windows.
-.SH "OPTIONS"
-.IX Header "OPTIONS"
-.IP "\fB\-i\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-i filename"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-input\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--input filename"
-.PD
-The name of the input file. If this option is not used, then
-\&\fBwindres\fR will use the first non-option argument as the input file
-name. If there are no non-option arguments, then \fBwindres\fR will
-read from standard input. \fBwindres\fR can not read a \s-1COFF\s0 file from
-standard input.
-.IP "\fB\-o\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-o filename"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-output\fR \fIfilename\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--output filename"
-.PD
-The name of the output file. If this option is not used, then
-\&\fBwindres\fR will use the first non-option argument, after any used
-for the input file name, as the output file name. If there is no
-non-option argument, then \fBwindres\fR will write to standard output.
-\&\fBwindres\fR can not write a \s-1COFF\s0 file to standard output. Note,
-for compatibility with \fBrc\fR the option \fB\-fo\fR is also
-accepted, but its use is not recommended.
-.IP "\fB\-J\fR \fIformat\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-J format"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-input\-format\fR \fIformat\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--input-format format"
-.PD
-The input format to read. \fIformat\fR may be \fBres\fR, \fBrc\fR, or
-\&\fBcoff\fR. If no input format is specified, \fBwindres\fR will
-guess, as described above.
-.IP "\fB\-O\fR \fIformat\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-O format"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-output\-format\fR \fIformat\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--output-format format"
-.PD
-The output format to generate. \fIformat\fR may be \fBres\fR,
-\&\fBrc\fR, or \fBcoff\fR. If no output format is specified,
-\&\fBwindres\fR will guess, as described above.
-.IP "\fB\-F\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-F target"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-target\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--target target"
-.PD
-Specify the \s-1BFD\s0 format to use for a \s-1COFF\s0 file as input or output. This
-is a \s-1BFD\s0 target name; you can use the \fB\-\-help\fR option to see a list
-of supported targets. Normally \fBwindres\fR will use the default
-format, which is the first one listed by the \fB\-\-help\fR option.
-.IP "\fB\-\-preprocessor\fR \fIprogram\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--preprocessor program"
-When \fBwindres\fR reads an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file, it runs it through the C
-preprocessor first. This option may be used to specify the preprocessor
-to use, including any leading arguments. The default preprocessor
-argument is \f(CW\*(C`gcc \-E \-xc\-header \-DRC_INVOKED\*(C'\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-preprocessor\-arg\fR \fIoption\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--preprocessor-arg option"
-When \fBwindres\fR reads an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file, it runs it through
-the C preprocessor first. This option may be used to specify additional
-text to be passed to preprocessor on its command line.
-This option can be used multiple times to add multiple options to the
-preprocessor command line.
-.IP "\fB\-I\fR \fIdirectory\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-I directory"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-include\-dir\fR \fIdirectory\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--include-dir directory"
-.PD
-Specify an include directory to use when reading an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file.
-\&\fBwindres\fR will pass this to the preprocessor as an \fB\-I\fR
-option. \fBwindres\fR will also search this directory when looking for
-files named in the \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file. If the argument passed to this command
-matches any of the supported \fIformats\fR (as described in the \fB\-J\fR
-option), it will issue a deprecation warning, and behave just like the
-\&\fB\-J\fR option. New programs should not use this behaviour. If a
-directory happens to match a \fIformat\fR, simple prefix it with \fB./\fR
-to disable the backward compatibility.
-.IP "\fB\-D\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-D target"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-define\fR \fIsym\fR\fB[=\fR\fIval\fR\fB]\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--define sym[=val]"
-.PD
-Specify a \fB\-D\fR option to pass to the preprocessor when reading an
-\&\f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file.
-.IP "\fB\-U\fR \fItarget\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-U target"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-undefine\fR \fIsym\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--undefine sym"
-.PD
-Specify a \fB\-U\fR option to pass to the preprocessor when reading an
-\&\f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file.
-.IP "\fB\-r\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-r"
-Ignored for compatibility with rc.
-.IP "\fB\-v\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-v"
-Enable verbose mode. This tells you what the preprocessor is if you
-didn't specify one.
-.IP "\fB\-c\fR \fIval\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-c val"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-codepage\fR \fIval\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--codepage val"
-.PD
-Specify the default codepage to use when reading an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file.
-\&\fIval\fR should be a hexadecimal prefixed by \fB0x\fR or decimal
-codepage code. The valid range is from zero up to 0xffff, but the
-validity of the codepage is host and configuration dependent.
-.IP "\fB\-l\fR \fIval\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-l val"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-language\fR \fIval\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--language val"
-.PD
-Specify the default language to use when reading an \f(CW\*(C`rc\*(C'\fR file.
-\&\fIval\fR should be a hexadecimal language code. The low eight bits are
-the language, and the high eight bits are the sublanguage.
-.IP "\fB\-\-use\-temp\-file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--use-temp-file"
-Use a temporary file to instead of using popen to read the output of
-the preprocessor. Use this option if the popen implementation is buggy
-on the host (eg., certain non-English language versions of Windows 95 and
-Windows 98 are known to have buggy popen where the output will instead
-go the console).
-.IP "\fB\-\-no\-use\-temp\-file\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--no-use-temp-file"
-Use popen, not a temporary file, to read the output of the preprocessor.
-This is the default behaviour.
-.IP "\fB\-h\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-h"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-help\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--help"
-.PD
-Prints a usage summary.
-.IP "\fB\-V\fR" 4
-.IX Item "-V"
-.PD 0
-.IP "\fB\-\-version\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--version"
-.PD
-Prints the version number for \fBwindres\fR.
-.IP "\fB\-\-yydebug\fR" 4
-.IX Item "--yydebug"
-If \fBwindres\fR is compiled with \f(CW\*(C`YYDEBUG\*(C'\fR defined as \f(CW1\fR,
-this will turn on parser debugging.
-.IP "\fB@\fR\fIfile\fR" 4
-.IX Item "@file"
-Read command-line options from \fIfile\fR. The options read are
-inserted in place of the original @\fIfile\fR option. If \fIfile\fR
-does not exist, or cannot be read, then the option will be treated
-literally, and not removed.
-.Sp
-Options in \fIfile\fR are separated by whitespace. A whitespace
-character may be included in an option by surrounding the entire
-option in either single or double quotes. Any character (including a
-backslash) may be included by prefixing the character to be included
-with a backslash. The \fIfile\fR may itself contain additional
-@\fIfile\fR options; any such options will be processed recursively.
-.SH "SEE ALSO"
-.IX Header "SEE ALSO"
-the Info entries for \fIbinutils\fR.
-.SH "COPYRIGHT"
-.IX Header "COPYRIGHT"
-Copyright (c) 1991\-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-.PP
-Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the \s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
-or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
-with no Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no
-Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the
-section entitled \*(L"\s-1GNU\s0 Free Documentation License\*(R".